12 | 13 | | A BILL TO BE ENTITLED 1 |
---|
13 | 14 | | AN ACT TO UPDATE THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE TO GOVERN 2 |
---|
14 | 15 | | TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING CERTAIN EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES , AS 3 |
---|
15 | 16 | | RECOMMENDED BY THE GENERAL STATUTES COMMISSION. 4 |
---|
16 | 17 | | The General Assembly of North Carolina enacts: 5 |
---|
17 | 18 | | 6 |
---|
18 | 19 | | PART I. CONTROLLABLE ELECTRONIC RECORDS 7 |
---|
19 | 20 | | SECTION 1. Chapter 25 of the General Statutes is amended by adding a new Article 8 |
---|
20 | 21 | | to read: 9 |
---|
21 | 22 | | "Article 12. 10 |
---|
22 | 23 | | "Controllable Electronic Records. 11 |
---|
23 | 24 | | "§ 25-12-101. Title. 12 |
---|
24 | 25 | | This Article may be cited as Uniform Commercial Code – Controllable Electronic Records. 13 |
---|
25 | 26 | | "§ 25-12-102. Definitions. 14 |
---|
26 | 27 | | (a) Article 12 Definitions. – In this Article, the following definitions apply: 15 |
---|
27 | 28 | | (1) Account debtor. – Defined in G.S. 25-9-102. 16 |
---|
28 | 29 | | (2) Chattel paper. – Defined in G.S. 25-9-102. 17 |
---|
29 | 30 | | (3) Controllable account. – Defined in G.S. 25-9-102. 18 |
---|
30 | 31 | | (4) Controllable electronic record. – A record stored in an electronic medium that 19 |
---|
31 | 32 | | can be subjected to control under G.S. 25-12-105. The term does not include 20 |
---|
32 | 33 | | a controllable account, a controllable payment intangible, a deposit account, 21 |
---|
33 | 34 | | an electronic copy of a record evidencing chattel paper, an electronic 22 |
---|
34 | 35 | | document of title, electronic money, investment property, or a transferable 23 |
---|
35 | 36 | | record. 24 |
---|
36 | 37 | | (5) Controllable payment intangible. – Defined in G.S. 25-9-102. 25 |
---|
37 | 38 | | (6) Deposit account. – Defined in G.S. 25-9-102. 26 |
---|
38 | 39 | | (7) Electronic money. – Defined in G.S. 25-9-102. 27 |
---|
39 | 40 | | (8) Investment property. – Defined in G.S. 25-9-102. 28 |
---|
40 | 41 | | (9) Qualifying purchaser. – A purchaser of a controllable electronic record or an 29 |
---|
41 | 42 | | interest in a controllable electronic record that obtains control of the 30 |
---|
42 | 43 | | controllable electronic record for value, in good faith, and without notice of a 31 |
---|
43 | 44 | | claim of a property right in the controllable electronic record. 32 |
---|
44 | 45 | | (10) Transferable record. – Has the meaning provided for that term in either of the 33 |
---|
45 | 46 | | following: 34 |
---|
46 | 47 | | a. Section 201(a)(1) of the Electronic Signatures in Global and National 35 |
---|
49 | 54 | | b. G.S. 66-326(a). 1 |
---|
50 | 55 | | (11) Value. – Has the meaning provided in G.S. 25-3-303(a), as if references in 2 |
---|
51 | 56 | | that subsection to an "instrument" were references to a controllable account, 3 |
---|
52 | 57 | | controllable electronic record, or controllable payment intangible. 4 |
---|
53 | 58 | | (b) Article 1 Definitions and Principles. – Article 1 of this Chapter contains general 5 |
---|
54 | 59 | | definitions and principles of construction and interpretation applicable throughout this Article. 6 |
---|
55 | 60 | | "§ 25-12-103. Relation to Article 9 and consumer laws. 7 |
---|
56 | 61 | | (a) Article 9 Governs in Case of Conflict. – If there is conflict between this Article and 8 |
---|
57 | 62 | | Article 9 of this Chapter, Article 9 of this Chapter governs. 9 |
---|
58 | 63 | | (b) Applicable Consumer Law and Other Laws. – A transaction subject to this Article is 10 |
---|
59 | 64 | | subject to any applicable rule of law that establishes a different rule for consumers, to any other 11 |
---|
60 | 65 | | statute or rule of this State that regulates the rates, charges, agreements, and practices for loans, 12 |
---|
61 | 66 | | credit sales, or other extensions of credit, and to any consumer-protection statute or rule of this 13 |
---|
62 | 67 | | State, including Chapter 24 of the General Statutes, the Retail Installment Sales Act (Chapter 14 |
---|
63 | 68 | | 25A of the General Statutes), the North Carolina Consumer Finance Act (Article 15 of Chapter 15 |
---|
64 | 69 | | 53 of the General Statutes), and the Pawnbrokers and Currency Converters Modernization Act 16 |
---|
65 | 70 | | (Part 1 of Article 45 of Chapter 66 of the General Statutes). 17 |
---|
66 | 71 | | "§ 25-12-104. Rights in controllable account, controllable electronic record, and 18 |
---|
67 | 72 | | controllable payment intangible. 19 |
---|
68 | 73 | | (a) Applicability of Section to Controllable Account and Controllable Payment 20 |
---|
69 | 74 | | Intangible. – This section applies to the acquisition and purchase of rights in a controllable 21 |
---|
70 | 75 | | account or controllable payment intangible, including the rights and benefits under subsections 22 |
---|
71 | 76 | | (c), (d), (e), (g), and (h) of this section of a purchaser and qualifying purchaser, in the same 23 |
---|
72 | 77 | | manner this section applies to a controllable electronic record. 24 |
---|
73 | 78 | | (b) Control of Controllable Account and Controllable Payment Intangible. – To 25 |
---|
74 | 79 | | determine whether a purchaser of a controllable account or a controllable payment intangible is 26 |
---|
75 | 80 | | a qualifying purchaser, the purchaser obtains control of the account or payment intangible if it 27 |
---|
76 | 81 | | obtains control of the controllable electronic record that evidences the account or payment 28 |
---|
77 | 82 | | intangible. 29 |
---|
78 | 83 | | (c) Applicability of Other Law to Acquisition of Rights. – Except as provided in this 30 |
---|
79 | 84 | | section, law other than this Article determines whether a person acquires a right in a controllable 31 |
---|
80 | 85 | | electronic record and the right the person acquires. 32 |
---|
81 | 86 | | (d) Shelter Principle and Purchase of Limited Interest. – A purchaser of a controllable 33 |
---|
82 | 87 | | electronic record acquires all rights in the controllable electronic record that the transferor had or 34 |
---|
83 | 88 | | had power to transfer, except that a purchaser of a limited interest in a controllable electronic 35 |
---|
84 | 89 | | record acquires rights only to the extent of the interest purchased. 36 |
---|
85 | 90 | | (e) Rights of Qualifying Purchaser. – A qualifying purchaser acquires its rights in the 37 |
---|
86 | 91 | | controllable electronic record free of a claim of a property right in the controllable electronic 38 |
---|
87 | 92 | | record. 39 |
---|
88 | 93 | | (f) Limitation of Rights of Qualifying Purchaser in Other Property. – Except as provided 40 |
---|
89 | 94 | | in subsections (a) and (e) of this section for a controllable account and a controllable payment 41 |
---|
90 | 95 | | intangible or law other than this Article, a qualifying purchaser takes a right to payment, right to 42 |
---|
91 | 96 | | performance, or other interest in property evidenced by the controllable electronic record subject 43 |
---|
92 | 97 | | to a claim of a property right in the right to payment, right to performance, or other interest in 44 |
---|
93 | 98 | | property. 45 |
---|
94 | 99 | | (g) No-Action Protection for Qualifying Purchaser. – An action shall not be asserted 46 |
---|
95 | 100 | | against a qualifying purchaser based on both a purchase by the qualifying purchaser of a 47 |
---|
96 | 101 | | controllable electronic record and a claim of a property right in another controllable electronic 48 |
---|
97 | 102 | | record, whether the action is framed in conversion, replevin, constructive trust, equitable lien, or 49 |
---|
98 | 103 | | other theory. 50 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
100 | 105 | | (h) Filing Not Notice. – Filing of a financing statement under Article 9 of this Chapter is 1 |
---|
101 | 106 | | not notice of a claim of a property right in a controllable electronic record. 2 |
---|
102 | 107 | | "§ 25-12-105. Control of controllable electronic record. 3 |
---|
103 | 108 | | (a) General Rule for Control of Controllable Electronic Record. – A person has control 4 |
---|
104 | 109 | | of a controllable electronic record if the electronic record, a record attached to or logically 5 |
---|
105 | 110 | | associated with the electronic record, or a system in which the electronic record is recorded does 6 |
---|
106 | 111 | | both of the following: 7 |
---|
107 | 112 | | (1) Gives the person both of the following: 8 |
---|
108 | 113 | | a. Power to avail itself of substantially all the benefit from the electronic 9 |
---|
109 | 114 | | record. 10 |
---|
110 | 115 | | b. Exclusive power, subject to subsection (b) of this section, to do both 11 |
---|
111 | 116 | | of the following: 12 |
---|
112 | 117 | | 1. Prevent others from availing themselves of substantially all the 13 |
---|
113 | 118 | | benefit from the electronic record. 14 |
---|
114 | 119 | | 2. Transfer control of the electronic record to another person or 15 |
---|
115 | 120 | | cause another person to obtain control of another controllable 16 |
---|
116 | 121 | | electronic record as a result of the transfer of the electronic 17 |
---|
117 | 122 | | record. 18 |
---|
118 | 123 | | (2) Enables the person readily to identify itself in any way, including by name, 19 |
---|
119 | 124 | | identifying number, cryptographic key, office, or account number, as having 20 |
---|
120 | 125 | | the powers specified in subdivision (1) of this subsection. 21 |
---|
121 | 126 | | (b) Meaning of Exclusive. – Subject to subsection (c) of this section, a power is exclusive 22 |
---|
122 | 127 | | under sub-subdivision (a)(1)b. of this section even if either of the following applies: 23 |
---|
123 | 128 | | (1) The controllable electronic record, a record attached to or logically associated 24 |
---|
124 | 129 | | with the electronic record, or a system in which the electronic record is 25 |
---|
125 | 130 | | recorded limits the use of the electronic record or has a protocol programmed 26 |
---|
126 | 131 | | to cause a change, including a transfer or loss of control or a modification of 27 |
---|
127 | 132 | | benefits afforded by the electronic record. 28 |
---|
128 | 133 | | (2) The power is shared with another person. 29 |
---|
129 | 134 | | (c) When Power Not Shared with Another Person. – A power of a person is not shared 30 |
---|
130 | 135 | | with another person under subdivision (b)(2) of this section and the person's power is not 31 |
---|
131 | 136 | | exclusive if both of the following apply: 32 |
---|
132 | 137 | | (1) The person can exercise the power only if the power also is exercised by the 33 |
---|
133 | 138 | | other person. 34 |
---|
134 | 139 | | (2) Either of the following applies: 35 |
---|
135 | 140 | | a. The other person can exercise the power without exercise of the power 36 |
---|
136 | 141 | | by the person. 37 |
---|
137 | 142 | | b. The other person is the transferor to the person of an interest in the 38 |
---|
138 | 143 | | controllable electronic record or a controllable account or controllable 39 |
---|
139 | 144 | | payment intangible evidenced by the controllable electronic record. 40 |
---|
140 | 145 | | (d) Presumption of Exclusivity of Certain Powers. – If a person has the powers specified 41 |
---|
141 | 146 | | in sub-subdivision (a)(1)b. of this section, the powers are presumed to be exclusive. 42 |
---|
142 | 147 | | (e) Control Through Another Person. – A person has control of a controllable electronic 43 |
---|
143 | 148 | | record if either of the following applies to another person, other than the transferor to the person 44 |
---|
144 | 149 | | of an interest in the controllable electronic record or a controllable account or controllable 45 |
---|
145 | 150 | | payment intangible evidenced by the controllable electronic record: 46 |
---|
146 | 151 | | (1) The other person has control of the electronic record and acknowledges that it 47 |
---|
147 | 152 | | has control on behalf of the person. 48 |
---|
148 | 153 | | (2) The other person obtains control of the electronic record after having 49 |
---|
149 | 154 | | acknowledged that it will obtain control of the electronic record on behalf of 50 |
---|
150 | 155 | | the person. 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
152 | 157 | | (f) No Requirement to Acknowledge. – A person that has control under this section is 1 |
---|
153 | 158 | | not required to acknowledge that it has control on behalf of another person. 2 |
---|
154 | 159 | | (g) No Duties or Confirmation. – If a person acknowledges that it has or will obtain 3 |
---|
155 | 160 | | control on behalf of another person, unless the person otherwise agrees or law other than this 4 |
---|
156 | 161 | | Article or Article 9 of this Chapter otherwise provides, the person does not owe any duty to the 5 |
---|
157 | 162 | | other person and is not required to confirm the acknowledgment to any other person. 6 |
---|
158 | 163 | | "§ 25-12-106. Discharge of account debtor on controllable account or controllable payment 7 |
---|
159 | 164 | | intangible. 8 |
---|
160 | 165 | | (a) Discharge of Account Debtor. – An account debtor on a controllable account or 9 |
---|
161 | 166 | | controllable payment intangible may discharge its obligation by paying either of the following 10 |
---|
162 | 167 | | persons: 11 |
---|
163 | 168 | | (1) The person having control of the controllable electronic record that evidences 12 |
---|
164 | 169 | | the controllable account or controllable payment intangible. 13 |
---|
165 | 170 | | (2) Except as provided in subsection (b) of this section, a person that formerly had 14 |
---|
166 | 171 | | control of the controllable electronic record. 15 |
---|
167 | 172 | | (b) Content and Effect of Notification. – Subject to subsection (d) of this section, the 16 |
---|
168 | 173 | | account debtor shall not discharge its obligation by paying a person that formerly had control of 17 |
---|
169 | 174 | | the controllable electronic record if the account debtor receives a notification that satisfies all of 18 |
---|
170 | 175 | | the following requirements: 19 |
---|
171 | 176 | | (1) The notification is signed by a person that formerly had control or the person 20 |
---|
172 | 177 | | to which control was transferred. 21 |
---|
173 | 178 | | (2) The notification reasonably identifies the controllable account or controllable 22 |
---|
174 | 179 | | payment intangible. 23 |
---|
175 | 180 | | (3) The notification notifies the account debtor that control of the controllable 24 |
---|
176 | 181 | | electronic record that evidences the controllable account or controllable 25 |
---|
177 | 182 | | payment intangible was transferred. 26 |
---|
178 | 183 | | (4) The notification identifies the transferee, in any reasonable way, including by 27 |
---|
179 | 184 | | name, identifying number, cryptographic key, office, or account number. 28 |
---|
180 | 185 | | (5) The notification provides a commercially reasonable method by which the 29 |
---|
181 | 186 | | account debtor is to pay the transferee. 30 |
---|
182 | 187 | | (c) Discharge Following Effective Notification. – After receipt of a notification that 31 |
---|
183 | 188 | | complies with subsection (b) of this section, the account debtor may discharge its obligation by 32 |
---|
184 | 189 | | paying in accordance with the notification and shall not discharge the obligation by paying a 33 |
---|
185 | 190 | | person that formerly had control. 34 |
---|
186 | 191 | | (d) When Notification Ineffective. – Subject to subsection (h) of this section, all of the 35 |
---|
187 | 192 | | following apply to a notification under subsection (b) of this section: 36 |
---|
188 | 193 | | (1) The notification is ineffective unless, before the notification is sent, the 37 |
---|
189 | 194 | | account debtor and the person that, at that time, had control of the controllable 38 |
---|
190 | 195 | | electronic record that evidences the controllable account or controllable 39 |
---|
191 | 196 | | payment intangible agree in a signed record to a commercially reasonable 40 |
---|
192 | 197 | | method by which a person may furnish reasonable proof that control has been 41 |
---|
193 | 198 | | transferred. 42 |
---|
194 | 199 | | (2) The notification is ineffective to the extent an agreement between the account 43 |
---|
195 | 200 | | debtor and seller of a payment intangible limits the account debtor's duty to 44 |
---|
196 | 201 | | pay a person other than the seller and the limitation is effective under law 45 |
---|
197 | 202 | | other than this Article. 46 |
---|
198 | 203 | | (3) The notification is ineffective at the option of the account debtor, if the 47 |
---|
199 | 204 | | notification notifies the account debtor to do any of the following: 48 |
---|
200 | 205 | | a. Divide a payment. 49 |
---|
201 | 206 | | b. Make less than the full amount of an installment or other periodic 50 |
---|
202 | 207 | | payment. 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
204 | 209 | | c. Pay any part of a payment by more than one method or to more than 1 |
---|
205 | 210 | | one person. 2 |
---|
206 | 211 | | (e) Proof of Transfer of Control. – Subject to subsection (h) of this section, if requested 3 |
---|
207 | 212 | | by the account debtor, the person giving the notification under subsection (b) of this section 4 |
---|
208 | 213 | | seasonably shall furnish reasonable proof, using the method in the agreement referred to in 5 |
---|
209 | 214 | | subdivision (d)(1) of this section, that control of the controllable electronic record has been 6 |
---|
210 | 215 | | transferred. Unless the person complies with the request, the account debtor may discharge its 7 |
---|
211 | 216 | | obligation by paying a person that formerly had control, even if the account debtor has received 8 |
---|
212 | 217 | | a notification under subsection (b) of this section. 9 |
---|
213 | 218 | | (f) What Constitutes Reasonable Proof. – A person furnishes reasonable proof under 10 |
---|
214 | 219 | | subsection (e) of this section that control has been transferred if the person demonstrates, using 11 |
---|
215 | 220 | | the method in the agreement referred to in subdivision (d)(1) of this section, that the transferee 12 |
---|
216 | 221 | | has the power to do all of the following: 13 |
---|
217 | 222 | | (1) Avail itself of substantially all the benefit from the controllable electronic 14 |
---|
218 | 223 | | record. 15 |
---|
219 | 224 | | (2) Prevent others from availing themselves of substantially all the benefit from 16 |
---|
220 | 225 | | the controllable electronic record. 17 |
---|
221 | 226 | | (3) Transfer the powers specified in subdivisions (1) and (2) of this subsection to 18 |
---|
222 | 227 | | another person. 19 |
---|
223 | 228 | | (g) Rights Not Waivable. – Subject to subsection (h) of this section, an account debtor 20 |
---|
224 | 229 | | shall not waive or vary its rights under subdivision (d)(1) and subsection (e) of this section or its 21 |
---|
225 | 230 | | option under subdivision (d)(3) of this section. 22 |
---|
226 | 231 | | (h) Rule for Individual Under Other Law. – This section is subject to law other than this 23 |
---|
227 | 232 | | Article that establishes a different rule for an account debtor who is an individual and who 24 |
---|
228 | 233 | | incurred the obligation primarily for personal, family, or household purposes. 25 |
---|
229 | 234 | | "§ 25-12-107. Governing law. 26 |
---|
230 | 235 | | (a) General Rule for Governing Law. – Except as provided in subsection (b) of this 27 |
---|
231 | 236 | | section, the local law of a controllable electronic record's jurisdiction governs a matter covered 28 |
---|
232 | 237 | | by this Article. 29 |
---|
233 | 238 | | (b) Governing Law for G.S. 25-12-106. – For a controllable electronic record that 30 |
---|
234 | 239 | | evidences a controllable account or controllable payment intangible, the local law of the 31 |
---|
235 | 240 | | controllable electronic record's jurisdiction governs a matter covered by G.S. 25-12-106 unless 32 |
---|
236 | 241 | | an effective agreement determines that the local law of another jurisdiction governs. 33 |
---|
237 | 242 | | (c) Controllable Electronic Record's Jurisdiction. – The following rules determine a 34 |
---|
238 | 243 | | controllable electronic record's jurisdiction under this section: 35 |
---|
239 | 244 | | (1) If the controllable electronic record, or a record attached to or logically 36 |
---|
240 | 245 | | associated with the controllable electronic record and readily available for 37 |
---|
241 | 246 | | review, expressly provides that a particular jurisdiction is the controllable 38 |
---|
242 | 247 | | electronic record's jurisdiction for purposes of this Article or Chapter, that 39 |
---|
243 | 248 | | jurisdiction is the controllable electronic record's jurisdiction. 40 |
---|
244 | 249 | | (2) If subdivision (1) of this subsection does not apply and the rules of the system 41 |
---|
245 | 250 | | in which the controllable electronic record is recorded are readily available for 42 |
---|
246 | 251 | | review and expressly provide that a particular jurisdiction is the controllable 43 |
---|
247 | 252 | | electronic record's jurisdiction for purposes of this Article or Chapter, that 44 |
---|
248 | 253 | | jurisdiction is the controllable electronic record's jurisdiction. 45 |
---|
249 | 254 | | (3) If subdivisions (1) and (2) of this subsection do not apply and the controllable 46 |
---|
250 | 255 | | electronic record, or a record attached to or logically associated with the 47 |
---|
251 | 256 | | controllable electronic record and readily available for review, expressly 48 |
---|
252 | 257 | | provides that the controllable electronic record is governed by the law of a 49 |
---|
253 | 258 | | particular jurisdiction, that jurisdiction is the controllable electronic record's 50 |
---|
254 | 259 | | jurisdiction. 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
256 | 261 | | (4) If subdivisions (1), (2), and (3) of this subsection do not apply and the rules 1 |
---|
257 | 262 | | of the system in which the controllable electronic record is recorded are 2 |
---|
258 | 263 | | readily available for review and expressly provide that the controllable 3 |
---|
259 | 264 | | electronic record or the system is governed by the law of a particular 4 |
---|
260 | 265 | | jurisdiction, that jurisdiction is the controllable electronic record's jurisdiction. 5 |
---|
261 | 266 | | (5) If subdivisions (1) through (4) of this subsection do not apply, the controllable 6 |
---|
262 | 267 | | electronic record's jurisdiction is the District of Columbia. 7 |
---|
263 | 268 | | (d) Applicability of Article 12. – If subdivision (c)(5) of this section applies and Article 8 |
---|
264 | 269 | | 12 is not in effect in the District of Columbia without material modification, the governing law 9 |
---|
265 | 270 | | for a matter covered by this Article is the law of the District of Columbia as though Article 12 10 |
---|
266 | 271 | | were in effect in the District of Columbia without material modification. In this subsection, 11 |
---|
267 | 272 | | "Article 12" means Article 12 of Uniform Commercial Code Amendments (2022). 12 |
---|
268 | 273 | | (e) Relation of Matter or Transaction to Controllable Electronic Record's Jurisdiction Not 13 |
---|
269 | 274 | | Necessary. – To the extent subsections (a) and (b) of this section provide that the local law of the 14 |
---|
270 | 275 | | controllable electronic record's jurisdiction governs a matter covered by this Article, that law 15 |
---|
271 | 276 | | governs even if the matter or a transaction to which the matter relates does not bear any relation 16 |
---|
272 | 277 | | to the controllable electronic record's jurisdiction. 17 |
---|
273 | 278 | | (f) Rights of Purchasers Determined at Time of Purchase. – The rights acquired under 18 |
---|
274 | 279 | | G.S. 25-12-104 by a purchaser or qualifying purchaser are governed by the law applicable under 19 |
---|
275 | 280 | | this section at the time of purchase." 20 |
---|
276 | 281 | | 21 |
---|
277 | 282 | | PART II. CONFORMING CHANGES AND OTHER AMENDMENTS TO ARTICLE 9 22 |
---|
278 | 283 | | (SECURED TRANSACTIONS) OF THE UCC 23 |
---|
279 | 284 | | SECTION 2. G.S. 25-9-102 reads as rewritten: 24 |
---|
280 | 285 | | "§ 25-9-102. Definitions and index of definitions. 25 |
---|
281 | 286 | | (a) Article 9 definitions. – Definitions. – In this Article:Article, the following definitions 26 |
---|
282 | 287 | | apply: 27 |
---|
283 | 288 | | (1) "Accession" means goods Accession. – Goods that are physically united with 28 |
---|
284 | 289 | | other goods in such a manner that in which the identity of the original goods 29 |
---|
285 | 290 | | is not lost. 30 |
---|
286 | 291 | | (2) "Account", except as used in "account for", means a Account. – Except as 31 |
---|
287 | 292 | | used in "account for," "account statement," "account to," "commodity 32 |
---|
288 | 293 | | account," "customer's account," "deposit account," "on account of," and 33 |
---|
289 | 294 | | "statement of account," means a right to payment of a monetary obligation, 34 |
---|
290 | 295 | | whether or not earned by performance, (i) for property that has been or is to 35 |
---|
291 | 296 | | be sold, leased, licensed, assigned, or otherwise disposed of, (ii) for services 36 |
---|
292 | 297 | | rendered or to be rendered, (iii) for a policy of insurance issued or to be issued, 37 |
---|
293 | 298 | | (iv) for a secondary obligation incurred or to be incurred, (v) for energy 38 |
---|
294 | 299 | | provided or to be provided, (vi) for the use or hire of a vessel under a charter 39 |
---|
295 | 300 | | or other contract, (vii) arising out of the use of a credit or charge card or 40 |
---|
296 | 301 | | information contained on or for use with the card, or (viii) as winnings in a 41 |
---|
297 | 302 | | lottery or other game of chance operated or sponsored by a state, governmental 42 |
---|
298 | 303 | | unit of a state, or person licensed or authorized to operate the game by a state 43 |
---|
299 | 304 | | or governmental unit of a state. The term includes controllable accounts and 44 |
---|
300 | 305 | | health-care-insurance receivables. The term does not include (i) rights to 45 |
---|
301 | 306 | | payment evidenced by chattel paper or an instrument, chattel paper, (ii) 46 |
---|
302 | 307 | | commercial tort claims, (iii) deposit accounts, (iv) investment property, (v) 47 |
---|
303 | 308 | | letter-of-credit rights or letters of credit, or (vi) rights to payment for money 48 |
---|
304 | 309 | | or funds advanced or sold, other than rights arising out of the use of a credit 49 |
---|
305 | 310 | | or charge card or information contained on or for use with the card.card, or 50 |
---|
306 | 311 | | (vii) rights to payment evidenced by an instrument. 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
308 | 313 | | (3) "Account debtor" means a Account debtor. – A person obligated on an 1 |
---|
309 | 314 | | account, chattel paper, or general intangible. The term does not include 2 |
---|
310 | 315 | | persons obligated to pay a negotiable instrument, even if the negotiable 3 |
---|
311 | 316 | | instrument constitutes part of evidences chattel paper. 4 |
---|
312 | 317 | | (4) "Accounting", except as used in "accounting for", means a record: 5 |
---|
313 | 318 | | Accounting. – Except as used in "accounting for," means a record that meets 6 |
---|
314 | 319 | | all of the following requirements: 7 |
---|
315 | 320 | | a. Authenticated Signed by a secured party;party. 8 |
---|
316 | 321 | | b. Indicating the aggregate unpaid secured obligations as of a date not 9 |
---|
317 | 322 | | more than 35 days earlier or 35 days later than the date of the record; 10 |
---|
318 | 323 | | andrecord. 11 |
---|
319 | 324 | | c. Identifying the components of the obligations in reasonable detail. 12 |
---|
320 | 325 | | (5) "Agricultural lien" means an Agricultural lien. – An interest, other than a 13 |
---|
321 | 326 | | security interest, in farm products:products that satisfies all of the following 14 |
---|
322 | 327 | | requirements: 15 |
---|
323 | 328 | | a. Which The interest secures payment or performance of an obligation 16 |
---|
324 | 329 | | for:for either of the following: 17 |
---|
325 | 330 | | 1. Goods or services furnished in connection with a debtor's 18 |
---|
326 | 331 | | farming operation; oroperation. 19 |
---|
327 | 332 | | 2. Rent on real property leased by a debtor in connection with its 20 |
---|
328 | 333 | | the debtor's farming operation;operation. 21 |
---|
329 | 334 | | b. Which The interest is created by statute in favor of a person that:that 22 |
---|
330 | 335 | | did either of the following: 23 |
---|
331 | 336 | | 1. In the ordinary course of its business business, furnished goods 24 |
---|
332 | 337 | | or services to a debtor in connection with a the debtor's farming 25 |
---|
333 | 338 | | operation; oroperation. 26 |
---|
334 | 339 | | 2. Leased real property to a debtor in connection with the debtor's 27 |
---|
335 | 340 | | farming operation; andoperation. 28 |
---|
336 | 341 | | c. Whose The interest's effectiveness does not depend on the person's 29 |
---|
337 | 342 | | interest holder's possession of the personal property. 30 |
---|
338 | 343 | | (5a) Applicant. – Defined in G.S. 25-5-102. 31 |
---|
339 | 344 | | (6) "As-extracted collateral" means:As-extracted collateral. – Either of the 32 |
---|
340 | 345 | | following: 33 |
---|
341 | 346 | | a. Oil, gas, or other minerals that are subject to a security interest that:that 34 |
---|
342 | 347 | | satisfies both of the following: 35 |
---|
343 | 348 | | 1. Is The security interest is created by a debtor having an interest 36 |
---|
344 | 349 | | in the minerals before extraction; andextraction. 37 |
---|
345 | 350 | | 2. Attaches The security interest attaches to the minerals as 38 |
---|
346 | 351 | | extracted; orextracted. 39 |
---|
347 | 352 | | b. Accounts arising out of the sale at the wellhead or minehead of oil, 40 |
---|
348 | 353 | | gas, or other minerals in which the debtor had an interest before 41 |
---|
349 | 354 | | extraction. 42 |
---|
350 | 355 | | (6a) Assignee. – Except as used in "assignee for benefit of creditors," means a 43 |
---|
351 | 356 | | person (i) in whose favor a security interest that secures an obligation is 44 |
---|
352 | 357 | | created or provided for under a security agreement, whether or not the 45 |
---|
353 | 358 | | obligation is outstanding or (ii) to which an account, chattel paper, payment 46 |
---|
354 | 359 | | intangible, or promissory note has been sold. The term includes a person to 47 |
---|
355 | 360 | | which a security interest has been transferred by a secured party. 48 |
---|
356 | 361 | | (6b) Assignor. – A person that (i) under a security agreement creates or provides 49 |
---|
357 | 362 | | for a security interest that secures an obligation or (ii) sells an account, chattel 50 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
359 | 364 | | paper, payment intangible, or promissory note. The term includes a secured 1 |
---|
360 | 365 | | party that has transferred a security interest to another person. 2 |
---|
361 | 366 | | (7) "Authenticate" means: 3 |
---|
362 | 367 | | a. To sign; or 4 |
---|
363 | 368 | | b. With present intent to adopt or accept a record, to attach to or logically 5 |
---|
364 | 369 | | associate with the record an electronic sound, symbol, or process. 6 |
---|
365 | 370 | | (8) "Bank" means an Bank. – An organization that is engaged in the business of 7 |
---|
366 | 371 | | banking. The term includes savings banks, savings and loan associations, 8 |
---|
367 | 372 | | credit unions, and trust companies. 9 |
---|
368 | 373 | | (8a) Beneficiary. – Defined in G.S. 25-5-102. 10 |
---|
369 | 374 | | (8b) Broker. – Defined in G.S. 25-8-102. 11 |
---|
370 | 375 | | (9) "Cash proceeds" means proceeds Cash proceeds. – Proceeds that are money, 12 |
---|
371 | 376 | | checks, deposit accounts, or the like. 13 |
---|
372 | 377 | | (10) "Certificate of title" means a Certificate of title. – A certificate of title with 14 |
---|
373 | 378 | | respect to which a statute provides for the security interest in question to be 15 |
---|
374 | 379 | | indicated on the certificate as a condition or result of the security interest's 16 |
---|
375 | 380 | | obtaining priority over the rights of a lien creditor with respect to the 17 |
---|
376 | 381 | | collateral. The term includes another record maintained as an alternative to a 18 |
---|
377 | 382 | | certificate of title by the governmental unit that issues certificates of title if a 19 |
---|
378 | 383 | | statute permits the security interest in question to be indicated on the record 20 |
---|
379 | 384 | | as a condition or result of the security interest's obtaining priority over the 21 |
---|
380 | 385 | | rights of a lien creditor with respect to the collateral. 22 |
---|
381 | 386 | | (10a) Certificated security. – Defined in G.S. 25-8-102. 23 |
---|
382 | 387 | | (11) "Chattel paper" means a record or records that evidence both a monetary 24 |
---|
383 | 388 | | obligation and a security interest in specific goods, a security interest in 25 |
---|
384 | 389 | | specific goods and software used in the goods, a security interest in specific 26 |
---|
385 | 390 | | goods and license of software used in the goods, a lease of specific goods, or 27 |
---|
386 | 391 | | a lease of specific goods and license of software used in the goods. In this 28 |
---|
387 | 392 | | subdivision, "monetary obligation" means a monetary obligation secured by 29 |
---|
388 | 393 | | the goods or owed under a lease of the goods and includes a monetary 30 |
---|
389 | 394 | | obligation with respect to software used in the goods. The term does not 31 |
---|
390 | 395 | | include (i) charters or other contracts involving the use or hire of a vessel or 32 |
---|
391 | 396 | | (ii) records that evidence a right to payment arising out of the use of a credit 33 |
---|
392 | 397 | | or charge card or information contained on or for use with the card. If a 34 |
---|
393 | 398 | | transaction is evidenced by records that include an instrument or series of 35 |
---|
394 | 399 | | instruments, the group of records taken together constitutes chattel 36 |
---|
395 | 400 | | paper.Chattel paper. – Either of the following: 37 |
---|
396 | 401 | | a. A right to payment of a monetary obligation secured by specific goods, 38 |
---|
397 | 402 | | if the right to payment and security agreement are evidenced by a 39 |
---|
398 | 403 | | record. 40 |
---|
399 | 404 | | b. A right to payment of a monetary obligation owed by a lessee under a 41 |
---|
400 | 405 | | lease agreement with respect to specific goods and a monetary 42 |
---|
401 | 406 | | obligation owed by the lessee in connection with the transaction giving 43 |
---|
402 | 407 | | rise to the lease, if both of the following apply: 44 |
---|
403 | 408 | | 1. The right to payment and lease agreement are evidenced by a 45 |
---|
404 | 409 | | record. 46 |
---|
405 | 410 | | 2. The predominant purpose of the transaction giving rise to the 47 |
---|
406 | 411 | | lease was to give the lessee the right to possession and use of 48 |
---|
407 | 412 | | the goods. 49 |
---|
408 | 413 | | The term does not include a right to payment arising out of a charter or other 50 |
---|
409 | 414 | | contract involving the use or hire of a vessel or a right to payment arising out 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
411 | 416 | | of the use of a credit or charge card or information contained on or for use 1 |
---|
412 | 417 | | with the card. 2 |
---|
413 | 418 | | (11a) Check. – Defined in G.S. 25-3-104. 3 |
---|
414 | 419 | | (11b) Clearing corporation. – Defined in G.S. 25-8-102. 4 |
---|
415 | 420 | | (12) "Collateral" means the Collateral. – The property subject to a security interest 5 |
---|
416 | 421 | | or agricultural lien. The term includes:includes all of the following: 6 |
---|
417 | 422 | | a. Proceeds to which a security interest attaches;attaches. 7 |
---|
418 | 423 | | b. Accounts, chattel paper, payment intangibles, and promissory notes 8 |
---|
419 | 424 | | that have been sold; andsold. 9 |
---|
420 | 425 | | c. Goods that are the subject of a consignment. 10 |
---|
421 | 426 | | (13) "Commercial tort claim" means a Commercial tort claim. – A claim arising in 11 |
---|
422 | 427 | | tort with respect to which:if either of the following applies: 12 |
---|
423 | 428 | | a. The claimant is an organization; ororganization. 13 |
---|
424 | 429 | | b. The claimant is an individual and the claim:both of the following 14 |
---|
425 | 430 | | apply: 15 |
---|
426 | 431 | | 1. Arose The claim arose in the course of the claimant's business 16 |
---|
427 | 432 | | or profession; andprofession. 17 |
---|
428 | 433 | | 2. Does The claim does not include damages arising out of 18 |
---|
429 | 434 | | personal injury to or the death of an individual. 19 |
---|
430 | 435 | | (14) "Commodity account" means an Commodity account. – An account 20 |
---|
431 | 436 | | maintained by a commodity intermediary in which a commodity contract is 21 |
---|
432 | 437 | | carried for a commodity customer. 22 |
---|
433 | 438 | | (15) "Commodity contract" means a Commodity contract. – A commodity futures 23 |
---|
434 | 439 | | contract, an option on a commodity futures contract, a commodity option, or 24 |
---|
435 | 440 | | another contract if the contract or option is:either of the following applies: 25 |
---|
436 | 441 | | a. Traded The contract or option is traded on or subject to the rules of a 26 |
---|
437 | 442 | | board of trade that has been designated as a contract market for such a 27 |
---|
438 | 443 | | contract the contract or option pursuant to federal commodities laws; 28 |
---|
439 | 444 | | orlaw. 29 |
---|
440 | 445 | | b. Traded The contract or option is traded on a foreign commodity board 30 |
---|
441 | 446 | | of trade, exchange, or market, and is carried on the books of a 31 |
---|
442 | 447 | | commodity intermediary for a commodity customer. 32 |
---|
443 | 448 | | (16) "Commodity customer" means a Commodity customer. – A person for which 33 |
---|
444 | 449 | | a commodity intermediary carries a commodity contract on its books. 34 |
---|
445 | 450 | | (17) "Commodity intermediary" means a Commodity intermediary. – A person 35 |
---|
446 | 451 | | that:that satisfies either of the following: 36 |
---|
447 | 452 | | a. Is registered as a futures commission merchant under federal 37 |
---|
448 | 453 | | commodities law; orlaw. 38 |
---|
449 | 454 | | b. In the ordinary course of its business business, provides clearance or 39 |
---|
450 | 455 | | settlement services for a board of trade that has been designated as a 40 |
---|
451 | 456 | | contract market pursuant to federal commodities law. 41 |
---|
452 | 457 | | (18) "Communicate" means:Communicate. – Any of the following: 42 |
---|
453 | 458 | | a. To send a written or other tangible record;record. 43 |
---|
454 | 459 | | b. To transmit a record by any means agreed upon by the persons sending 44 |
---|
455 | 460 | | and receiving the record; orrecord. 45 |
---|
456 | 461 | | c. In the case of transmission of a record to or by a filing office, to 46 |
---|
457 | 462 | | transmit a record by any means prescribed by filing-office rule. 47 |
---|
458 | 463 | | (19) "Consignee" means a Consignee. – A merchant to which goods are delivered 48 |
---|
459 | 464 | | in a consignment. 49 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
461 | 466 | | (20) "Consignment" means a Consignment. – A transaction, regardless of its form, 1 |
---|
462 | 467 | | in which a person delivers goods to a merchant for the purpose of sale and:and 2 |
---|
463 | 468 | | all of the following apply: 3 |
---|
464 | 469 | | a. The merchant:All of the following apply to the merchant: 4 |
---|
465 | 470 | | 1. Deals The merchant deals in goods of that kind under a name 5 |
---|
466 | 471 | | other than the name of the person making delivery;delivery. 6 |
---|
467 | 472 | | 2. Is The merchant is not an auctioneer; andauctioneer. 7 |
---|
468 | 473 | | 3. Is The merchant is not generally known by its creditors to be 8 |
---|
469 | 474 | | substantially engaged in selling the goods of others;others. 9 |
---|
470 | 475 | | b. With respect to each delivery, the aggregate value of the goods is one 10 |
---|
471 | 476 | | thousand dollars ($1,000) or more at the time of delivery;delivery. 11 |
---|
472 | 477 | | c. The goods are not consumer goods immediately before delivery;and 12 |
---|
473 | 478 | | delivery. 13 |
---|
474 | 479 | | d. The transaction does not create a security interest that secures an 14 |
---|
475 | 480 | | obligation. 15 |
---|
476 | 481 | | (21) "Consignor" means a Consignor. – A person that delivers goods to a consignee 16 |
---|
477 | 482 | | in a consignment. 17 |
---|
478 | 483 | | (22) "Consumer debtor" means a Consumer debtor. – A debtor in a consumer 18 |
---|
479 | 484 | | transaction. 19 |
---|
480 | 485 | | (23) "Consumer goods" means goods Consumer goods. – Goods that are used or 20 |
---|
481 | 486 | | bought for use primarily for personal, family, or household purposes. 21 |
---|
482 | 487 | | (24) "Consumer-goods transaction" means a Consumer-goods transaction. – A 22 |
---|
483 | 488 | | consumer transaction in which:which both of the following apply: 23 |
---|
484 | 489 | | a. An individual incurs an obligation primarily for personal, family, or 24 |
---|
485 | 490 | | household purposes; andpurposes. 25 |
---|
486 | 491 | | b. A security interest in consumer goods secures the obligation. 26 |
---|
487 | 492 | | (25) "Consumer obligor" means an Consumer obligor. – An obligor who is an 27 |
---|
488 | 493 | | individual and who incurred the obligation as part of a transaction entered into 28 |
---|
489 | 494 | | primarily for personal, family, or household purposes. 29 |
---|
490 | 495 | | (26) "Consumer transaction" means a Consumer transaction. – A transaction in 30 |
---|
491 | 496 | | which (i) an individual incurs an obligation primarily for personal, family, or 31 |
---|
492 | 497 | | household purposes, (ii) a security interest secures the obligation, and (iii) the 32 |
---|
493 | 498 | | collateral is held or acquired primarily for personal, family, or household 33 |
---|
494 | 499 | | purposes. The term includes consumer-goods transactions. 34 |
---|
495 | 500 | | (27) "Continuation statement" means an Continuation statement. – An amendment 35 |
---|
496 | 501 | | of a financing statement which:that does both of the following: 36 |
---|
497 | 502 | | a. Identifies, by its file number, the initial financing statement to which 37 |
---|
498 | 503 | | it relates; andrelates. 38 |
---|
499 | 504 | | b. Indicates that it is a continuation statement for, or that it is filed to 39 |
---|
500 | 505 | | continue the effectiveness of, the identified financing statement. 40 |
---|
501 | 506 | | (27a) Contract for sale. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-106. 41 |
---|
502 | 507 | | (27b) Control. – Defined in G.S. 25-7-106. 42 |
---|
503 | 508 | | (27c) Controllable account. – An account evidenced by a controllable electronic 43 |
---|
504 | 509 | | record that provides that the account debtor undertakes to pay the person that 44 |
---|
505 | 510 | | has control under G.S. 25-12-105 of the controllable electronic record. 45 |
---|
506 | 511 | | (27d) Controllable electronic record. – Defined in G.S. 25-12-102. 46 |
---|
507 | 512 | | (27e) Controllable payment intangible. – A payment intangible evidenced by a 47 |
---|
508 | 513 | | controllable electronic record that provides that the account debtor undertakes 48 |
---|
509 | 514 | | to pay the person that has control under G.S. 25-12-105 of the controllable 49 |
---|
510 | 515 | | electronic record. 50 |
---|
511 | 516 | | (27f) Customer. – Defined in G.S. 25-4-104. 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
513 | 518 | | (28) "Debtor" means:Debtor. – Any of the following: 1 |
---|
514 | 519 | | a. A person having an interest, other than a security interest or other lien, 2 |
---|
515 | 520 | | in the collateral, whether or not the person is an obligor;obligor. 3 |
---|
516 | 521 | | b. A seller of accounts, chattel paper, payment intangibles, or promissory 4 |
---|
517 | 522 | | notes; ornotes. 5 |
---|
518 | 523 | | c. A consignee. 6 |
---|
519 | 524 | | (29) "Deposit account" means a Deposit account. – A demand, time, savings, 7 |
---|
520 | 525 | | passbook, or similar account maintained with a bank. The term does not 8 |
---|
521 | 526 | | include investment property or accounts evidenced by an instrument. 9 |
---|
522 | 527 | | (30) "Document" means a Document. – A document of title or a receipt of the type 10 |
---|
523 | 528 | | described in G.S. 25-7-201(b). 11 |
---|
524 | 529 | | (31) "Electronic chattel paper" means chattel paper evidenced by a record or 12 |
---|
525 | 530 | | records consisting of information stored in an electronic medium. 13 |
---|
526 | 531 | | (31a) Electronic money. – Money in an electronic form. 14 |
---|
527 | 532 | | (32) "Encumbrance" means a Encumbrance. – A right, other than an ownership 15 |
---|
528 | 533 | | interest, in real property. The term includes mortgages and other liens on real 16 |
---|
529 | 534 | | property. 17 |
---|
530 | 535 | | (32a) Entitlement holder. – Defined in G.S. 25-8-102. 18 |
---|
531 | 536 | | (33) "Equipment" means goods Equipment. – Goods other than inventory, farm 19 |
---|
532 | 537 | | products, or consumer goods. 20 |
---|
533 | 538 | | (34) "Farm products" means goods, Farm products. – Any of the following goods, 21 |
---|
534 | 539 | | other than standing timber, with respect to which the debtor is engaged in a 22 |
---|
535 | 540 | | farming operation and which are:operation: 23 |
---|
536 | 541 | | a. Crops grown, growing, or to be grown, including:including both of the 24 |
---|
537 | 542 | | following: 25 |
---|
538 | 543 | | 1. Crops produced on trees, vines, and bushes; andbushes. 26 |
---|
539 | 544 | | 2. Aquatic goods produced in aquacultural operations;operations. 27 |
---|
540 | 545 | | b. Livestock, born or unborn, including aquatic goods produced in 28 |
---|
541 | 546 | | aquacultural operations;operations. 29 |
---|
542 | 547 | | c. Supplies used or produced in a farming operation; oroperation. 30 |
---|
543 | 548 | | d. Products of crops or livestock in their unmanufactured states. 31 |
---|
544 | 549 | | (35) "Farming operation" means raising, Farming operation. – Raising, cultivating, 32 |
---|
545 | 550 | | propagating, fattening, grazing, or any other farming, livestock, or 33 |
---|
546 | 551 | | aquacultural operation. 34 |
---|
547 | 552 | | (36) "File number" means the File number. – The number assigned to an initial 35 |
---|
548 | 553 | | financing statement pursuant to G.S. 25-9-519(a). 36 |
---|
549 | 554 | | (37) "Filing office" means an Filing office. – An office designated in G.S. 25-9-501 37 |
---|
550 | 555 | | as the place to file a financing statement. 38 |
---|
551 | 556 | | (38) "Filing-office rule" means a Filing-office rule. – A rule adopted pursuant to 39 |
---|
552 | 557 | | G.S. 25-9-526. 40 |
---|
553 | 558 | | (38a) Financial asset. – Defined in G.S. 25-8-102. 41 |
---|
554 | 559 | | (39) "Financing statement" means a Financing statement. – A record or records 42 |
---|
555 | 560 | | composed of an initial financing statement and any filed record relating to the 43 |
---|
556 | 561 | | initial financing statement. 44 |
---|
557 | 562 | | (40) "Fixture filing" means the Fixture filing. – The filing of a financing statement 45 |
---|
558 | 563 | | covering goods that are or are to become fixtures and satisfying 46 |
---|
559 | 564 | | G.S. 25-9-502(a) and (b). The term includes the filing of a financing statement 47 |
---|
560 | 565 | | covering goods of a transmitting utility which that are or are to become 48 |
---|
561 | 566 | | fixtures. 49 |
---|
562 | 567 | | (41) "Fixtures" means goods Fixtures. – Goods that have become so related to 50 |
---|
563 | 568 | | particular real property that an interest in them arises under real property law. 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
565 | 570 | | (42) "General intangible" means any General intangible. – Any personal property, 1 |
---|
566 | 571 | | including things in action, other than accounts, chattel paper, commercial tort 2 |
---|
567 | 572 | | claims, deposit accounts, documents, goods, instruments, investment 3 |
---|
568 | 573 | | property, letter-of-credit rights, letters of credit, money, and oil, gas, or other 4 |
---|
569 | 574 | | minerals before extraction. The term includes controllable electronic records, 5 |
---|
570 | 575 | | payment intangibles intangibles, and software. 6 |
---|
571 | 576 | | (43) Repealed by Session Laws 2006-112, s. 21, effective October 1, 2006. 7 |
---|
572 | 577 | | (44) "Goods" means all Goods. – All things that are movable when a security 8 |
---|
573 | 578 | | interest attaches. The term includes (i) fixtures, (ii) standing timber that is to 9 |
---|
574 | 579 | | be cut and removed under a conveyance or contract for sale, (iii) the unborn 10 |
---|
575 | 580 | | young of animals, (iv) crops grown, growing, or to be grown, even if the crops 11 |
---|
576 | 581 | | are produced on trees, vines, or bushes, and (v) manufactured homes. The term 12 |
---|
577 | 582 | | also includes a computer program embedded in goods and any supporting 13 |
---|
578 | 583 | | information provided in connection with a transaction relating to the program 14 |
---|
579 | 584 | | if (i) the program is associated with the goods in such a manner that it 15 |
---|
580 | 585 | | customarily is considered part of the goods, or (ii) by becoming the owner of 16 |
---|
581 | 586 | | the goods, a person acquires a right to use the program in connection with the 17 |
---|
582 | 587 | | goods. The term does not include a computer program embedded in goods that 18 |
---|
583 | 588 | | consist solely of the medium in which the program is embedded. The term 19 |
---|
584 | 589 | | also does not include accounts, chattel paper, commercial tort claims, deposit 20 |
---|
585 | 590 | | accounts, documents, general intangibles, instruments, investment property, 21 |
---|
586 | 591 | | letter-of-credit rights, letters of credit, money, or oil, gas, or other minerals 22 |
---|
587 | 592 | | before extraction. 23 |
---|
588 | 593 | | (45) "Governmental unit" means a Governmental unit. – A subdivision, agency, 24 |
---|
589 | 594 | | department, county, parish, municipality, or other unit of the government of 25 |
---|
590 | 595 | | the United States, a state, or a foreign country. The term includes an 26 |
---|
591 | 596 | | organization having a separate corporate existence if the organization (i) is 27 |
---|
592 | 597 | | eligible to issue debt on which interest is exempt from income taxation under 28 |
---|
593 | 598 | | the laws of the United States, States or (ii) was created to facilitate the issuance 29 |
---|
594 | 599 | | of notes, bonds, other evidences of indebtedness indebtedness, or payment 30 |
---|
595 | 600 | | obligations for borrowed money by, or in conjunction with, installment or 31 |
---|
596 | 601 | | lease purchase financings for, for this State or any county, municipality, or 32 |
---|
597 | 602 | | other agency or political subdivision thereof as evidenced by the documents 33 |
---|
598 | 603 | | creating the organization. 34 |
---|
599 | 604 | | (46) "Health-care-insurance receivable" means an Health-care-insurance 35 |
---|
600 | 605 | | receivable. – An interest in or claim under a policy of insurance which that is 36 |
---|
601 | 606 | | a right to payment of a monetary obligation for health-care goods or services 37 |
---|
602 | 607 | | provided. 38 |
---|
603 | 608 | | (46a) Holder in due course. – Defined in G.S. 25-3-302. 39 |
---|
604 | 609 | | (47) "Instrument" means a Instrument. – A negotiable instrument or any other 40 |
---|
605 | 610 | | writing that evidences a right to the payment of a monetary obligation, is not 41 |
---|
606 | 611 | | itself a security agreement or lease, and is of a type that in the ordinary course 42 |
---|
607 | 612 | | of business is transferred by delivery with any necessary indorsement or 43 |
---|
608 | 613 | | assignment. The term does not include (i) investment property, (ii) letters of 44 |
---|
609 | 614 | | credit, or (iii) writings that evidence a right to payment arising out of the use 45 |
---|
610 | 615 | | of a credit or charge card or information contained on or for use with the card. 46 |
---|
611 | 616 | | card, or (iv) writings that evidence chattel paper. 47 |
---|
612 | 617 | | (48) "Inventory" means goods, Inventory. – Goods, other than farm products, 48 |
---|
613 | 618 | | which:that satisfy any of the following descriptions: 49 |
---|
614 | 619 | | a. Are leased by a person as lessor;lessor. 50 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
616 | 621 | | b. Are held by a person for sale or lease or to be furnished under a 1 |
---|
617 | 622 | | contract of service;service. 2 |
---|
618 | 623 | | c. Are furnished by a person under a contract of service; orservice. 3 |
---|
619 | 624 | | d. Consist of raw materials, work in process, or materials used or 4 |
---|
620 | 625 | | consumed in a business. 5 |
---|
621 | 626 | | (49) "Investment property" means a Investment property. – A security, whether 6 |
---|
622 | 627 | | certificated or uncertificated, security entitlement, securities account, 7 |
---|
623 | 628 | | commodity contract, or commodity account. 8 |
---|
624 | 629 | | (49a) Issuer. – Defined as follows: 9 |
---|
625 | 630 | | a. With respect to a letter of credit or letter-of-credit right, defined in 10 |
---|
626 | 631 | | G.S. 25-5-102. 11 |
---|
627 | 632 | | b. With respect to a security, defined in G.S. 25-8-201. 12 |
---|
628 | 633 | | c. With respect to documents of title, defined in G.S. 25-7-102. 13 |
---|
629 | 634 | | (50) "Jurisdiction of organization", with respect to a registered organization, means 14 |
---|
630 | 635 | | the Jurisdiction of organization. – With respect to a registered organization, 15 |
---|
631 | 636 | | the jurisdiction under whose law the organization is formed or organized. 16 |
---|
632 | 637 | | (50a) Lease. – Defined in G.S. 25-2A-103. 17 |
---|
633 | 638 | | (50b) Lease agreement. – Defined in G.S. 25-2A-103. 18 |
---|
634 | 639 | | (50c) Lease contract. – Defined in G.S. 25-2A-103. 19 |
---|
635 | 640 | | (50d) Leasehold interest. – Defined in G.S. 25-2A-103. 20 |
---|
636 | 641 | | (50e) Lessee. – Defined in G.S. 25-2A-103. 21 |
---|
637 | 642 | | (50f) Lessee in ordinary course of business. – Defined in G.S. 25-2A-103. 22 |
---|
638 | 643 | | (50g) Lessor. – Defined in G.S. 25-2A-103. 23 |
---|
639 | 644 | | (50h) Lessor's residual interest. – Defined in G.S. 25-2A-103. 24 |
---|
640 | 645 | | (50i) Letter of credit. – Defined in G.S. 25-5-102. 25 |
---|
641 | 646 | | (51) "Letter-of-credit right" means a Letter-of-credit right. – A right to payment or 26 |
---|
642 | 647 | | performance under a letter of credit, whether or not the beneficiary has 27 |
---|
643 | 648 | | demanded or is at the time entitled to demand payment or performance. The 28 |
---|
644 | 649 | | term does not include the right of a beneficiary to demand payment or 29 |
---|
645 | 650 | | performance under a letter of credit. 30 |
---|
646 | 651 | | (52) "Lien creditor" means:Lien creditor. – Any of the following: 31 |
---|
647 | 652 | | a. A creditor that has acquired a lien on the property involved by 32 |
---|
648 | 653 | | attachment, levy, or the like;like. 33 |
---|
649 | 654 | | b. An assignee for benefit of creditors from the time of 34 |
---|
650 | 655 | | assignment;assignment. 35 |
---|
651 | 656 | | c. A trustee in bankruptcy from the date of the filing of the petition; 36 |
---|
652 | 657 | | orpetition. 37 |
---|
653 | 658 | | d. A receiver in equity from the time of appointment. 38 |
---|
654 | 659 | | (53) "Manufactured home" means a Manufactured home. – A structure, 39 |
---|
655 | 660 | | transportable in one or more sections, which, sections that satisfies all of the 40 |
---|
656 | 661 | | following requirements: 41 |
---|
657 | 662 | | a. in In the traveling mode, is eight body feet or more in width or 40 body 42 |
---|
658 | 663 | | feet or more in length, or, when erected on site, is 320 or more square 43 |
---|
659 | 664 | | feet, and whichfeet. 44 |
---|
660 | 665 | | b. is Is built on a permanent chassis and designed to be used as a dwelling 45 |
---|
661 | 666 | | with or without a permanent foundation when connected to the 46 |
---|
662 | 667 | | required utilities, andutilities. 47 |
---|
663 | 668 | | c. includes the Includes plumbing, heating, air-conditioning, and 48 |
---|
664 | 669 | | electrical systems contained therein.systems. 49 |
---|
665 | 670 | | The term includes any structure that meets all of the requirements of this 50 |
---|
666 | 671 | | subdivision except the size requirements and with respect to which the 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
668 | 673 | | manufacturer voluntarily files a certification required by the United States 1 |
---|
669 | 674 | | Secretary of Housing and Urban Development and complies with the 2 |
---|
670 | 675 | | standards established under Title 42 of the United States Code. 3 |
---|
671 | 676 | | (54) "Manufactured-home transaction" means a secured transaction: 4 |
---|
672 | 677 | | Manufactured-home transaction. – A secured transaction if either of the 5 |
---|
673 | 678 | | following applies: 6 |
---|
674 | 679 | | a. That The transaction creates a purchase-money security interest in a 7 |
---|
675 | 680 | | manufactured home, other than a manufactured home held as 8 |
---|
676 | 681 | | inventory; orinventory. 9 |
---|
677 | 682 | | b. In which a manufactured home, other than a manufactured home held 10 |
---|
678 | 683 | | as inventory, is the primary collateral. 11 |
---|
679 | 684 | | (54a) Merchant. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-104. 12 |
---|
680 | 685 | | (54b) Money. – Defined in G.S. 25-1-201(b) but does not include (i) a deposit 13 |
---|
681 | 686 | | account or (ii) money in an electronic form that cannot be subjected to control 14 |
---|
682 | 687 | | under G.S. 25-9-105.1. 15 |
---|
683 | 688 | | (55) "Mortgage" means a Mortgage. – A consensual interest in real property, 16 |
---|
684 | 689 | | including fixtures, which that secures payment or performance of an 17 |
---|
685 | 690 | | obligation. 18 |
---|
686 | 691 | | (55a) Negotiable instrument. – Defined in G.S. 25-3-104. 19 |
---|
687 | 692 | | (56) "New debtor" means a New debtor. – A person that becomes bound as debtor 20 |
---|
688 | 693 | | under G.S. 25-9-203(d) by a security agreement previously entered into by 21 |
---|
689 | 694 | | another person. 22 |
---|
690 | 695 | | (57) "New value" meansNew value. – Any of the following: 23 |
---|
691 | 696 | | a. (i) money, Money. 24 |
---|
692 | 697 | | b. (ii) money's Money's worth in property, services, or new credit, 25 |
---|
693 | 698 | | orcredit. 26 |
---|
694 | 699 | | c. (iii) release Release by a transferee of an interest in property 27 |
---|
695 | 700 | | previously transferred to the transferee. 28 |
---|
696 | 701 | | The term does not include an obligation substituted for another obligation. 29 |
---|
697 | 702 | | (57a) Nominated person. – Defined in G.S. 25-5-102. 30 |
---|
698 | 703 | | (58) "Noncash proceeds" means proceeds Noncash proceeds. – Proceeds other than 31 |
---|
699 | 704 | | cash proceeds. 32 |
---|
700 | 705 | | (58a) Note. – Defined in G.S. 25-3-104. 33 |
---|
701 | 706 | | (59) "Obligor" means a Obligor. – A person that, with respect to an obligation 34 |
---|
702 | 707 | | secured by a security interest in or an agricultural lien on the collateral, (i) 35 |
---|
703 | 708 | | owes payment or other performance of the obligation, (ii) has provided 36 |
---|
704 | 709 | | property other than the collateral to secure payment or other performance of 37 |
---|
705 | 710 | | the obligation, or (iii) is otherwise accountable in whole or in part for payment 38 |
---|
706 | 711 | | or other performance of the obligation. The term does not include issuers or 39 |
---|
707 | 712 | | nominated persons under a letter of credit. 40 |
---|
708 | 713 | | (60) "Original debtor", except as used in G.S. 25-9-310(c), means a Original 41 |
---|
709 | 714 | | debtor, except as used in G.S. 25-9-310(c). – A person that, as debtor, entered 42 |
---|
710 | 715 | | into a security agreement to which a new debtor has become bound under 43 |
---|
711 | 716 | | G.S. 25-9-203(d). 44 |
---|
712 | 717 | | (61) "Payment intangible" means a Payment intangible. – A general intangible 45 |
---|
713 | 718 | | under which the account debtor's principal obligation is a monetary obligation. 46 |
---|
714 | 719 | | The term includes a controllable payment intangible. 47 |
---|
715 | 720 | | (62) "Person related to", with respect to an individual, means:Person related to. – 48 |
---|
716 | 721 | | Defined as follows: 49 |
---|
717 | 722 | | a. With respect to an individual, any of the following: 50 |
---|
718 | 723 | | a.1. The spouse of the individual;individual. 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
720 | 725 | | b.2. A brother, brother-in-law, sister, or sister-in-law of the 1 |
---|
721 | 726 | | individual;individual. 2 |
---|
722 | 727 | | c.3. An ancestor or lineal descendant of the individual or the 3 |
---|
723 | 728 | | individual's spouse; orspouse. 4 |
---|
724 | 729 | | d.4. Any other relative, by blood or marriage, of the individual or 5 |
---|
725 | 730 | | the individual's spouse who shares the same home with the 6 |
---|
726 | 731 | | individual. 7 |
---|
727 | 732 | | (63) "Person related to", with respect to an organization, means: 8 |
---|
728 | 733 | | b. With respect to an organization, any of the following: 9 |
---|
729 | 734 | | a.1. A person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or 10 |
---|
730 | 735 | | under common control with the organization;organization. 11 |
---|
731 | 736 | | b.2. An officer or director of, or a person performing similar 12 |
---|
732 | 737 | | functions with respect to, the organization;organization. 13 |
---|
733 | 738 | | c.3. An officer or director of, or a person performing similar 14 |
---|
734 | 739 | | functions with respect to, a person described in 15 |
---|
735 | 740 | | sub-subdivision a. of this subdivision;sub-sub-subdivision 1. 16 |
---|
736 | 741 | | of this sub-subdivision. 17 |
---|
737 | 742 | | d.4. The spouse of an individual described in sub-subdivision a., b., 18 |
---|
738 | 743 | | or c. of this subdivision; orsub-sub-subdivision 1., 2., or 3., of 19 |
---|
739 | 744 | | this sub-subdivision. 20 |
---|
740 | 745 | | e.5. An individual who is related by blood or marriage to an 21 |
---|
741 | 746 | | individual described in sub-subdivision a., b., c., or d. of this 22 |
---|
742 | 747 | | subdivision sub-sub-subdivision 1., 2., 3., or 4. of this 23 |
---|
743 | 748 | | sub-subdivision and shares the same home with the individual. 24 |
---|
744 | 749 | | (64) "Proceeds", except as used in G.S. 25-9-609(b), means the Proceeds. – Except 25 |
---|
745 | 750 | | as used in G.S. 25-9-609(b), means any of the following property: 26 |
---|
746 | 751 | | a. Whatever is acquired upon the sale, lease, license, exchange, or other 27 |
---|
747 | 752 | | disposition of collateral;collateral. 28 |
---|
748 | 753 | | b. Whatever is collected on, or distributed on account of, 29 |
---|
749 | 754 | | collateral;collateral. 30 |
---|
750 | 755 | | c. Rights arising out of collateral;collateral. 31 |
---|
751 | 756 | | d. To the extent of the value of collateral, claims arising out of the loss, 32 |
---|
752 | 757 | | nonconformity, or interference with the use of, defects or infringement 33 |
---|
753 | 758 | | of rights in, or damage to, thecollateral; orcollateral. 34 |
---|
754 | 759 | | e. To the extent of the value of collateral and to the extent payable to the 35 |
---|
755 | 760 | | debtor or the secured party, insurance payable by reason of the loss or 36 |
---|
756 | 761 | | nonconformity of, defects or infringement of rights in, or damage to, 37 |
---|
757 | 762 | | the collateral. 38 |
---|
758 | 763 | | (64a) Proceeds of a letter of credit. – Defined in G.S. 25-5-114. 39 |
---|
759 | 764 | | (65) "Production-money crops" means crops Production-money crops. – Crops that 40 |
---|
760 | 765 | | secure a production-money obligation incurred with respect to the production 41 |
---|
761 | 766 | | of those crops. 42 |
---|
762 | 767 | | (66) "Production-money obligation" means an Production-money obligation. – An 43 |
---|
763 | 768 | | obligation of an obligor incurred for new value given to enable the debtor to 44 |
---|
764 | 769 | | produce crops if the value is in fact used for the production of the crops. 45 |
---|
765 | 770 | | (67) "Production of crops" includes Production of crops. – Includes tilling and 46 |
---|
766 | 771 | | otherwise preparing land for growing, planting, cultivating, fertilizing, 47 |
---|
767 | 772 | | irrigating, harvesting, gathering, and curing crops, crops and protecting them 48 |
---|
768 | 773 | | from damage or disease. 49 |
---|
769 | 774 | | (68) "Promissory note" means an Promissory note. – An instrument that evidences 50 |
---|
770 | 775 | | a promise to pay a monetary obligation, does not evidence an order to pay, 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
772 | 777 | | and does not contain an acknowledgment by a bank that the bank has received 1 |
---|
773 | 778 | | for deposit a sum of money or funds. 2 |
---|
774 | 779 | | (69) "Proposal" means a Proposal. – A record authenticated signed by a secured 3 |
---|
775 | 780 | | party which that includes the terms on which the secured party is willing to 4 |
---|
776 | 781 | | accept collateral in full or partial satisfaction of the obligation it secures 5 |
---|
777 | 782 | | pursuant to G.S. 25-9-620, 25-9-621, and 25-9-622. 6 |
---|
778 | 783 | | (69a) Protected purchaser. – Defined in G.S. 25-8-303. 7 |
---|
779 | 784 | | (69b) Prove. – Defined in G.S. 25-3-103. 8 |
---|
780 | 785 | | (70) "Public-finance transaction" means a Public-finance transaction. – A secured 9 |
---|
781 | 786 | | transaction in connection with which:to which all of the following apply: 10 |
---|
782 | 787 | | a. Debt securities are issued;issued. 11 |
---|
783 | 788 | | b. All or a portion of the securities issued have an initial stated maturity 12 |
---|
784 | 789 | | of at least 20 years; andyears. 13 |
---|
785 | 790 | | c. The debtor, obligor, secured party, account debtor or other person 14 |
---|
786 | 791 | | obligated on collateral, assignor or assignee of a secured obligation, or 15 |
---|
787 | 792 | | assignor or assignee of a security interest is a state or a governmental 16 |
---|
788 | 793 | | unit of a state. 17 |
---|
789 | 794 | | (70a) "Public organic record" means a Public organic record. – A record that is 18 |
---|
790 | 795 | | available to the public for inspection and is:is any of the following: 19 |
---|
791 | 796 | | a. A record consisting of the record initially filed with or issued by a state 20 |
---|
792 | 797 | | or the United States to form or organize an organization and any record 21 |
---|
793 | 798 | | filed with or issued by the state or the United States which that amends 22 |
---|
794 | 799 | | or restates the initial record;record. 23 |
---|
795 | 800 | | b. An organic record of a business trust consisting of the record initially 24 |
---|
796 | 801 | | filed with a state and any record filed with the state which that amends 25 |
---|
797 | 802 | | or restates the initial record, if a statute of the state governing business 26 |
---|
798 | 803 | | trusts requires that the record be filed with the state; orstate. 27 |
---|
799 | 804 | | c. A record consisting of legislation enacted by the legislature of a state 28 |
---|
800 | 805 | | or the Congress of the United States which that forms or organizes an 29 |
---|
801 | 806 | | organization, any record amending the legislation, and any record filed 30 |
---|
802 | 807 | | with or issued by the state or the United States which that amends or 31 |
---|
803 | 808 | | restates the name of the organization. 32 |
---|
804 | 809 | | (71) "Pursuant to commitment", with Pursuant to commitment. – With respect to 33 |
---|
805 | 810 | | an advance made or other value given by a secured party, means pursuant to 34 |
---|
806 | 811 | | the secured party's obligation, whether or not a subsequent event of default or 35 |
---|
807 | 812 | | other event not within the secured party's control has relieved or may relieve 36 |
---|
808 | 813 | | the secured party from its obligation. 37 |
---|
809 | 814 | | (71a) Qualifying purchaser. – Defined in G.S. 25-12-102. 38 |
---|
810 | 815 | | (72) "Record", except as used in "for record", "of record", "record or legal title", 39 |
---|
811 | 816 | | and "record owner", Record. – Except as used in "for record," "of record," 40 |
---|
812 | 817 | | "record or legal title," and "record owner," means information that is inscribed 41 |
---|
813 | 818 | | on a tangible medium or that is stored in an electronic or other medium and is 42 |
---|
814 | 819 | | retrievable in perceivable form. 43 |
---|
815 | 820 | | (73) "Registered organization" means an Registered organization. – An 44 |
---|
816 | 821 | | organization formed or organized solely under the law of a single state or the 45 |
---|
817 | 822 | | United States by the filing of a public organic record with, the issuance of a 46 |
---|
818 | 823 | | public organic record by, or the enactment of legislation by the state or the 47 |
---|
819 | 824 | | United States. The term includes a business trust that is formed or organized 48 |
---|
820 | 825 | | under the law of a single state if a statute of the state governing business trusts 49 |
---|
821 | 826 | | requires that the business trust's organic record be filed with the state. 50 |
---|
822 | 827 | | (73a) Sale. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-106. 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
824 | 829 | | (74) "Secondary obligor" means an Secondary obligor. – An obligor to the extent 1 |
---|
825 | 830 | | that:that either of the following applies: 2 |
---|
826 | 831 | | a. The obligor's obligation is secondary; orsecondary. 3 |
---|
827 | 832 | | b. The obligor has a right of recourse with respect to an obligation 4 |
---|
828 | 833 | | secured by collateral against the debtor, another obligor, or property 5 |
---|
829 | 834 | | of either. 6 |
---|
830 | 835 | | (75) "Secured party" means:Secured party. – Any of the following: 7 |
---|
831 | 836 | | a. A person in whose favor a security interest is created or provided for 8 |
---|
832 | 837 | | under a security agreement, whether or not any obligation to be 9 |
---|
833 | 838 | | secured is outstanding;outstanding. 10 |
---|
834 | 839 | | b. A person that holds an agricultural lien;lien. 11 |
---|
835 | 840 | | c. A consignor;consignor. 12 |
---|
836 | 841 | | d. A person to which accounts, chattel paper, payment intangibles, or 13 |
---|
837 | 842 | | promissory notes have been sold;sold. 14 |
---|
838 | 843 | | e. A trustee, indenture trustee, agent, collateral agent, or other 15 |
---|
839 | 844 | | representative in whose favor a security interest or agricultural lien is 16 |
---|
840 | 845 | | created or provided for; orfor. 17 |
---|
841 | 846 | | f. A person that holds a security interest arising under G.S. 25-2-401, 18 |
---|
842 | 847 | | 25-2-505, 25-2-711(3), 25-2A-508(5), 25-4-208, or 25-5-118. 19 |
---|
843 | 848 | | (75a) Securities account. – Defined in G.S. 25-8-501. 20 |
---|
844 | 849 | | (75b) Securities intermediary. – Defined in G.S. 25-8-102. 21 |
---|
845 | 850 | | (75c) Security. – Defined in G.S. 25-8-102. 22 |
---|
846 | 851 | | (76) "Security agreement" means an Security agreement. – An agreement that 23 |
---|
847 | 852 | | creates or provides for a security interest. 24 |
---|
848 | 853 | | (76a) Security certificate. – Defined in G.S. 25-8-102. 25 |
---|
849 | 854 | | (76b) Security entitlement. – Defined in G.S. 25-8-102. 26 |
---|
850 | 855 | | (77) "Send", in connection with a record or notification, means: 27 |
---|
851 | 856 | | a. To deposit in the mail, deliver for transmission, or transmit by any 28 |
---|
852 | 857 | | other usual means of communication, with postage or cost of 29 |
---|
853 | 858 | | transmission provided for, addressed to any address reasonable under 30 |
---|
854 | 859 | | the circumstances; or 31 |
---|
855 | 860 | | b. To cause the record or notification to be received within the time that 32 |
---|
856 | 861 | | it would have been received if properly sent under sub-subdivision a. 33 |
---|
857 | 862 | | of this subdivision. 34 |
---|
858 | 863 | | (78) "Software" means a Software. – A computer program and any supporting 35 |
---|
859 | 864 | | information provided in connection with a transaction relating to the program. 36 |
---|
860 | 865 | | The term does not include a computer program that is included in the 37 |
---|
861 | 866 | | definition of goods. 38 |
---|
862 | 867 | | (79) "State" means a State. – A state of the United States, the District of Columbia, 39 |
---|
863 | 868 | | Puerto Rico, the United States Virgin Islands, or any territory or insular 40 |
---|
864 | 869 | | possession subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. 41 |
---|
865 | 870 | | (80) "Supporting obligation" means a Supporting obligation. – A letter-of-credit 42 |
---|
866 | 871 | | right or secondary obligation that supports the payment or performance of an 43 |
---|
867 | 872 | | account, chattel paper, a document, a general intangible, an instrument, or 44 |
---|
868 | 873 | | investment property. 45 |
---|
869 | 874 | | (81) "Tangible chattel paper" means chattel paper evidenced by a record or records 46 |
---|
870 | 875 | | consisting of information that is inscribed on a tangible medium. 47 |
---|
871 | 876 | | (81a) Tangible money. – Money in a tangible form. 48 |
---|
872 | 877 | | (82) "Termination statement" means an Termination statement. – An amendment 49 |
---|
873 | 878 | | of a financing statement which:that does both of the following: 50 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
875 | 880 | | a. Identifies, by its file number, the initial financing statement to which 1 |
---|
876 | 881 | | it relates; andrelates. 2 |
---|
877 | 882 | | b. Indicates either that it is a termination statement or that the identified 3 |
---|
878 | 883 | | financing statement is no longer effective. 4 |
---|
879 | 884 | | (83) "Transmitting utility" means a Transmitting utility. – A person primarily 5 |
---|
880 | 885 | | engaged in the business of:of any of the following: 6 |
---|
881 | 886 | | a. Operating a railroad, subway, street railway, or trolley bus;bus. 7 |
---|
882 | 887 | | b. Transmitting communications electrically, electromagnetically, or by 8 |
---|
883 | 888 | | light;light. 9 |
---|
884 | 889 | | c. Transmitting goods by pipeline or sewer; orsewer. 10 |
---|
885 | 890 | | d. Transmitting or producing and transmitting electricity, steam, gas, or 11 |
---|
886 | 891 | | water. 12 |
---|
887 | 892 | | (84) Uncertificated security. – Defined in G.S. 25-8-102. 13 |
---|
888 | 893 | | (b) Definitions in other articles. – "Control" as provided in G.S. 25-7-106 and the 14 |
---|
889 | 894 | | following definitions in other Articles of this Chapter apply to this Article: 15 |
---|
890 | 895 | | "Applicant" G.S. 25-5-102. 16 |
---|
891 | 896 | | "Beneficiary" G.S. 25-5-102. 17 |
---|
892 | 897 | | "Broker" G.S. 25-8-102. 18 |
---|
893 | 898 | | "Certificated security" G.S. 25-8-102. 19 |
---|
894 | 899 | | "Check" G.S. 25-3-104. 20 |
---|
895 | 900 | | "Clearing corporation" G.S. 25-8-102. 21 |
---|
896 | 901 | | "Contract for sale" G.S. 25-2-106. 22 |
---|
897 | 902 | | "Customer" G.S. 25-4-104. 23 |
---|
898 | 903 | | "Entitlement holder" G.S. 25-8-102. 24 |
---|
899 | 904 | | "Financial asset" G.S. 25-8-102. 25 |
---|
900 | 905 | | "Holder in due course" G.S. 25-3-302. 26 |
---|
901 | 906 | | "Issuer" (with respect to a letter of credit 27 |
---|
902 | 907 | | or letter-of-credit right) G.S. 25-5-102. 28 |
---|
903 | 908 | | "Issuer" (with respect to a security) G.S. 25-8-201. 29 |
---|
904 | 909 | | "Issuer" (with respect to documents of title) G.S. 25-7-102. 30 |
---|
905 | 910 | | "Lease" G.S. 25-2A-103. 31 |
---|
906 | 911 | | "Lease agreement" G.S. 25-2A-103. 32 |
---|
907 | 912 | | "Lease contract" G.S. 25-2A-103. 33 |
---|
908 | 913 | | "Leasehold interest" G.S. 25-2A-103. 34 |
---|
909 | 914 | | "Lessee" G.S. 25-2A-103. 35 |
---|
910 | 915 | | "Lessee in ordinary course of business" G.S. 25-2A-103. 36 |
---|
911 | 916 | | "Lessor" G.S. 25-2A-103. 37 |
---|
912 | 917 | | "Lessor's residual interest" G.S. 25-2A-103. 38 |
---|
913 | 918 | | "Letter of credit" G.S. 25-5-102. 39 |
---|
914 | 919 | | "Merchant" G.S. 25-2-104. 40 |
---|
915 | 920 | | "Negotiable instrument" G.S. 25-3-104. 41 |
---|
916 | 921 | | "Nominated person" G.S. 25-5-102. 42 |
---|
917 | 922 | | "Note" G.S. 25-3-104. 43 |
---|
918 | 923 | | "Proceeds of a letter of credit" G.S. 25-5-114. 44 |
---|
919 | 924 | | "Prove" G.S. 25-3-103. 45 |
---|
920 | 925 | | "Sale" G.S. 25-2-106. 46 |
---|
921 | 926 | | "Securities account" G.S. 25-8-501. 47 |
---|
922 | 927 | | "Securities intermediary" G.S. 25-8-102. 48 |
---|
923 | 928 | | "Security" G.S. 25-8-102. 49 |
---|
924 | 929 | | "Security certificate" G.S. 25-8-102. 50 |
---|
925 | 930 | | "Security entitlement" G.S. 25-8-102. 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
927 | 932 | | "Uncertificated security" G.S. 25-8-102. 1 |
---|
928 | 933 | | (c) Article 1 definitions and principles. – Definitions and Principles. – Article 1 of this 2 |
---|
929 | 934 | | Chapter contains general definitions and principles of construction and interpretation applicable 3 |
---|
930 | 935 | | throughout this Article." 4 |
---|
931 | 936 | | SECTION 3. G.S. 25-9-104 reads as rewritten: 5 |
---|
932 | 937 | | "§ 25-9-104. Control of deposit account. 6 |
---|
933 | 938 | | (a) Requirements for control. – Control. – A secured party has control of a deposit 7 |
---|
934 | 939 | | account if:if any of the following applies: 8 |
---|
935 | 940 | | (1) The secured party is the bank with which the deposit account is 9 |
---|
936 | 941 | | maintained;maintained. 10 |
---|
937 | 942 | | (2) The debtor, secured party, and bank have agreed in an authenticated a signed 11 |
---|
938 | 943 | | record that the bank will comply with instructions originated by the secured 12 |
---|
939 | 944 | | party directing disposition of the funds in the deposit account without further 13 |
---|
940 | 945 | | consent by the debtor; ordebtor. 14 |
---|
941 | 946 | | (3) The secured party becomes the bank's customer with respect to the deposit 15 |
---|
942 | 947 | | account. 16 |
---|
943 | 948 | | (4) Another person, other than the debtor, does either of the following: 17 |
---|
944 | 949 | | a. Has control of the deposit account and acknowledges that it has control 18 |
---|
945 | 950 | | on behalf of the secured party. 19 |
---|
946 | 951 | | b. Obtains control of the deposit account after having acknowledged that 20 |
---|
947 | 952 | | it will obtain control of the deposit account on behalf of the secured 21 |
---|
948 | 953 | | party. 22 |
---|
949 | 954 | | (b) Debtor's right to direct disposition. – Right to Direct Disposition. – A secured party 23 |
---|
950 | 955 | | that has satisfied subsection (a) of this section has control, even if the debtor retains the right to 24 |
---|
951 | 956 | | direct the disposition of funds from the deposit account." 25 |
---|
952 | 957 | | SECTION 4. G.S. 25-9-105 reads as rewritten: 26 |
---|
953 | 958 | | "§ 25-9-105. Control of electronic chattel paper.copy of record evidencing chattel paper. 27 |
---|
954 | 959 | | (a) General Rule: Control of Electronic Chattel Paper. – A secured party has control of 28 |
---|
955 | 960 | | electronic chattel paper if a system employed for evidencing the transfer of interests in the chattel 29 |
---|
956 | 961 | | paper reliably establishes the secured party as the person to which the chattel paper was assigned. 30 |
---|
957 | 962 | | (b) Specific Facts Giving Control. – A system satisfies subsection (a) of this section if 31 |
---|
958 | 963 | | the record or records comprising the chattel paper are created, stored, and assigned in such a 32 |
---|
959 | 964 | | manner that: 33 |
---|
960 | 965 | | (1) A single authoritative copy of the record or records exists which is unique, 34 |
---|
961 | 966 | | identifiable, and, except as otherwise provided in subdivisions (4), (5), and (6) 35 |
---|
962 | 967 | | of this section, unalterable; 36 |
---|
963 | 968 | | (2) The authoritative copy identifies the secured party as the assignee of the 37 |
---|
964 | 969 | | record or records; 38 |
---|
965 | 970 | | (3) The authoritative copy is communicated to and maintained by the secured 39 |
---|
966 | 971 | | party or its designated custodian; 40 |
---|
967 | 972 | | (4) Copies or amendments that add or change an identified assignee of the 41 |
---|
968 | 973 | | authoritative copy can be made only with the consent of the secured party; 42 |
---|
969 | 974 | | (5) Each copy of the authoritative copy and any copy of a copy is readily 43 |
---|
970 | 975 | | identifiable as a copy that is not the authoritative copy; and 44 |
---|
971 | 976 | | (6) Any amendment of the authoritative copy is readily identifiable as authorized 45 |
---|
972 | 977 | | or unauthorized. 46 |
---|
973 | 978 | | (a) General Rule for Control of Electronic Copy of Record Evidencing Chattel Paper. – 47 |
---|
974 | 979 | | A purchaser has control of an authoritative electronic copy of a record evidencing chattel paper 48 |
---|
975 | 980 | | if a system employed for evidencing the assignment of interests in the chattel paper reliably 49 |
---|
976 | 981 | | establishes the purchaser as the person to which the authoritative electronic copy was assigned. 50 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
978 | 983 | | (b) Single Authoritative Copy. – A system satisfies subsection (a) of this section if the 1 |
---|
979 | 984 | | record or records evidencing the chattel paper are created, stored, and assigned in a manner that 2 |
---|
980 | 985 | | satisfies all of the following requirements: 3 |
---|
981 | 986 | | (1) A single authoritative copy of the record or records exists that is unique, 4 |
---|
982 | 987 | | identifiable, and, except as otherwise provided in subdivisions (4), (5), and (6) 5 |
---|
983 | 988 | | of this subsection, unalterable. 6 |
---|
984 | 989 | | (2) The authoritative copy identifies the purchaser as the assignee of the record or 7 |
---|
985 | 990 | | records. 8 |
---|
986 | 991 | | (3) The authoritative copy is communicated to and maintained by the purchaser 9 |
---|
987 | 992 | | or its designated custodian. 10 |
---|
988 | 993 | | (4) Copies or amendments that add or change an identified assignee of the 11 |
---|
989 | 994 | | authoritative copy can be made only with the consent of the purchaser. 12 |
---|
990 | 995 | | (5) Each copy of the authoritative copy and any copy of a copy is readily 13 |
---|
991 | 996 | | identifiable as a copy that is not the authoritative copy. 14 |
---|
992 | 997 | | (6) Any amendment of the authoritative copy is readily identifiable as authorized 15 |
---|
993 | 998 | | or unauthorized. 16 |
---|
994 | 999 | | (c) One or More Authoritative Copies. – A system satisfies subsection (a) of this section, 17 |
---|
995 | 1000 | | and a purchaser has control of an authoritative electronic copy of a record evidencing chattel 18 |
---|
996 | 1001 | | paper, if the electronic copy, a record attached to or logically associated with the electronic copy, 19 |
---|
997 | 1002 | | or a system in which the electronic copy is recorded does all of the following: 20 |
---|
998 | 1003 | | (1) Enables the purchaser readily to identify each electronic copy as either an 21 |
---|
999 | 1004 | | authoritative copy or a nonauthoritative copy. 22 |
---|
1000 | 1005 | | (2) Enables the purchaser readily to identify itself in any way, including by name, 23 |
---|
1001 | 1006 | | identifying number, cryptographic key, office, or account number, as the 24 |
---|
1002 | 1007 | | assignee of the authoritative electronic copy. 25 |
---|
1003 | 1008 | | (3) Gives the purchaser exclusive power, subject to subsection (d) of this section, 26 |
---|
1004 | 1009 | | to do both of the following: 27 |
---|
1005 | 1010 | | a. Prevent others from adding or changing an identified assignee of the 28 |
---|
1006 | 1011 | | authoritative electronic copy. 29 |
---|
1007 | 1012 | | b. Transfer control of the authoritative electronic copy. 30 |
---|
1008 | 1013 | | (d) Meaning of Exclusive. – Subject to subsection (e) of this section, a power is exclusive 31 |
---|
1009 | 1014 | | under subdivision (c)(3) of this section even if either of the following applies: 32 |
---|
1010 | 1015 | | (1) The authoritative electronic copy, a record attached to or logically associated 33 |
---|
1011 | 1016 | | with the authoritative electronic copy, or a system in which the authoritative 34 |
---|
1012 | 1017 | | electronic copy is recorded limits the use of the authoritative electronic copy 35 |
---|
1013 | 1018 | | or has a protocol programmed to cause a change, including a transfer or loss 36 |
---|
1014 | 1019 | | of control. 37 |
---|
1015 | 1020 | | (2) The power is shared with another person. 38 |
---|
1016 | 1021 | | (e) When Power Not Shared with Another Person. – A power of a purchaser is not shared 39 |
---|
1017 | 1022 | | with another person under subdivision (d)(2) of this section and the purchaser's power is not 40 |
---|
1018 | 1023 | | exclusive if both of the following apply: 41 |
---|
1019 | 1024 | | (1) The purchaser can exercise the power only if the power also is exercised by 42 |
---|
1020 | 1025 | | the other person. 43 |
---|
1021 | 1026 | | (2) Either of the following applies: 44 |
---|
1022 | 1027 | | a. The other person can exercise the power without exercise of the power 45 |
---|
1023 | 1028 | | by the purchaser. 46 |
---|
1024 | 1029 | | b. The other person is the transferor to the purchaser of an interest in the 47 |
---|
1025 | 1030 | | chattel paper. 48 |
---|
1026 | 1031 | | (f) Presumption of Exclusivity of Certain Powers. – If a purchaser has the powers 49 |
---|
1027 | 1032 | | specified in subdivision (c)(3) of this section, the powers are presumed to be exclusive. 50 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
1029 | 1034 | | (g) Obtaining Control Through Another Person. – A purchaser has control of an 1 |
---|
1030 | 1035 | | authoritative electronic copy of a record evidencing chattel paper if either of the following applies 2 |
---|
1031 | 1036 | | to another person, other than the transferor to the purchaser of an interest in the chattel paper: 3 |
---|
1032 | 1037 | | (1) The other person has control of the authoritative electronic copy and 4 |
---|
1033 | 1038 | | acknowledges that it has control on behalf of the purchaser. 5 |
---|
1034 | 1039 | | (2) The other person obtains control of the authoritative electronic copy after 6 |
---|
1035 | 1040 | | having acknowledged that it will obtain control of the electronic copy on 7 |
---|
1036 | 1041 | | behalf of the purchaser." 8 |
---|
1037 | 1042 | | SECTION 5. Article 9 of Chapter 25 of the General Statutes is amended by adding 9 |
---|
1038 | 1043 | | a new section to read: 10 |
---|
1039 | 1044 | | "§ 25-9-105.1. Control of electronic money. 11 |
---|
1040 | 1045 | | (a) General Rule for Control of Electronic Money. – A person has control of electronic 12 |
---|
1041 | 1046 | | money if both of the following apply: 13 |
---|
1042 | 1047 | | (1) The electronic money, a record attached to or logically associated with the 14 |
---|
1043 | 1048 | | electronic money, or a system in which the electronic money is recorded gives 15 |
---|
1044 | 1049 | | the person both of the following: 16 |
---|
1045 | 1050 | | a. Power to avail itself of substantially all the benefit from the electronic 17 |
---|
1046 | 1051 | | money. 18 |
---|
1047 | 1052 | | b. Exclusive power, subject to subsection (b) of this section, to do both 19 |
---|
1048 | 1053 | | of the following: 20 |
---|
1049 | 1054 | | 1. Prevent others from availing themselves of substantially all the 21 |
---|
1050 | 1055 | | benefit from the electronic money. 22 |
---|
1051 | 1056 | | 2. Transfer control of the electronic money to another person or 23 |
---|
1052 | 1057 | | cause another person to obtain control of other electronic 24 |
---|
1053 | 1058 | | money as a result of the transfer of the electronic money. 25 |
---|
1054 | 1059 | | (2) The electronic money, a record attached to or logically associated with the 26 |
---|
1055 | 1060 | | electronic money, or a system in which the electronic money is recorded 27 |
---|
1056 | 1061 | | enables the person readily to identify itself in any way, including by name, 28 |
---|
1057 | 1062 | | identifying number, cryptographic key, office, or account number, as having 29 |
---|
1058 | 1063 | | the powers under subdivision (1) of this subsection. 30 |
---|
1059 | 1064 | | (b) Meaning of Exclusive. – Subject to subsection (c) of this section, a power is exclusive 31 |
---|
1060 | 1065 | | under sub-subdivision (a)(1)b. of this section even if either of the following applies: 32 |
---|
1061 | 1066 | | (1) The electronic money, a record attached to or logically associated with the 33 |
---|
1062 | 1067 | | electronic money, or a system in which the electronic money is recorded limits 34 |
---|
1063 | 1068 | | the use of the electronic money or has a protocol programmed to cause a 35 |
---|
1064 | 1069 | | change, including a transfer or loss of control. 36 |
---|
1065 | 1070 | | (2) The power is shared with another person. 37 |
---|
1066 | 1071 | | (c) When Power Not Shared with Another Person. – A power of a person is not shared 38 |
---|
1067 | 1072 | | with another person under subdivision (b)(2) of this section and the person's power is not 39 |
---|
1068 | 1073 | | exclusive if both of the following apply: 40 |
---|
1069 | 1074 | | (1) The person can exercise the power only if the power also is exercised by the 41 |
---|
1070 | 1075 | | other person. 42 |
---|
1071 | 1076 | | (2) Either of the following applies: 43 |
---|
1072 | 1077 | | a. The other person can exercise the power without exercise of the power 44 |
---|
1073 | 1078 | | by the person. 45 |
---|
1074 | 1079 | | b. The other person is the transferor to the person of an interest in the 46 |
---|
1075 | 1080 | | electronic money. 47 |
---|
1076 | 1081 | | (d) Presumption of Exclusivity of Certain Powers. – If a person has the powers specified 48 |
---|
1077 | 1082 | | in sub-subdivision (a)(1)b. of this section, the powers are presumed to be exclusive. 49 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
1079 | 1084 | | (e) Control Through Another Person. – A person has control of electronic money if either 1 |
---|
1080 | 1085 | | of the following applies to another person, other than the transferor to the person of an interest 2 |
---|
1081 | 1086 | | in the electronic money: 3 |
---|
1082 | 1087 | | (1) The other person has control of the electronic money and acknowledges that 4 |
---|
1083 | 1088 | | it has control on behalf of the person. 5 |
---|
1084 | 1089 | | (2) The other person obtains control of the electronic money after having 6 |
---|
1085 | 1090 | | acknowledged that it will obtain control of the electronic money on behalf of 7 |
---|
1086 | 1091 | | the person." 8 |
---|
1087 | 1092 | | SECTION 6. Article 9 of Chapter 25 of the General Statutes is amended by adding 9 |
---|
1088 | 1093 | | a new section to read: 10 |
---|
1089 | 1094 | | "§ 25-9-107.1. Control of controllable electronic record, controllable account, or 11 |
---|
1090 | 1095 | | controllable payment intangible. 12 |
---|
1091 | 1096 | | (a) Control Under G.S. 25-12-105. – A secured party has control of a controllable 13 |
---|
1092 | 1097 | | electronic record as provided in G.S. 25-12-105. 14 |
---|
1093 | 1098 | | (b) Control of Controllable Account and Controllable Payment Intangible. – A secured 15 |
---|
1094 | 1099 | | party has control of a controllable account or controllable payment intangible if the secured party 16 |
---|
1095 | 1100 | | has control of the controllable electronic record that evidences the controllable account or 17 |
---|
1096 | 1101 | | controllable payment intangible." 18 |
---|
1097 | 1102 | | SECTION 7. Article 9 of Chapter 25 of the General Statutes is amended by adding 19 |
---|
1098 | 1103 | | a new section to read: 20 |
---|
1099 | 1104 | | "§ 25-9-107.2. No requirement to acknowledge or confirm; no duties. 21 |
---|
1100 | 1105 | | (a) No Requirement to Acknowledge. – A person that has control under G.S. 25-9-104, 22 |
---|
1101 | 1106 | | 25-9-105, or 25-9-105.1 is not required to acknowledge that it has control on behalf of another 23 |
---|
1102 | 1107 | | person. 24 |
---|
1103 | 1108 | | (b) No Duties or Confirmation. – If a person acknowledges that it has or will obtain 25 |
---|
1104 | 1109 | | control on behalf of another person, unless the person otherwise agrees or law other than this 26 |
---|
1105 | 1110 | | Article otherwise provides, the person does not owe any duty to the other person and is not 27 |
---|
1106 | 1111 | | required to confirm the acknowledgment to any other person." 28 |
---|
1107 | 1112 | | SECTION 8. G.S. 25-9-203 reads as rewritten: 29 |
---|
1108 | 1113 | | "§ 25-9-203. Attachment and enforceability of security interest; proceeds; supporting 30 |
---|
1109 | 1114 | | obligations; formal requisites. 31 |
---|
1110 | 1115 | | (a) Attachment. – A security interest attaches to collateral when it becomes enforceable 32 |
---|
1111 | 1116 | | against the debtor with respect to the collateral, unless an agreement expressly postpones the time 33 |
---|
1112 | 1117 | | of attachment. 34 |
---|
1113 | 1118 | | (b) Enforceability. – Except as otherwise provided in subsections (c) through (i) of this 35 |
---|
1114 | 1119 | | section, a security interest is enforceable against the debtor and third parties with respect to the 36 |
---|
1115 | 1120 | | collateral only if:if all of the following apply: 37 |
---|
1116 | 1121 | | (1) Value has been given;given. 38 |
---|
1117 | 1122 | | (2) The debtor has rights in the collateral or the power to transfer rights in the 39 |
---|
1118 | 1123 | | collateral to a secured party; andparty. 40 |
---|
1119 | 1124 | | (3) One of the following conditions is met: 41 |
---|
1120 | 1125 | | a. The debtor has authenticated signed a security agreement that provides 42 |
---|
1121 | 1126 | | a description of the collateral and, if the security interest covers timber 43 |
---|
1122 | 1127 | | to be cut, a description of the land concerned;concerned. 44 |
---|
1123 | 1128 | | b. The collateral is not a certificated security and is in the possession of 45 |
---|
1124 | 1129 | | the secured party under G.S. 25-9-313 pursuant to the debtor's security 46 |
---|
1125 | 1130 | | agreement;agreement. 47 |
---|
1126 | 1131 | | c. The collateral is a certificated security in registered form and the 48 |
---|
1127 | 1132 | | security certificate has been delivered to the secured party under 49 |
---|
1128 | 1133 | | G.S. 25-8-301 pursuant to the debtor's security agreement; 50 |
---|
1129 | 1134 | | oragreement. 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
1131 | 1136 | | d. The collateral is controllable accounts, controllable electronic records, 1 |
---|
1132 | 1137 | | controllable payment intangibles, deposit accounts, electronic chattel 2 |
---|
1133 | 1138 | | paper, electronic documents, electronic money, investment property, 3 |
---|
1134 | 1139 | | or letter-of-credit rights, or electronic documents, and the secured 4 |
---|
1135 | 1140 | | party has control under G.S. 25-7-106, 25-9-104, 25-9-105, 5 |
---|
1136 | 1141 | | 25-9-105.1, 25-9-106, or 25-9-107 25-9-107, or 25-9-107.1 pursuant 6 |
---|
1137 | 1142 | | to the debtor's security agreement. 7 |
---|
1138 | 1143 | | e. The collateral is chattel paper, and the secured party has possession 8 |
---|
1139 | 1144 | | and control under G.S. 25-9-314.1 pursuant to the debtor's security 9 |
---|
1140 | 1145 | | agreement. 10 |
---|
1141 | 1146 | | (c) Other UCC provisions. – Provisions. – Subsection (b) of this section is subject to 11 |
---|
1142 | 1147 | | G.S. 25-4-208 on the security interest of a collecting bank, G.S. 25-5-118 on the security interest 12 |
---|
1143 | 1148 | | of a letter-of-credit issuer or nominated person, G.S. 25-9-110 on a security interest arising under 13 |
---|
1144 | 1149 | | Article 2 or 2A of this Chapter, and G.S. 25-9-206 on security interests in investment property. 14 |
---|
1145 | 1150 | | (d) When person becomes bound by another person's security agreement. – Person 15 |
---|
1146 | 1151 | | Becomes Bound by Another Person's Security Agreement. – A person becomes bound as debtor 16 |
---|
1147 | 1152 | | by a security agreement entered into by another person if, by operation of law other than this 17 |
---|
1148 | 1153 | | Article or by contract:contract, either of the following applies: 18 |
---|
1149 | 1154 | | (1) The security agreement becomes effective to create a security interest in the 19 |
---|
1150 | 1155 | | person's property; orproperty. 20 |
---|
1151 | 1156 | | (2) The person becomes generally obligated for the obligations of the other 21 |
---|
1152 | 1157 | | person, including the obligation secured under the security agreement, and 22 |
---|
1153 | 1158 | | acquires or succeeds to all or substantially all of the assets of the other person. 23 |
---|
1154 | 1159 | | (e) Effect of new debtor becoming bound. – New Debtor Becoming Bound. – If a new 24 |
---|
1155 | 1160 | | debtor becomes bound as debtor by a security agreement entered into by another person:person, 25 |
---|
1156 | 1161 | | both of the following apply: 26 |
---|
1157 | 1162 | | (1) The agreement satisfies subdivision (b)(3) of this section with respect to 27 |
---|
1158 | 1163 | | existing or after-acquired property of the new debtor to the extent the property 28 |
---|
1159 | 1164 | | is described in the agreement; andagreement. 29 |
---|
1160 | 1165 | | (2) Another agreement is not necessary to make a security interest in the property 30 |
---|
1161 | 1166 | | enforceable. 31 |
---|
1162 | 1167 | | (f) Proceeds and supporting obligations. – Supporting Obligations. – The attachment of 32 |
---|
1163 | 1168 | | a security interest in collateral gives the secured party the rights to proceeds provided by 33 |
---|
1164 | 1169 | | G.S. 25-9-315 and is also an attachment of a security interest in a supporting obligation for the 34 |
---|
1165 | 1170 | | collateral. 35 |
---|
1166 | 1171 | | (g) Lien securing right to payment. – Securing Right to Payment. – The attachment of a 36 |
---|
1167 | 1172 | | security interest in a right to payment or performance secured by a security interest or other lien 37 |
---|
1168 | 1173 | | on personal or real property is also an attachment of a security interest in the security interest, 38 |
---|
1169 | 1174 | | mortgage, or other lien. 39 |
---|
1170 | 1175 | | (h) Security entitlement carried in securities account. – Entitlement Carried in Securities 40 |
---|
1171 | 1176 | | Account. – The attachment of a security interest in a securities account is also an attachment of 41 |
---|
1172 | 1177 | | a security interest in the security entitlements carried in the securities account. 42 |
---|
1173 | 1178 | | (i) Commodity contracts carried in commodity account. – Contracts Carried in 43 |
---|
1174 | 1179 | | Commodity Account. – The attachment of a security interest in a commodity account is also an 44 |
---|
1175 | 1180 | | attachment of a security interest in the commodity contracts carried in the commodity account." 45 |
---|
1176 | 1181 | | SECTION 9. G.S. 25-9-204 reads as rewritten: 46 |
---|
1177 | 1182 | | "§ 25-9-204. After-acquired property; future advances. 47 |
---|
1178 | 1183 | | (a) After-acquired collateral. – After-Acquired Collateral. – Except as otherwise 48 |
---|
1179 | 1184 | | provided in subsection (b) of this section, a security agreement may create or provide for a 49 |
---|
1180 | 1185 | | security interest in after-acquired collateral. 50 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
1182 | 1187 | | (b) When after-acquired property clause not effective. – A After-Acquired Property 1 |
---|
1183 | 1188 | | Clause Not Effective. – Subject to subsection (b1) of this section, a security interest does not 2 |
---|
1184 | 1189 | | attach under a term constituting an after-acquired property clause to:to either of the following: 3 |
---|
1185 | 1190 | | (1) Consumer goods, other than an accession when given as additional security, 4 |
---|
1186 | 1191 | | unless the debtor acquires rights in them within 10 days after the secured party 5 |
---|
1187 | 1192 | | gives value; orvalue. 6 |
---|
1188 | 1193 | | (2) A commercial tort claim. 7 |
---|
1189 | 1194 | | (b1) Limitation on Subsection (b). – Subsection (b) of this section does not prevent a 8 |
---|
1190 | 1195 | | security interest from attaching to any of the following: 9 |
---|
1191 | 1196 | | (1) To consumer goods as proceeds under G.S. 25-9-315(a) or commingled goods 10 |
---|
1192 | 1197 | | under G.S. 25-9-336(c). 11 |
---|
1193 | 1198 | | (2) To a commercial tort claim as proceeds under G.S. 25-9-315(a). 12 |
---|
1194 | 1199 | | (3) Under an after-acquired property clause, to property that is proceeds of 13 |
---|
1195 | 1200 | | consumer goods or a commercial tort claim. 14 |
---|
1196 | 1201 | | (c) Future advances and other value. – Advances and Other Value. – A security 15 |
---|
1197 | 1202 | | agreement may provide that collateral secures, or that accounts, chattel paper, payment 16 |
---|
1198 | 1203 | | intangibles, or promissory notes are sold in connection with future advances or other value, 17 |
---|
1199 | 1204 | | whether or not the advances or value are given pursuant to commitment." 18 |
---|
1200 | 1205 | | SECTION 10. G.S. 25-9-207 reads as rewritten: 19 |
---|
1201 | 1206 | | "§ 25-9-207. Rights and duties of secured party having possession or control of collateral. 20 |
---|
1202 | 1207 | | (a) Duty of care when secured party in possession. – Care When Secured Party in 21 |
---|
1203 | 1208 | | Possession. – Except as otherwise provided in subsection (d) of this section, a secured party shall 22 |
---|
1204 | 1209 | | use reasonable care in the custody and preservation of collateral in the secured party's possession. 23 |
---|
1205 | 1210 | | In the case of chattel paper or an instrument, reasonable care includes taking necessary steps to 24 |
---|
1206 | 1211 | | preserve rights against prior parties unless otherwise agreed. 25 |
---|
1207 | 1212 | | (b) Expenses, risks, duties, and rights when secured party in possession. – Risks, Duties, 26 |
---|
1208 | 1213 | | and Rights When Secured Party in Possession. – Except as otherwise provided in subsection (d) 27 |
---|
1209 | 1214 | | of this section, if a secured party has possession of collateral:collateral, all of the following apply: 28 |
---|
1210 | 1215 | | (1) Reasonable expenses, including the cost of insurance and payment of taxes or 29 |
---|
1211 | 1216 | | other charges, incurred in the custody, preservation, use, or operation of the 30 |
---|
1212 | 1217 | | collateral are chargeable to the debtor and are secured by the 31 |
---|
1213 | 1218 | | collateral;collateral. 32 |
---|
1214 | 1219 | | (2) The risk of accidental loss or damage is on the debtor to the extent of a 33 |
---|
1215 | 1220 | | deficiency in any effective insurance coverage;coverage. 34 |
---|
1216 | 1221 | | (3) The secured party shall keep the collateral identifiable, but fungible collateral 35 |
---|
1217 | 1222 | | may be commingled; andcommingled. 36 |
---|
1218 | 1223 | | (4) The secured party may use or operate the collateral:collateral as follows: 37 |
---|
1219 | 1224 | | a. For the purpose of preserving the collateral or its value;value. 38 |
---|
1220 | 1225 | | b. As permitted by an order of a court having competent jurisdiction; 39 |
---|
1221 | 1226 | | orjurisdiction. 40 |
---|
1222 | 1227 | | c. Except in the case of consumer goods, in the manner and to the extent 41 |
---|
1223 | 1228 | | agreed by the debtor. 42 |
---|
1224 | 1229 | | (c) Rights and duties when secured party in possession or control. – Duties When Secured 43 |
---|
1225 | 1230 | | Party in Possession or Control. – Except as otherwise provided in subsection (d) of this section, 44 |
---|
1226 | 1231 | | all of the following apply to a secured party having possession of collateral or control of collateral 45 |
---|
1227 | 1232 | | under G.S. 25-7-106, 25-9-104, 25-9-105, 25-9-105.1, 25-9-106, or 25-9-107:25-9-107, or 46 |
---|
1228 | 1233 | | 25-9-107.1: 47 |
---|
1229 | 1234 | | (1) May The secured party may hold as additional security any proceeds, except 48 |
---|
1230 | 1235 | | money or funds, received from the collateral;collateral. 49 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
1232 | 1237 | | (2) Shall The secured party shall apply money or funds received from the 1 |
---|
1233 | 1238 | | collateral to reduce the secured obligation, unless remitted to the debtor; 2 |
---|
1234 | 1239 | | anddebtor. 3 |
---|
1235 | 1240 | | (3) May The secured party may create a security interest in the collateral. 4 |
---|
1236 | 1241 | | (d) Buyer of certain rights to payment. – Certain Rights to Payment. – If the secured party 5 |
---|
1237 | 1242 | | is a buyer of accounts, chattel paper, payment intangibles, or promissory notes or a 6 |
---|
1238 | 1243 | | consignor:consignor, both of the following apply: 7 |
---|
1239 | 1244 | | (1) Subsection (a) of this section does not apply unless the secured party is entitled 8 |
---|
1240 | 1245 | | under an agreement:agreement to either of the following: 9 |
---|
1241 | 1246 | | a. To charge back uncollected collateral; orcollateral. 10 |
---|
1242 | 1247 | | b. Otherwise to full or limited recourse against the debtor or a secondary 11 |
---|
1243 | 1248 | | obligor based on the nonpayment or other default of an account debtor 12 |
---|
1244 | 1249 | | or other obligor on the collateral; andcollateral. 13 |
---|
1245 | 1250 | | (2) Subsections (b) and (c) of this section do not apply." 14 |
---|
1246 | 1251 | | SECTION 11. G.S. 25-9-208 reads as rewritten: 15 |
---|
1247 | 1252 | | "§ 25-9-208. Additional duties of secured party having control of collateral. 16 |
---|
1248 | 1253 | | (a) Applicability of section. – Section. – This section applies to cases in which there is 17 |
---|
1249 | 1254 | | no outstanding secured obligation and the secured party is not committed to make advances, incur 18 |
---|
1250 | 1255 | | obligations, or otherwise give value. 19 |
---|
1251 | 1256 | | (b) Duties of secured party after receiving demand from debtor. – Secured Party After 20 |
---|
1252 | 1257 | | Receiving Demand from Debtor. – Within 10 days after receiving an authenticated a signed 21 |
---|
1253 | 1258 | | demand by the debtor:debtor, all of the following apply: 22 |
---|
1254 | 1259 | | (1) A secured party having control of a deposit account under G.S. 25-9-104(a)(2) 23 |
---|
1255 | 1260 | | shall send to the bank with which the deposit account is maintained an 24 |
---|
1256 | 1261 | | authenticated statement a signed record that releases the bank from any further 25 |
---|
1257 | 1262 | | obligation to comply with instructions originated by the secured party;party. 26 |
---|
1258 | 1263 | | (2) A secured party having control of a deposit account under G.S. 25-9-104(a)(3) 27 |
---|
1259 | 1264 | | shall:shall do either of the following: 28 |
---|
1260 | 1265 | | a. Pay the debtor the balance on deposit in the deposit account; 29 |
---|
1261 | 1266 | | oraccount. 30 |
---|
1262 | 1267 | | b. Transfer the balance on deposit into a deposit account in the debtor's 31 |
---|
1263 | 1268 | | name;name. 32 |
---|
1264 | 1269 | | (3) A secured party, other than a buyer, having control of electronic chattel paper 33 |
---|
1265 | 1270 | | under G.S. 25-9-105 shall: 34 |
---|
1266 | 1271 | | a. Communicate the authoritative copy of the electronic chattel paper to 35 |
---|
1267 | 1272 | | the debtor or its designated custodian; 36 |
---|
1268 | 1273 | | b. If the debtor designates a custodian that is the designated custodian 37 |
---|
1269 | 1274 | | with which the authoritative copy of the electronic chattel paper is 38 |
---|
1270 | 1275 | | maintained for the secured party, communicate to the custodian an 39 |
---|
1271 | 1276 | | authenticated record releasing the designated custodian from any 40 |
---|
1272 | 1277 | | further obligation to comply with instructions originated by the 41 |
---|
1273 | 1278 | | secured party and instructing the custodian to comply with instructions 42 |
---|
1274 | 1279 | | originated by the debtor; and 43 |
---|
1275 | 1280 | | c. Take appropriate action to enable the debtor or its designated 44 |
---|
1276 | 1281 | | custodian to make copies of or revisions to the authoritative copy 45 |
---|
1277 | 1282 | | which add or change an identified assignee of the authoritative copy 46 |
---|
1278 | 1283 | | without the consent of the secured party; 47 |
---|
1279 | 1284 | | A secured party, other than a buyer, having control under G.S. 25-9-105 of an 48 |
---|
1280 | 1285 | | authoritative electronic copy of a record evidencing chattel paper shall transfer 49 |
---|
1281 | 1286 | | control of the electronic copy to the debtor or a person designated by the 50 |
---|
1282 | 1287 | | debtor. 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
1284 | 1289 | | (4) A secured party having control of investment property under 1 |
---|
1285 | 1290 | | G.S. 25-8-106(d)(2) or G.S. 25-9-106(b) shall send to the securities 2 |
---|
1286 | 1291 | | intermediary or commodity intermediary with which the security entitlement 3 |
---|
1287 | 1292 | | or commodity contract is maintained an authenticated a signed record that 4 |
---|
1288 | 1293 | | releases the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary from any 5 |
---|
1289 | 1294 | | further obligation to comply with entitlement orders or directions originated 6 |
---|
1290 | 1295 | | by the secured party;party. 7 |
---|
1291 | 1296 | | (5) A secured party having control of a letter-of-credit right under G.S. 25-9-107 8 |
---|
1292 | 1297 | | shall send to each person having an unfulfilled obligation to pay or deliver 9 |
---|
1293 | 1298 | | proceeds of the letter of credit to the secured party an authenticated a signed 10 |
---|
1294 | 1299 | | release from any further obligation to pay or deliver proceeds of the letter of 11 |
---|
1295 | 1300 | | credit to the secured party; andparty. 12 |
---|
1296 | 1301 | | (6) A secured party having control of an electronic document shall: 13 |
---|
1297 | 1302 | | a. Give control of the electronic document to the debtor or its designated 14 |
---|
1298 | 1303 | | custodian; 15 |
---|
1299 | 1304 | | b. If the debtor designates a custodian that is the designated custodian 16 |
---|
1300 | 1305 | | with which the authoritative copy of the electronic document is 17 |
---|
1301 | 1306 | | maintained for the secured party, communicate to the custodian an 18 |
---|
1302 | 1307 | | authenticated record releasing the designated custodian from any 19 |
---|
1303 | 1308 | | further obligation to comply with instructions originated by the 20 |
---|
1304 | 1309 | | secured party and instructing the custodian to comply with instructions 21 |
---|
1305 | 1310 | | originated by the debtor; and 22 |
---|
1306 | 1311 | | c. Take appropriate action to enable the debtor or its designated 23 |
---|
1307 | 1312 | | custodian to make copies of or revisions to the authoritative copy 24 |
---|
1308 | 1313 | | which add or change an identified assignee of the authoritative copy 25 |
---|
1309 | 1314 | | without the consent of the secured party. 26 |
---|
1310 | 1315 | | A secured party having control under G.S. 25-7-106 of an authoritative 27 |
---|
1311 | 1316 | | electronic copy of an electronic document shall transfer control of the 28 |
---|
1312 | 1317 | | electronic copy to the debtor or a person designated by the debtor. 29 |
---|
1313 | 1318 | | (7) A secured party having control under G.S. 25-9-105.1 of electronic money 30 |
---|
1314 | 1319 | | shall transfer control of the electronic money to the debtor or a person 31 |
---|
1315 | 1320 | | designated by the debtor. 32 |
---|
1316 | 1321 | | (8) A secured party having control under G.S. 25-12-105 of a controllable 33 |
---|
1317 | 1322 | | electronic record, other than a buyer of a controllable account or controllable 34 |
---|
1318 | 1323 | | payment intangible evidenced by the controllable electronic record, shall 35 |
---|
1319 | 1324 | | transfer control of the controllable electronic record to the debtor or a person 36 |
---|
1320 | 1325 | | designated by the debtor." 37 |
---|
1321 | 1326 | | SECTION 12. G.S. 25-9-209 reads as rewritten: 38 |
---|
1322 | 1327 | | "§ 25-9-209. Duties of secured party if account debtor has been notified of assignment. 39 |
---|
1323 | 1328 | | (a) Applicability of section. – Section. – Except as otherwise provided in subsection (c) 40 |
---|
1324 | 1329 | | of this section, this section applies if:if there 41 |
---|
1325 | 1330 | | (1) There is no outstanding secured obligation; obligation and the 42 |
---|
1326 | 1331 | | (2) The secured party is not committed to make advances, incur obligations, or 43 |
---|
1327 | 1332 | | otherwise give value. 44 |
---|
1328 | 1333 | | (b) Duties of secured party after receiving demand from debtor. – Secured Party After 45 |
---|
1329 | 1334 | | Receiving Demand from Debtor. – Within 10 days after receiving an authenticated a signed 46 |
---|
1330 | 1335 | | demand by the debtor, a secured party shall send to an account debtor that has received 47 |
---|
1331 | 1336 | | notification under G.S. 25-9-406(a) or G.S. 25-12-106(b) of an assignment to the secured party 48 |
---|
1332 | 1337 | | as assignee under G.S. 25-9-406(a) an authenticated a signed record that releases the account 49 |
---|
1333 | 1338 | | debtor from any further obligation to the secured party. 50 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
1335 | 1340 | | (c) Inapplicability to sales. – Sales. – This section does not apply to an assignment 1 |
---|
1336 | 1341 | | constituting the sale of an account, chattel paper, or payment intangible." 2 |
---|
1337 | 1342 | | SECTION 13. G.S. 25-9-210 reads as rewritten: 3 |
---|
1338 | 1343 | | "§ 25-9-210. Request for accounting; request regarding list of collateral or statement of 4 |
---|
1339 | 1344 | | account. 5 |
---|
1340 | 1345 | | (a) Definitions. – In this section:section, the following definitions apply: 6 |
---|
1341 | 1346 | | (1) "Request" means a Request. – A record of a type described in subdivision (2), 7 |
---|
1342 | 1347 | | (3), or (4) of this subsection. 8 |
---|
1343 | 1348 | | (2) "Request for an accounting" means a Request for an accounting. – A record 9 |
---|
1344 | 1349 | | authenticated signed by a debtor requesting that the recipient provide an 10 |
---|
1345 | 1350 | | accounting of the unpaid obligations secured by collateral and reasonably 11 |
---|
1346 | 1351 | | identifying the transaction or relationship that is the subject of the request. 12 |
---|
1347 | 1352 | | (3) "Request regarding a list of collateral" means a Request regarding a list of 13 |
---|
1348 | 1353 | | collateral. – A record authenticated signed by a debtor requesting that the 14 |
---|
1349 | 1354 | | recipient approve or correct a list of what the debtor believes to be the 15 |
---|
1350 | 1355 | | collateral securing an obligation and reasonably identifying the transaction or 16 |
---|
1351 | 1356 | | relationship that is the subject of the request. 17 |
---|
1352 | 1357 | | (4) "Request regarding a statement of account" means a Request regarding a 18 |
---|
1353 | 1358 | | statement of account. – A record authenticated signed by a debtor requesting 19 |
---|
1354 | 1359 | | that the recipient approve or correct a statement indicating what the debtor 20 |
---|
1355 | 1360 | | believes to be the aggregate amount of unpaid obligations secured by 21 |
---|
1356 | 1361 | | collateral as of a specified date and reasonably identifying the transaction or 22 |
---|
1357 | 1362 | | relationship that is the subject of the request. 23 |
---|
1358 | 1363 | | (b) Duty to respond to requests. – Respond to Requests. – Subject to subsections (c), (d), 24 |
---|
1359 | 1364 | | (e), and (f) of this section, a secured party, other than a buyer of accounts, chattel paper, payment 25 |
---|
1360 | 1365 | | intangibles, or promissory notes or a consignor, shall comply with a request within 14 days after 26 |
---|
1361 | 1366 | | receipt:receipt as follows: 27 |
---|
1362 | 1367 | | (1) In the case of a request for an accounting, by authenticating signing and 28 |
---|
1363 | 1368 | | sending to the debtor an accounting; andaccounting. 29 |
---|
1364 | 1369 | | (2) In the case of a request regarding a list of collateral or a request regarding a 30 |
---|
1365 | 1370 | | statement of account, by authenticating signing and sending to the debtor an 31 |
---|
1366 | 1371 | | approval or correction. 32 |
---|
1367 | 1372 | | (c) Request regarding list of collateral; statement concerning type of collateral. – 33 |
---|
1368 | 1373 | | Regarding List of Collateral; Statement Concerning Type of Collateral. – A secured party that 34 |
---|
1369 | 1374 | | claims a security interest in all of a particular type of collateral owned by the debtor may comply 35 |
---|
1370 | 1375 | | with a request regarding a list of collateral by sending to the debtor an authenticated a signed 36 |
---|
1371 | 1376 | | record including a statement to that effect within 14 days after receipt. 37 |
---|
1372 | 1377 | | (d) Request regarding list of collateral; no interest claimed. – Regarding List of 38 |
---|
1373 | 1378 | | Collateral; No Interest Claimed. – A person that receives a request regarding a list of collateral, 39 |
---|
1374 | 1379 | | claims no interest in the collateral when it receives the request, and claimed an interest in the 40 |
---|
1375 | 1380 | | collateral at an earlier time shall comply with the request within 14 days after receipt by sending 41 |
---|
1376 | 1381 | | to the debtor an authenticated record:a signed record that does both of the following: 42 |
---|
1377 | 1382 | | (1) Disclaiming Disclaims any interest in the collateral; andcollateral. 43 |
---|
1378 | 1383 | | (2) If known to the recipient, providing provides the name and mailing address of 44 |
---|
1379 | 1384 | | any assignee of or successor to the recipient's interest in the collateral. 45 |
---|
1380 | 1385 | | (e) Request for accounting or regarding statement of account; no interest in obligation 46 |
---|
1381 | 1386 | | claimed. – Accounting or Regarding Statement of Account; No Interest in Obligation Claimed. 47 |
---|
1382 | 1387 | | – A person that receives a request for an accounting or a request regarding a statement of account, 48 |
---|
1383 | 1388 | | claims no interest in the obligations when it receives the request, and claimed an interest in the 49 |
---|
1384 | 1389 | | obligations at an earlier time shall comply with the request within 14 days after receipt by sending 50 |
---|
1385 | 1390 | | to the debtor an authenticated record:a signed record that does both of the following: 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
1387 | 1392 | | (1) Disclaiming Disclaims any interest in the obligations; andobligations. 1 |
---|
1388 | 1393 | | (2) If known to the recipient, providing provides the name and mailing address of 2 |
---|
1389 | 1394 | | any assignee of or successor to the recipient's interest in the obligations. 3 |
---|
1390 | 1395 | | (f) Charges for responses. – Responses. – A debtor is entitled without charge to one 4 |
---|
1391 | 1396 | | response to a request under this section during any six-month period. The secured party may 5 |
---|
1392 | 1397 | | require payment of a charge not exceeding twenty-five dollars ($25.00) for each additional 6 |
---|
1393 | 1398 | | response." 7 |
---|
1394 | 1399 | | SECTION 14. G.S. 25-9-301 reads as rewritten: 8 |
---|
1395 | 1400 | | "§ 25-9-301. Law governing perfection and priority of security interests. 9 |
---|
1396 | 1401 | | Except as otherwise provided in G.S. 25-9-303 through G.S. 25-9-306, G.S. 25-9-306.2, the 10 |
---|
1397 | 1402 | | following rules determine the law governing perfection, the effect of perfection or nonperfection, 11 |
---|
1398 | 1403 | | and the priority of a security interest in collateral: 12 |
---|
1399 | 1404 | | (1) Except as otherwise provided in this section, while a debtor is located in a 13 |
---|
1400 | 1405 | | jurisdiction, the local law of that jurisdiction governs perfection, the effect of 14 |
---|
1401 | 1406 | | perfection or nonperfection, and the priority of a security interest in collateral. 15 |
---|
1402 | 1407 | | (2) While collateral is located in a jurisdiction, the local law of that jurisdiction 16 |
---|
1403 | 1408 | | governs perfection, the effect of perfection or nonperfection, and the priority 17 |
---|
1404 | 1409 | | of a possessory security interest in that collateral. 18 |
---|
1405 | 1410 | | (3) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph subdivision (4) of this section, 19 |
---|
1406 | 1411 | | while tangible negotiable tangible documents, goods, instruments, money, or 20 |
---|
1407 | 1412 | | tangible chattel paper or tangible money is located in a jurisdiction, the local 21 |
---|
1408 | 1413 | | law of that jurisdiction governs:governs all of the following: 22 |
---|
1409 | 1414 | | a. Perfection of a security interest in the goods by filing a fixture 23 |
---|
1410 | 1415 | | filing;filing. 24 |
---|
1411 | 1416 | | b. Perfection of a security interest in timber to be cut; andcut. 25 |
---|
1412 | 1417 | | c. The effect of perfection or nonperfection and the priority of a 26 |
---|
1413 | 1418 | | nonpossessory security interest in the collateral. 27 |
---|
1414 | 1419 | | (4) The local law of the jurisdiction in which the wellhead or minehead is located 28 |
---|
1415 | 1420 | | governs perfection, the effect of perfection or nonperfection, and the priority 29 |
---|
1416 | 1421 | | of a security interest in as-extracted collateral." 30 |
---|
1417 | 1422 | | SECTION 15. G.S. 25-9-304 reads as rewritten: 31 |
---|
1418 | 1423 | | "§ 25-9-304. Law governing perfection and priority of security interests in deposit accounts. 32 |
---|
1419 | 1424 | | (a) Law of bank's jurisdiction governs. – Bank's Jurisdiction Governs. – The local law of 33 |
---|
1420 | 1425 | | a bank's jurisdiction governs perfection, the effect of perfection or nonperfection, and the priority 34 |
---|
1421 | 1426 | | of a security interest in a deposit account maintained with that bank.bank even if the transaction 35 |
---|
1422 | 1427 | | does not bear any relation to the bank's jurisdiction. 36 |
---|
1423 | 1428 | | (b) Bank's jurisdiction. – Jurisdiction. – The following rules determine a bank's 37 |
---|
1424 | 1429 | | jurisdiction for purposes of this Part: 38 |
---|
1425 | 1430 | | …." 39 |
---|
1426 | 1431 | | SECTION 16. G.S. 25-9-305 reads as rewritten: 40 |
---|
1427 | 1432 | | "§ 25-9-305. Law governing perfection and priority of security interests in investment 41 |
---|
1428 | 1433 | | property. 42 |
---|
1429 | 1434 | | (a) Governing law: general rules. – General Rules for Governing Law. – Except as 43 |
---|
1430 | 1435 | | otherwise provided in subsection (c) of this section, the following rules apply: 44 |
---|
1431 | 1436 | | (1) While a security certificate is located in a jurisdiction, the local law of that 45 |
---|
1432 | 1437 | | jurisdiction governs perfection, the effect of perfection or nonperfection, and 46 |
---|
1433 | 1438 | | the priority of a security interest in the certificated security represented 47 |
---|
1434 | 1439 | | thereby. 48 |
---|
1435 | 1440 | | (2) The local law of the issuer's jurisdiction as specified in G.S. 25-8-110(d) 49 |
---|
1436 | 1441 | | governs perfection, the effect of perfection or nonperfection, and the priority 50 |
---|
1437 | 1442 | | of a security interest in an uncertificated security. 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
1439 | 1444 | | (3) The local law of the securities intermediary's jurisdiction as specified in 1 |
---|
1440 | 1445 | | G.S. 25-8-110(e) governs perfection, the effect of perfection or nonperfection, 2 |
---|
1441 | 1446 | | and the priority of a security interest in a security entitlement or securities 3 |
---|
1442 | 1447 | | account. 4 |
---|
1443 | 1448 | | (4) The local law of the commodity intermediary's jurisdiction governs 5 |
---|
1444 | 1449 | | perfection, the effect of perfection or nonperfection, and the priority of a 6 |
---|
1445 | 1450 | | security interest in a commodity contract or commodity account. 7 |
---|
1446 | 1451 | | (5) Subdivisions (2), (3), and (4) of this subsection apply even if the transaction 8 |
---|
1447 | 1452 | | does not bear any relation to the jurisdiction. 9 |
---|
1448 | 1453 | | (b) Commodity intermediary's jurisdiction. – Intermediary's Jurisdiction. – The following 10 |
---|
1449 | 1454 | | rules determine a commodity intermediary's jurisdiction for purposes of this Part: 11 |
---|
1450 | 1455 | | … 12 |
---|
1451 | 1456 | | (c) When perfection governed by law of jurisdiction where debtor located. – Perfection 13 |
---|
1452 | 1457 | | Governed by Law of Jurisdiction Where Debtor Located. – The local law of the jurisdiction in 14 |
---|
1453 | 1458 | | which the debtor is located governs:governs all of the following: 15 |
---|
1454 | 1459 | | (1) Perfection of a security interest in investment property by filing;filing. 16 |
---|
1455 | 1460 | | (2) Automatic perfection of a security interest in investment property created by 17 |
---|
1456 | 1461 | | a broker or securities intermediary; andintermediary. 18 |
---|
1457 | 1462 | | (3) Automatic perfection of a security interest in a commodity contract or 19 |
---|
1458 | 1463 | | commodity account created by a commodity intermediary." 20 |
---|
1459 | 1464 | | SECTION 17. Article 9 of Chapter 25 of the General Statutes is amended by adding 21 |
---|
1460 | 1465 | | a new section to read: 22 |
---|
1461 | 1466 | | "§ 25-9-306.1. Law governing perfection and priority of security interests in chattel paper. 23 |
---|
1462 | 1467 | | (a) Chattel Paper Evidenced by Authoritative Electronic Copy. – Except as provided in 24 |
---|
1463 | 1468 | | subsection (d) of this section, if chattel paper is evidenced only by an authoritative electronic 25 |
---|
1464 | 1469 | | copy of the chattel paper or is evidenced by an authoritative electronic copy and an authoritative 26 |
---|
1465 | 1470 | | tangible copy, the local law of the chattel paper's jurisdiction governs perfection, the effect of 27 |
---|
1466 | 1471 | | perfection or nonperfection, and the priority of a security interest in the chattel paper, even if the 28 |
---|
1467 | 1472 | | transaction does not bear any relation to the chattel paper's jurisdiction. 29 |
---|
1468 | 1473 | | (b) Chattel Paper's Jurisdiction. – The following rules determine the chattel paper's 30 |
---|
1469 | 1474 | | jurisdiction under this section: 31 |
---|
1470 | 1475 | | (1) If the authoritative electronic copy of the record evidencing chattel paper, or 32 |
---|
1471 | 1476 | | a record attached to or logically associated with the electronic copy and 33 |
---|
1472 | 1477 | | readily available for review, expressly provides that a particular jurisdiction 34 |
---|
1473 | 1478 | | is the chattel paper's jurisdiction for purposes of this Part, this Article, or this 35 |
---|
1474 | 1479 | | Chapter, that jurisdiction is the chattel paper's jurisdiction. 36 |
---|
1475 | 1480 | | (2) If subdivision (1) of this subsection does not apply and the rules of the system 37 |
---|
1476 | 1481 | | in which the authoritative electronic copy is recorded are readily available for 38 |
---|
1477 | 1482 | | review and expressly provide that a particular jurisdiction is the chattel paper's 39 |
---|
1478 | 1483 | | jurisdiction for purposes of this Part, this Article, or this Chapter, that 40 |
---|
1479 | 1484 | | jurisdiction is the chattel paper's jurisdiction. 41 |
---|
1480 | 1485 | | (3) If subdivisions (1) and (2) of this subsection do not apply and the authoritative 42 |
---|
1481 | 1486 | | electronic copy, or a record attached to or logically associated with the 43 |
---|
1482 | 1487 | | electronic copy and readily available for review, expressly provides that the 44 |
---|
1483 | 1488 | | chattel paper is governed by the law of a particular jurisdiction, that 45 |
---|
1484 | 1489 | | jurisdiction is the chattel paper's jurisdiction. 46 |
---|
1485 | 1490 | | (4) If subdivisions (1), (2), and (3) of this subsection do not apply and the rules 47 |
---|
1486 | 1491 | | of the system in which the authoritative electronic copy is recorded are readily 48 |
---|
1487 | 1492 | | available for review and expressly provide that the chattel paper or the system 49 |
---|
1488 | 1493 | | is governed by the law of a particular jurisdiction, that jurisdiction is the 50 |
---|
1489 | 1494 | | chattel paper's jurisdiction. 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
1491 | 1496 | | (5) If subdivisions (1) through (4) of this subsection do not apply, the chattel 1 |
---|
1492 | 1497 | | paper's jurisdiction is the jurisdiction in which the debtor is located. 2 |
---|
1493 | 1498 | | (c) Chattel Paper Evidenced by Authoritative Tangible Copy. – If an authoritative 3 |
---|
1494 | 1499 | | tangible copy of a record evidences chattel paper and the chattel paper is not evidenced by an 4 |
---|
1495 | 1500 | | authoritative electronic copy, while the authoritative tangible copy of the record evidencing 5 |
---|
1496 | 1501 | | chattel paper is located in a jurisdiction, the local law of that jurisdiction governs both of the 6 |
---|
1497 | 1502 | | following: 7 |
---|
1498 | 1503 | | (1) Perfection of a security interest in the chattel paper by possession under 8 |
---|
1499 | 1504 | | G.S. 25-9-314.1. 9 |
---|
1500 | 1505 | | (2) The effect of perfection or nonperfection and the priority of a security interest 10 |
---|
1501 | 1506 | | in the chattel paper. 11 |
---|
1502 | 1507 | | (d) When Perfection Governed by Law of Jurisdiction Where Debtor Located. – The local 12 |
---|
1503 | 1508 | | law of the jurisdiction in which the debtor is located governs perfection of a security interest in 13 |
---|
1504 | 1509 | | chattel paper by filing." 14 |
---|
1505 | 1510 | | SECTION 18. Article 9 of Chapter 25 of the General Statutes is amended by adding 15 |
---|
1506 | 1511 | | a new section to read: 16 |
---|
1507 | 1512 | | "§ 25-9-306.2. Law governing perfection and priority of security interests in controllable 17 |
---|
1508 | 1513 | | accounts, controllable electronic records, and controllable payment intangibles. 18 |
---|
1509 | 1514 | | (a) General Rules for Governing Law. – Except as provided in subsection (b) of this 19 |
---|
1510 | 1515 | | section, the local law of the controllable electronic record's jurisdiction specified in 20 |
---|
1511 | 1516 | | G.S. 25-12-107(c) and (d) governs perfection, the effect of perfection or nonperfection, and the 21 |
---|
1512 | 1517 | | priority of a security interest in a controllable electronic record and a security interest in a 22 |
---|
1513 | 1518 | | controllable account or controllable payment intangible evidenced by the controllable electronic 23 |
---|
1514 | 1519 | | record. 24 |
---|
1515 | 1520 | | (b) When Perfection Governed by Law of Jurisdiction Where Debtor Located. – The local 25 |
---|
1516 | 1521 | | law of the jurisdiction in which the debtor is located governs both of the following: 26 |
---|
1517 | 1522 | | (1) Perfection of a security interest in a controllable account, controllable 27 |
---|
1518 | 1523 | | electronic record, or controllable payment intangible by filing. 28 |
---|
1519 | 1524 | | (2) Automatic perfection of a security interest in a controllable payment 29 |
---|
1520 | 1525 | | intangible created by a sale of the controllable payment intangible." 30 |
---|
1521 | 1526 | | SECTION 19. G.S. 25-9-310 reads as rewritten: 31 |
---|
1522 | 1527 | | "§ 25-9-310. When filing required to perfect security interest or agricultural lien; security 32 |
---|
1523 | 1528 | | interests and agricultural liens to which filing provisions do not apply. 33 |
---|
1524 | 1529 | | (a) General rule: perfection by filing. – Rule for Perfection by Filing. – Except as 34 |
---|
1525 | 1530 | | otherwise provided in subsection (b) of this section and G.S. 25-9-312(b), a financing statement 35 |
---|
1526 | 1531 | | must be filed to perfect all security interests and agricultural liens. 36 |
---|
1527 | 1532 | | (b) Exceptions: filing not necessary. – Exceptions When Filing Not Necessary. – The 37 |
---|
1528 | 1533 | | filing of a financing statement is not necessary to perfect a security interest:any of the following 38 |
---|
1529 | 1534 | | security interests: 39 |
---|
1530 | 1535 | | (1) That A security interest that is perfected under G.S. 25-9-308(d), (e), (f), or 40 |
---|
1531 | 1536 | | (g);G.S. 25-9-308(d), (e), (f), or (g). 41 |
---|
1532 | 1537 | | (2) That A security interest that is perfected under G.S. 25-9-309 when it 42 |
---|
1533 | 1538 | | attaches;attaches. 43 |
---|
1534 | 1539 | | (3) In A security interest in property subject to a statute, regulation, or treaty 44 |
---|
1535 | 1540 | | described in G.S. 25-9-311(a);G.S. 25-9-311(a). 45 |
---|
1536 | 1541 | | (4) In A security interest in goods in possession of a bailee which that is perfected 46 |
---|
1537 | 1542 | | under G.S. 25-9-312(d)(1) or (2);G.S. 25-9-312(d)(1) or (2). 47 |
---|
1538 | 1543 | | (5) In A security interest in certificated securities, documents, goods, or 48 |
---|
1539 | 1544 | | instruments which that is perfected without filing, control, or possession under 49 |
---|
1540 | 1545 | | G.S. 25-9-312(e), (f), or (g);G.S. 25-9-312(e), (f), or (g). 50 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
1542 | 1547 | | (6) In A security interest in collateral in the secured party's possession under 1 |
---|
1543 | 1548 | | G.S. 25-9-313;G.S. 25-9-313. 2 |
---|
1544 | 1549 | | (7) In A security interest in a certificated security which that is perfected by 3 |
---|
1545 | 1550 | | delivery of the security certificate to the secured party under 4 |
---|
1546 | 1551 | | G.S. 25-9-313;G.S. 25-9-313. 5 |
---|
1547 | 1552 | | (8) In A security interest in controllable accounts, controllable electronic records, 6 |
---|
1548 | 1553 | | controllable payment intangibles, deposit accounts, electronic chattel paper, 7 |
---|
1549 | 1554 | | electronic documents, investment property, or letter-of-credit rights which 8 |
---|
1550 | 1555 | | that is perfected by control under G.S. 25-9-314;G.S. 25-9-314. 9 |
---|
1551 | 1556 | | (8a) A security interest in chattel paper that is perfected by possession and control 10 |
---|
1552 | 1557 | | under G.S. 25-9-314.1. 11 |
---|
1553 | 1558 | | (9) In A security interest in proceeds which that is perfected under G.S. 25-9-315; 12 |
---|
1554 | 1559 | | orG.S. 25-9-315. 13 |
---|
1555 | 1560 | | (10) That A security interest that is perfected under G.S. 25-9-316. 14 |
---|
1556 | 1561 | | (c) Assignment of perfected security interest. – Perfected Security Interest. – If a secured 15 |
---|
1557 | 1562 | | party assigns a perfected security interest or agricultural lien, a filing under this Article is not 16 |
---|
1558 | 1563 | | required to continue the perfected status of the security interest against creditors of and 17 |
---|
1559 | 1564 | | transferees from the original debtor." 18 |
---|
1560 | 1565 | | SECTION 20. G.S. 25-9-312 reads as rewritten: 19 |
---|
1561 | 1566 | | "§ 25-9-312. Perfection of security interests in chattel paper, controllable accounts, 20 |
---|
1562 | 1567 | | controllable electronic records, controllable payment intangibles, deposit 21 |
---|
1563 | 1568 | | accounts, negotiable documents, goods covered by documents, instruments, 22 |
---|
1564 | 1569 | | investment property, letter-of-credit rights, and money; perfection by 23 |
---|
1565 | 1570 | | permissive filing; temporary perfection without filing or transfer of possession. 24 |
---|
1566 | 1571 | | (a) Perfection by filing permitted. – Filing Permitted. – A security interest in chattel 25 |
---|
1567 | 1572 | | paper, negotiable documents, controllable accounts, controllable electronic records, controllable 26 |
---|
1568 | 1573 | | payment intangibles, instruments, or investment property investment property, or negotiable 27 |
---|
1569 | 1574 | | documents may be perfected by filing. 28 |
---|
1570 | 1575 | | (b) Control or possession of certain collateral. – Possession of Certain Collateral. – 29 |
---|
1571 | 1576 | | Except as otherwise provided in G.S. 25-9-315(c) and (d) for proceeds:proceeds, all of the 30 |
---|
1572 | 1577 | | following apply: 31 |
---|
1573 | 1578 | | (1) A security interest in a deposit account may be perfected only by control under 32 |
---|
1574 | 1579 | | G.S. 25-9-314;G.S. 25-9-314. 33 |
---|
1575 | 1580 | | (2) And except Except as otherwise provided in G.S. 25-9-308(d), a security 34 |
---|
1576 | 1581 | | interest in a letter-of-credit right may be perfected only by control under G.S. 35 |
---|
1577 | 1582 | | 25-9-314; andG.S. 25-9-314. 36 |
---|
1578 | 1583 | | (3) A security interest in tangible money may be perfected only by the secured 37 |
---|
1579 | 1584 | | party's taking possession under G.S. 25-9-313. 38 |
---|
1580 | 1585 | | (4) A security interest in electronic money may be perfected only by control under 39 |
---|
1581 | 1586 | | G.S. 25-9-314. 40 |
---|
1582 | 1587 | | (c) Goods covered by negotiable document. – Covered by Negotiable Document. – While 41 |
---|
1583 | 1588 | | goods are in the possession of a bailee that has issued a negotiable document covering the 42 |
---|
1584 | 1589 | | goods:goods, both of the following apply: 43 |
---|
1585 | 1590 | | (1) A security interest in the goods may be perfected by perfecting a security 44 |
---|
1586 | 1591 | | interest in the document; anddocument. 45 |
---|
1587 | 1592 | | (2) A security interest perfected in the document has priority over any security 46 |
---|
1588 | 1593 | | interest that becomes perfected in the goods by another method during that 47 |
---|
1589 | 1594 | | time. 48 |
---|
1590 | 1595 | | (d) Goods covered by nonnegotiable document. – Covered by Nonnegotiable Document. 49 |
---|
1591 | 1596 | | – While goods are in the possession of a bailee that has issued a nonnegotiable document covering 50 |
---|
1592 | 1597 | | the goods, a security interest in the goods may be perfected by:by any of the following: 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
1594 | 1599 | | (1) Issuance of a document in the name of the secured party;party. 1 |
---|
1595 | 1600 | | (2) The bailee's receipt of notification of the secured party's interest; orinterest. 2 |
---|
1596 | 1601 | | (3) Filing as to the goods. 3 |
---|
1597 | 1602 | | (e) Temporary perfection: new value. – Perfection for New Value. – A security interest 4 |
---|
1598 | 1603 | | in certificated securities, negotiable documents, or instruments is perfected without filing or the 5 |
---|
1599 | 1604 | | taking of possession or control for a period of 20 days from the time it attaches to the extent that 6 |
---|
1600 | 1605 | | it arises for new value given under an authenticated a signed security agreement. 7 |
---|
1601 | 1606 | | (f) Temporary perfection: goods or documents made available to debtor. – Perfection for 8 |
---|
1602 | 1607 | | Goods or Documents Made Available to Debtor. – A perfected security interest in a negotiable 9 |
---|
1603 | 1608 | | document or goods in possession of a bailee, other than one that has issued a negotiable document 10 |
---|
1604 | 1609 | | for the goods, remains perfected for 20 days without filing if the secured party makes available 11 |
---|
1605 | 1610 | | to the debtor the goods or documents representing the goods for the purpose of:of either of the 12 |
---|
1606 | 1611 | | following: 13 |
---|
1607 | 1612 | | (1) Ultimate sale or exchange; orexchange. 14 |
---|
1608 | 1613 | | (2) Loading, unloading, storing, shipping, transshipping, manufacturing, 15 |
---|
1609 | 1614 | | processing, or otherwise dealing with them in a manner preliminary to their 16 |
---|
1610 | 1615 | | sale or exchange. 17 |
---|
1611 | 1616 | | (g) Temporary perfection: delivery of security certificate or instrument to debtor. – 18 |
---|
1612 | 1617 | | Perfection for Delivery of Security Certificate or Instrument to Debtor. – A perfected security 19 |
---|
1613 | 1618 | | interest in a certificated security or instrument remains perfected for 20 days without filing if the 20 |
---|
1614 | 1619 | | secured party delivers the security certificate or instrument to the debtor for the purpose of:of 21 |
---|
1615 | 1620 | | either of the following: 22 |
---|
1616 | 1621 | | (1) Ultimate sale or exchange; orexchange. 23 |
---|
1617 | 1622 | | (2) Presentation, collection, enforcement, renewal, or registration of transfer. 24 |
---|
1618 | 1623 | | (h) Expiration of temporary perfection. – Temporary Perfection. – After the 20-day 25 |
---|
1619 | 1624 | | period specified in subsection (e), (f), or (g) of this section expires, perfection depends upon 26 |
---|
1620 | 1625 | | compliance with this Article." 27 |
---|
1621 | 1626 | | SECTION 21. G.S. 25-9-313 reads as rewritten: 28 |
---|
1622 | 1627 | | "§ 25-9-313. When possession by or delivery to secured party perfects security interest 29 |
---|
1623 | 1628 | | without filing. 30 |
---|
1624 | 1629 | | (a) Perfection by possession or delivery. – Possession or Delivery. – Except as otherwise 31 |
---|
1625 | 1630 | | provided in subsection (b) of this section, a secured party may perfect a security interest in 32 |
---|
1626 | 1631 | | tangible negotiable documents, goods, instruments, money, or tangible chattel paper negotiable 33 |
---|
1627 | 1632 | | tangible documents, or tangible money by taking possession of the collateral. A secured party 34 |
---|
1628 | 1633 | | may perfect a security interest in certificated securities by taking delivery of the certificated 35 |
---|
1629 | 1634 | | securities under G.S. 25-8-301. 36 |
---|
1630 | 1635 | | (b) Goods covered by certificate of title. – Covered by Certificate of Title. – With respect 37 |
---|
1631 | 1636 | | to goods covered by a certificate of title issued by this State, a secured party may perfect a security 38 |
---|
1632 | 1637 | | interest in the goods by taking possession of the goods only in the circumstances described in 39 |
---|
1633 | 1638 | | G.S. 25-9-316(d). 40 |
---|
1634 | 1639 | | (c) Collateral in possession of person other than debtor. – Possession of Person Other 41 |
---|
1635 | 1640 | | Than Debtor. – With respect to collateral other than certificated securities and goods covered by 42 |
---|
1636 | 1641 | | a document, a secured party takes possession of collateral in the possession of a person other than 43 |
---|
1637 | 1642 | | the debtor, the secured party, or a lessee of the collateral from the debtor in the ordinary course 44 |
---|
1638 | 1643 | | of the debtor's business, when:when either of the following applies: 45 |
---|
1639 | 1644 | | (1) The person in possession authenticates signs a record acknowledging that it 46 |
---|
1640 | 1645 | | holds possession of the collateral for the secured party's benefit; orbenefit. 47 |
---|
1641 | 1646 | | (2) The person takes possession of the collateral after having authenticated signed 48 |
---|
1642 | 1647 | | a record acknowledging that it will hold possession of the collateral for the 49 |
---|
1643 | 1648 | | secured party's benefit. 50 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
1645 | 1650 | | (d) Time of perfection by possession; continuation of perfection. – Perfection by 1 |
---|
1646 | 1651 | | Possession; Continuation of Perfection. – If perfection of a security interest depends upon 2 |
---|
1647 | 1652 | | possession of the collateral by a secured party, perfection occurs no not earlier than the time the 3 |
---|
1648 | 1653 | | secured party takes possession and continues only while the secured party retains possession. 4 |
---|
1649 | 1654 | | (e) Time of perfection by delivery; continuation of perfection. – Perfection by Delivery; 5 |
---|
1650 | 1655 | | Continuation of Perfection. – A security interest in a certificated security in registered form is 6 |
---|
1651 | 1656 | | perfected by delivery when delivery of the certificated security occurs under G.S. 25-8-301 and 7 |
---|
1652 | 1657 | | remains perfected by delivery until the debtor obtains possession of the security certificate. 8 |
---|
1653 | 1658 | | (f) Acknowledgment not required. – Not Required. – A person in possession of collateral 9 |
---|
1654 | 1659 | | is not required to acknowledge that it holds possession for a secured party's benefit. 10 |
---|
1655 | 1660 | | (g) Effectiveness of acknowledgment; no duties or confirmation. – Acknowledgment; No 11 |
---|
1656 | 1661 | | Duties or Confirmation. – If a person acknowledges that it holds possession for the secured 12 |
---|
1657 | 1662 | | party's benefit:benefit, both of the following apply: 13 |
---|
1658 | 1663 | | (1) The acknowledgment is effective under subsection (c) of this section or 14 |
---|
1659 | 1664 | | G.S. 25-8-301(a), even if the acknowledgment violates the rights of a debtor; 15 |
---|
1660 | 1665 | | anddebtor. 16 |
---|
1661 | 1666 | | (2) Unless the person otherwise agrees or law other than this Article otherwise 17 |
---|
1662 | 1667 | | provides, the person does not owe any duty to the secured party and is not 18 |
---|
1663 | 1668 | | required to confirm the acknowledgment to another person. 19 |
---|
1664 | 1669 | | (h) Secured party's delivery to person other than debtor. – Party's Delivery to Person 20 |
---|
1665 | 1670 | | Other Than Debtor. – A secured party having possession of collateral does not relinquish 21 |
---|
1666 | 1671 | | possession by delivering the collateral to a person other than the debtor or a lessee of the collateral 22 |
---|
1667 | 1672 | | from the debtor in the ordinary course of the debtor's business if the person was instructed before 23 |
---|
1668 | 1673 | | the delivery or is instructed contemporaneously with the delivery:delivery to do either of the 24 |
---|
1669 | 1674 | | following: 25 |
---|
1670 | 1675 | | (1) To hold possession of the collateral for the secured party's benefit; orbenefit. 26 |
---|
1671 | 1676 | | (2) To redeliver the collateral to the secured party. 27 |
---|
1672 | 1677 | | (i) Effect of delivery under subsection (h); no duties or confirmation. – Delivery Under 28 |
---|
1673 | 1678 | | Subsection (h); No Duties or Confirmation. – A secured party does not relinquish possession, 29 |
---|
1674 | 1679 | | even if a delivery under subsection (h) of this section violates the rights of a debtor. A person to 30 |
---|
1675 | 1680 | | which collateral is delivered under subsection (h) of this section does not owe any duty to the 31 |
---|
1676 | 1681 | | secured party and is not required to confirm the delivery to another person unless the person 32 |
---|
1677 | 1682 | | otherwise agrees or law other than this Article otherwise provides." 33 |
---|
1678 | 1683 | | SECTION 22. G.S. 25-9-314 reads as rewritten: 34 |
---|
1679 | 1684 | | "§ 25-9-314. Perfection by control. 35 |
---|
1680 | 1685 | | (a) Perfection by control. – Control. – A security interest in investment property, deposit 36 |
---|
1681 | 1686 | | accounts, letter-of-credit rights, electronic chattel paper, or electronic documents controllable 37 |
---|
1682 | 1687 | | accounts, controllable electronic records, controllable payment intangibles, deposit accounts, 38 |
---|
1683 | 1688 | | electronic documents, electronic money, investment property, or letter-of-credit rights may be 39 |
---|
1684 | 1689 | | perfected by control of the collateral under G.S. 25-7-106, 25-9-104, 25-9-105, 25-9-105.1, 40 |
---|
1685 | 1690 | | 25-9-106, or 25-9-107.25-9-107, or 25-9-107.1. 41 |
---|
1686 | 1691 | | (b) Specified collateral: time of perfection by control; continuation of perfection. – 42 |
---|
1687 | 1692 | | Collateral; Time of Perfection by Control; Continuation of Perfection. – A security interest in 43 |
---|
1688 | 1693 | | deposit accounts, electronic chattel paper, letter-of-credit rights, or electronic documents 44 |
---|
1689 | 1694 | | controllable accounts, controllable electronic records, controllable payment intangibles, deposit 45 |
---|
1690 | 1695 | | accounts, electronic documents, electronic money, or letter-of-credit rights is perfected by 46 |
---|
1691 | 1696 | | control under G.S. 25-7-106, 25-9-104, 25-9-105, or 25-9-107 when 25-9-105.1, 25-9-107, or 47 |
---|
1692 | 1697 | | 25-9-107.1 not earlier than the time the secured party obtains control and remains perfected by 48 |
---|
1693 | 1698 | | control only while the secured party retains control. 49 |
---|
1694 | 1699 | | (c) Investment property: time of perfection by control; continuation of perfection. – 50 |
---|
1695 | 1700 | | Property; Time of Perfection by Control; Continuation of Perfection. – A security interest in 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
1697 | 1702 | | investment property is perfected by control under G.S. 25-9-106 from not earlier than the time 1 |
---|
1698 | 1703 | | the secured party obtains control and remains perfected by control until:until both of the 2 |
---|
1699 | 1704 | | following occur: 3 |
---|
1700 | 1705 | | (1) The secured party does not have control; andcontrol. 4 |
---|
1701 | 1706 | | (2) One of the following occurs: 5 |
---|
1702 | 1707 | | a. If the collateral is a certificated security, the debtor has or acquires 6 |
---|
1703 | 1708 | | possession of the security certificate;certificate. 7 |
---|
1704 | 1709 | | b. If the collateral is an uncertificated security, the issuer has registered 8 |
---|
1705 | 1710 | | or registers the debtor as the registered owner; orowner. 9 |
---|
1706 | 1711 | | c. If the collateral is a security entitlement, the debtor is or becomes the 10 |
---|
1707 | 1712 | | entitlement holder." 11 |
---|
1708 | 1713 | | SECTION 23. Article 9 of Chapter 25 of the General Statutes is amended by adding 12 |
---|
1709 | 1714 | | a new section to read: 13 |
---|
1710 | 1715 | | "§ 25-9-314.1. Perfection by possession and control of chattel paper. 14 |
---|
1711 | 1716 | | (a) Perfection by Possession and Control. – A secured party may perfect a security 15 |
---|
1712 | 1717 | | interest in chattel paper by taking possession of each authoritative tangible copy of the record 16 |
---|
1713 | 1718 | | evidencing the chattel paper and obtaining control of each authoritative electronic copy of the 17 |
---|
1714 | 1719 | | electronic record evidencing the chattel paper. 18 |
---|
1715 | 1720 | | (b) Time of Perfection; Continuation of Perfection. – A security interest is perfected 19 |
---|
1716 | 1721 | | under subsection (a) of this section not earlier than the time the secured party takes possession 20 |
---|
1717 | 1722 | | and obtains control and remains perfected under subsection (a) of this section only while the 21 |
---|
1718 | 1723 | | secured party retains possession and control. 22 |
---|
1719 | 1724 | | (c) Application of G.S. 25-9-313 to Perfection by Possession of Chattel Paper. – 23 |
---|
1720 | 1725 | | G.S. 25-9-313(c) and (f) through (i) apply to perfection by possession of an authoritative tangible 24 |
---|
1721 | 1726 | | copy of a record evidencing chattel paper." 25 |
---|
1722 | 1727 | | SECTION 24. G.S. 25-9-316 reads as rewritten: 26 |
---|
1723 | 1728 | | "§ 25-9-316. Effect of change in governing law. 27 |
---|
1724 | 1729 | | (a) General rule: effect on perfection of change in governing law. – Rule for Effect on 28 |
---|
1725 | 1730 | | Perfection of Change in Governing Law. – A security interest perfected pursuant to the law of 29 |
---|
1726 | 1731 | | the jurisdiction designated in G.S. 25-9-301(1) or G.S. 25-9-305(c) G.S. 25-9-301(1), 30 |
---|
1727 | 1732 | | 25-9-305(c), 25-9-306.1(d), or 25-9-306.2(b) remains perfected until the earliest of:of the 31 |
---|
1728 | 1733 | | following: 32 |
---|
1729 | 1734 | | (1) The time perfection would have ceased under the law of that 33 |
---|
1730 | 1735 | | jurisdiction;jurisdiction. 34 |
---|
1731 | 1736 | | (2) The expiration of four months after a change of the debtor's location to another 35 |
---|
1732 | 1737 | | jurisdiction; orjurisdiction. 36 |
---|
1733 | 1738 | | (3) The expiration of one year after a transfer of collateral to a person that thereby 37 |
---|
1734 | 1739 | | becomes a debtor and is located in another jurisdiction. 38 |
---|
1735 | 1740 | | (b) Security interest perfected or unperfected under law of new jurisdiction. – Interest 39 |
---|
1736 | 1741 | | Perfected or Unperfected Under Law of New Jurisdiction. – If a security interest described in 40 |
---|
1737 | 1742 | | subsection (a) of this section becomes perfected under the law of the other jurisdiction before the 41 |
---|
1738 | 1743 | | earliest time or event described in that subsection, it remains perfected thereafter. If the security 42 |
---|
1739 | 1744 | | interest does not become perfected under the law of the other jurisdiction before the earliest time 43 |
---|
1740 | 1745 | | or event, it becomes unperfected and is deemed never to have been perfected as against a 44 |
---|
1741 | 1746 | | purchaser of the collateral for value. 45 |
---|
1742 | 1747 | | (c) Possessory security interest in collateral moved to new jurisdiction. – Security Interest 46 |
---|
1743 | 1748 | | in Collateral Moved to New Jurisdiction. – A possessory security interest in collateral, other than 47 |
---|
1744 | 1749 | | goods covered by a certificate of title and as-extracted collateral consisting of goods, remains 48 |
---|
1745 | 1750 | | continuously perfected if:if all of the following apply: 49 |
---|
1746 | 1751 | | (1) The collateral is located in one jurisdiction and subject to a security interest 50 |
---|
1747 | 1752 | | perfected under the law of that jurisdiction;jurisdiction. 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
1749 | 1754 | | (2) Thereafter the collateral is brought into another jurisdiction; andjurisdiction. 1 |
---|
1750 | 1755 | | (3) Upon entry into the other jurisdiction, the security interest is perfected under 2 |
---|
1751 | 1756 | | the law of the other jurisdiction. 3 |
---|
1752 | 1757 | | (d) Goods covered by certificate of title from this State. – Covered by Certificate of Title 4 |
---|
1753 | 1758 | | from this State. – Except as otherwise provided in subsection (e) of this section, a security interest 5 |
---|
1754 | 1759 | | in goods covered by a certificate of title which that is perfected by any method under the law of 6 |
---|
1755 | 1760 | | another jurisdiction when the goods become covered by a certificate of title from this State 7 |
---|
1756 | 1761 | | remains perfected until the security interest would have become unperfected under the law of the 8 |
---|
1757 | 1762 | | other jurisdiction had the goods not become so covered. 9 |
---|
1758 | 1763 | | (e) When subsection (d) security interest becomes unperfected against purchasers. – 10 |
---|
1759 | 1764 | | Subsection (d) Security Interest Becomes Unperfected Against Purchasers. – A security interest 11 |
---|
1760 | 1765 | | described in subsection (d) of this section becomes unperfected as against a purchaser of the 12 |
---|
1761 | 1766 | | goods for value and is deemed never to have been perfected as against a purchaser of the goods 13 |
---|
1762 | 1767 | | for value if the applicable requirements for perfection under G.S. 25-9-311(b) or G.S. 25-9-313 14 |
---|
1763 | 1768 | | are not satisfied before the earlier of:of the following: 15 |
---|
1764 | 1769 | | (1) The time the security interest would have become unperfected under the law 16 |
---|
1765 | 1770 | | of the other jurisdiction had the goods not become covered by a certificate of 17 |
---|
1766 | 1771 | | title from this State; orState. 18 |
---|
1767 | 1772 | | (2) The expiration of four months after the goods had become so covered. 19 |
---|
1768 | 1773 | | (f) Change in jurisdiction of bank, issuer, nominated person, securities intermediary, or 20 |
---|
1769 | 1774 | | commodity intermediary. – Jurisdiction of Chattel Paper, Controllable Electronic Record, Bank, 21 |
---|
1770 | 1775 | | Issuer, Nominated Person, Securities Intermediary, or Commodity Intermediary. – A security 22 |
---|
1771 | 1776 | | interest in chattel paper, controllable accounts, controllable electronic records, controllable 23 |
---|
1772 | 1777 | | payment intangibles, deposit accounts, letter-of-credit rights, or investment property which that 24 |
---|
1773 | 1778 | | is perfected under the law of the chattel paper's jurisdiction, the controllable electronic record's 25 |
---|
1774 | 1779 | | jurisdiction, the bank's jurisdiction, the issuer's jurisdiction, a nominated person's jurisdiction, 26 |
---|
1775 | 1780 | | the securities intermediary's jurisdiction, or the commodity intermediary's jurisdiction, as 27 |
---|
1776 | 1781 | | applicable, remains perfected until the earlier of:of the following: 28 |
---|
1777 | 1782 | | (1) The time the security interest would have become unperfected under the law 29 |
---|
1778 | 1783 | | of that jurisdiction; orjurisdiction. 30 |
---|
1779 | 1784 | | (2) The expiration of four months after a change of the applicable jurisdiction to 31 |
---|
1780 | 1785 | | another jurisdiction. 32 |
---|
1781 | 1786 | | (g) Subsection (f) security interest perfected or unperfected under law of new jurisdiction. 33 |
---|
1782 | 1787 | | – Security Interest Perfected or Unperfected Under Law of New Jurisdiction. – If a security 34 |
---|
1783 | 1788 | | interest described in subsection (f) of this section becomes perfected under the law of the other 35 |
---|
1784 | 1789 | | jurisdiction before the earlier of the time or the end of the period described in that subsection, it 36 |
---|
1785 | 1790 | | remains perfected thereafter. If the security interest does not become perfected under the law of 37 |
---|
1786 | 1791 | | the other jurisdiction before the earlier of that time or the end of that period, it becomes 38 |
---|
1787 | 1792 | | unperfected and is deemed never to have been perfected as against a purchaser of the collateral 39 |
---|
1788 | 1793 | | for value. 40 |
---|
1789 | 1794 | | … 41 |
---|
1790 | 1795 | | (i) Effect of Change in Governing Law on Financing Statement Filed Against Original 42 |
---|
1791 | 1796 | | Debtor. – If a financing statement naming an original debtor is filed pursuant to the law of the 43 |
---|
1792 | 1797 | | jurisdiction designated in G.S. 25-9-301(1) or G.S. 25-9-305(c) and the new debtor is located in 44 |
---|
1793 | 1798 | | another jurisdiction, the following rules apply: 45 |
---|
1794 | 1799 | | … 46 |
---|
1795 | 1800 | | (2) A security interest perfected by the financing statement and which that 47 |
---|
1796 | 1801 | | becomes perfected under the law of the other jurisdiction before the earlier of 48 |
---|
1797 | 1802 | | the time the financing statement would have become ineffective under the law 49 |
---|
1798 | 1803 | | of the jurisdiction designated in G.S. 25-9-301(1) or G.S. 25-9-305(c) or the 50 |
---|
1799 | 1804 | | expiration of the four-month period remains perfected thereafter. A security 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
1801 | 1806 | | interest that is perfected by the financing statement but which that does not 1 |
---|
1802 | 1807 | | become perfected under the law of the other jurisdiction before the earlier time 2 |
---|
1803 | 1808 | | or event becomes unperfected and is deemed never to have been perfected as 3 |
---|
1804 | 1809 | | against a purchaser of the collateral for value." 4 |
---|
1805 | 1810 | | SECTION 25. G.S. 25-9-317 reads as rewritten: 5 |
---|
1806 | 1811 | | "§ 25-9-317. Interests that take priority over or take free of security interest or agricultural 6 |
---|
1807 | 1812 | | lien. 7 |
---|
1808 | 1813 | | (a) Conflicting security interests and rights of lien creditors. – Security Interests and 8 |
---|
1809 | 1814 | | Rights of Lien Creditors. – A security interest or agricultural lien is subordinate to the rights of:of 9 |
---|
1810 | 1815 | | both of the following: 10 |
---|
1811 | 1816 | | (1) A person entitled to priority under G.S. 25-9-322; andG.S. 25-9-322. 11 |
---|
1812 | 1817 | | (2) Except as otherwise provided in subsection (e) of this section, a person that 12 |
---|
1813 | 1818 | | becomes a lien creditor before the earlier of the time:following: 13 |
---|
1814 | 1819 | | a. The security interest or agricultural lien is perfected; orperfected. 14 |
---|
1815 | 1820 | | b. One of the conditions specified in G.S. 25-9-203(b)(3) is met and a 15 |
---|
1816 | 1821 | | financing statement covering the collateral is filed. 16 |
---|
1817 | 1822 | | (b) Buyers that receive delivery. – That Receive Delivery. – Except as otherwise provided 17 |
---|
1818 | 1823 | | in subsection (e) of this section, a buyer, other than a secured party, of tangible chattel paper, 18 |
---|
1819 | 1824 | | tangible documents, goods, instruments, tangible documents, or a certificated security takes free 19 |
---|
1820 | 1825 | | of a security interest or agricultural lien if the buyer gives value and receives delivery of the 20 |
---|
1821 | 1826 | | collateral without knowledge of the security interest or agricultural lien and before it is perfected. 21 |
---|
1822 | 1827 | | (c) Lessees that receive delivery. – That Receive Delivery. – Except as otherwise 22 |
---|
1823 | 1828 | | provided in subsection (e) of this section, a lessee of goods takes free of a security interest or 23 |
---|
1824 | 1829 | | agricultural lien if the lessee gives value and receives delivery of the collateral without 24 |
---|
1825 | 1830 | | knowledge of the security interest or agricultural lien and before it is perfected. 25 |
---|
1826 | 1831 | | (d) Licensees and buyers of certain collateral. – A Buyers of Certain Collateral. – Subject 26 |
---|
1827 | 1832 | | to subsections (f) through (i) of this section, a licensee of a general intangible or a buyer, other 27 |
---|
1828 | 1833 | | than a secured party, of collateral other than tangible chattel paper, tangible documents, electronic 28 |
---|
1829 | 1834 | | money, goods, instruments, tangible documents, or a certificated security takes free of a security 29 |
---|
1830 | 1835 | | interest if the licensee or buyer gives value without knowledge of the security interest and before 30 |
---|
1831 | 1836 | | it is perfected. 31 |
---|
1832 | 1837 | | (e) Purchase-money security interest. – Purchase-Money Security Interest. – Except as 32 |
---|
1833 | 1838 | | otherwise provided in G.S. 25-9-320 and G.S. 25-9-321, if a person files a financing statement 33 |
---|
1834 | 1839 | | with respect to a purchase-money security interest before or within 20 days after the debtor 34 |
---|
1835 | 1840 | | receives delivery of the collateral, the security interest takes priority over the rights of a buyer, 35 |
---|
1836 | 1841 | | lessee, or lien creditor which that arise between the time the security interest attaches and the 36 |
---|
1837 | 1842 | | time of filing. 37 |
---|
1838 | 1843 | | (f) Buyers of Chattel Paper. – A buyer, other than a secured party, of chattel paper takes 38 |
---|
1839 | 1844 | | free of a security interest if, without knowledge of the security interest and before it is perfected, 39 |
---|
1840 | 1845 | | the buyer gives value and does both of the following: 40 |
---|
1841 | 1846 | | (1) Receives delivery of each authoritative tangible copy of the record evidencing 41 |
---|
1842 | 1847 | | the chattel paper. 42 |
---|
1843 | 1848 | | (2) If each authoritative electronic copy of the record evidencing the chattel paper 43 |
---|
1844 | 1849 | | can be subjected to control under G.S. 25-9-105, obtains control of each 44 |
---|
1845 | 1850 | | authoritative electronic copy. 45 |
---|
1846 | 1851 | | (g) Buyers of Electronic Documents. – A buyer of an electronic document takes free of a 46 |
---|
1847 | 1852 | | security interest if, without knowledge of the security interest and before it is perfected, the buyer 47 |
---|
1848 | 1853 | | gives value and, if each authoritative electronic copy of the document can be subjected to control 48 |
---|
1849 | 1854 | | under G.S. 25-7-106, obtains control of each authoritative electronic copy. 49 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
1851 | 1856 | | (h) Buyers of Controllable Electronic Records. – A buyer of a controllable electronic 1 |
---|
1852 | 1857 | | record takes free of a security interest if, without knowledge of the security interest and before it 2 |
---|
1853 | 1858 | | is perfected, the buyer gives value and obtains control of the controllable electronic record. 3 |
---|
1854 | 1859 | | (i) Buyers of Controllable Accounts and Controllable Payment Intangibles. – A buyer, 4 |
---|
1855 | 1860 | | other than a secured party, of a controllable account or a controllable payment intangible takes 5 |
---|
1856 | 1861 | | free of a security interest if, without knowledge of the security interest and before it is perfected, 6 |
---|
1857 | 1862 | | the buyer gives value and obtains control of the controllable account or controllable payment 7 |
---|
1858 | 1863 | | intangible." 8 |
---|
1859 | 1864 | | SECTION 26. G.S. 25-9-323 reads as rewritten: 9 |
---|
1860 | 1865 | | "§ 25-9-323. Future advances. 10 |
---|
1861 | 1866 | | (a) When priority based on time of advance. – Priority Based on Time of Advance. – 11 |
---|
1862 | 1867 | | Except as otherwise provided in subsection (c) of this section, for purposes of determining the 12 |
---|
1863 | 1868 | | priority of a perfected security interest under G.S. 25-9-322(a)(1), perfection of the security 13 |
---|
1864 | 1869 | | interest dates from the time an advance is made to the extent that the security interest secures an 14 |
---|
1865 | 1870 | | advance that:that meets both of the following conditions: 15 |
---|
1866 | 1871 | | (1) Is The advance is made while the security interest is perfected only:only under 16 |
---|
1867 | 1872 | | either of the following: 17 |
---|
1868 | 1873 | | a. Under G.S. 25-9-309 when it attaches; orattaches. 18 |
---|
1869 | 1874 | | b. Temporarily under G.S. 25-9-312(e), (f), or (g); andG.S. 25-9-312(e), 19 |
---|
1870 | 1875 | | (f), or (g). 20 |
---|
1871 | 1876 | | (2) Is The advance is not made pursuant to a commitment entered into before or 21 |
---|
1872 | 1877 | | while the security interest is perfected by a method other than under 22 |
---|
1873 | 1878 | | G.S. 25-9-309 or G.S. 25-9-312(e), (f), or (g). 23 |
---|
1874 | 1879 | | (b) Lien creditor. – Creditor. – Except as otherwise provided in subsection (c) of this 24 |
---|
1875 | 1880 | | section, a security interest is subordinate to the rights of a person that becomes a lien creditor to 25 |
---|
1876 | 1881 | | the extent that the security interest secures an advance made more than 45 days after the person 26 |
---|
1877 | 1882 | | becomes a lien creditor unless the advance is made:made under either of the following 27 |
---|
1878 | 1883 | | circumstances: 28 |
---|
1879 | 1884 | | (1) Without knowledge of the lien; orlien. 29 |
---|
1880 | 1885 | | (2) Pursuant to a commitment entered into without knowledge of the lien. 30 |
---|
1881 | 1886 | | (c) Buyer of receivables. – Receivables. – Subsections (a) and (b) of this section do not 31 |
---|
1882 | 1887 | | apply to a security interest held by a secured party that is a buyer of accounts, chattel paper, 32 |
---|
1883 | 1888 | | payment intangibles, or promissory notes or a consignor. 33 |
---|
1884 | 1889 | | (d) Buyer of goods. – Goods. – Except as otherwise provided in subsection (e) of this 34 |
---|
1885 | 1890 | | section, a buyer of goods other than a buyer in ordinary course of business takes free of a security 35 |
---|
1886 | 1891 | | interest to the extent that it secures advances made after the earlier of:of the following: 36 |
---|
1887 | 1892 | | (1) The time the secured party acquires knowledge of the buyer's purchase; 37 |
---|
1888 | 1893 | | orpurchase. 38 |
---|
1889 | 1894 | | (2) 45 Forty-five days after the purchase. 39 |
---|
1890 | 1895 | | (e) Advances made pursuant to commitment: priority of buyer of goods. – Made Pursuant 40 |
---|
1891 | 1896 | | to Commitment; Priority of Buyer of Goods. – Subsection (d) of this section does not apply if 41 |
---|
1892 | 1897 | | the advance is made pursuant to a commitment entered into without knowledge of the buyer's 42 |
---|
1893 | 1898 | | purchase and before the expiration of the 45-day period. 43 |
---|
1894 | 1899 | | (f) Lessee of goods. – Goods. – Except as otherwise provided in subsection (g) of this 44 |
---|
1895 | 1900 | | section, a lessee of goods, other than a lessee in ordinary course of business, goods takes the 45 |
---|
1896 | 1901 | | leasehold interest free of a security interest to the extent that it secures advances made after the 46 |
---|
1897 | 1902 | | earlier of:of the following: 47 |
---|
1898 | 1903 | | (1) The time the secured party acquires knowledge of the lease; orlease. 48 |
---|
1899 | 1904 | | (2) 45 Forty-five days after the lease contract becomes enforceable. 49 |
---|
1900 | 1905 | | (g) Advances made pursuant to commitment: priority of lessee of goods. – Made Pursuant 50 |
---|
1901 | 1906 | | to Commitment; Priority of Lessee of Goods. – Subsection (f) of this section does not apply if 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
1903 | 1908 | | the advance is made pursuant to a commitment entered into without knowledge of the lease and 1 |
---|
1904 | 1909 | | before the expiration of the 45-day period." 2 |
---|
1905 | 1910 | | SECTION 27. G.S. 25-9-324 reads as rewritten: 3 |
---|
1906 | 1911 | | "§ 25-9-324. Priority of purchase-money security interests. 4 |
---|
1907 | 1912 | | (a) General rule: purchase-money priority. – Rule for Purchase-Money Priority. – Except 5 |
---|
1908 | 1913 | | as otherwise provided in subsection (g) of this section, a perfected purchase-money security 6 |
---|
1909 | 1914 | | interest in goods other than inventory or livestock has priority over a conflicting security interest 7 |
---|
1910 | 1915 | | in the same goods, and, except as otherwise provided in G.S. 25-9-327, a perfected security 8 |
---|
1911 | 1916 | | interest in its identifiable proceeds also has priority, if the purchase-money security interest is 9 |
---|
1912 | 1917 | | perfected when the debtor receives possession of the collateral or within 20 days thereafter. 10 |
---|
1913 | 1918 | | (b) Inventory purchase-money priority. – Purchase-Money Priority. – Subject to 11 |
---|
1914 | 1919 | | subsection (c) of this section and except as otherwise provided in subsection (g) of this section, 12 |
---|
1915 | 1920 | | a perfected purchase-money security interest in inventory has priority over a conflicting security 13 |
---|
1916 | 1921 | | interest in the same inventory, has priority over a conflicting security interest in chattel paper or 14 |
---|
1917 | 1922 | | an instrument constituting proceeds of the inventory and in proceeds of the chattel paper, if so 15 |
---|
1918 | 1923 | | provided in G.S. 25-9-330, and, except as otherwise provided in G.S. 25-9-327, also has priority 16 |
---|
1919 | 1924 | | in identifiable cash proceeds of the inventory to the extent the identifiable cash proceeds are 17 |
---|
1920 | 1925 | | received on or before the delivery of the inventory to a buyer, if:if all of the following apply: 18 |
---|
1921 | 1926 | | (1) The purchase-money security interest is perfected when the debtor receives 19 |
---|
1922 | 1927 | | possession of the inventory;inventory. 20 |
---|
1923 | 1928 | | (2) The purchase-money secured party sends an authenticated a signed 21 |
---|
1924 | 1929 | | notification to the holder of the conflicting security interest;interest. 22 |
---|
1925 | 1930 | | (3) The holder of the conflicting security interest receives the notification within 23 |
---|
1926 | 1931 | | five years before the debtor receives possession of the inventory; 24 |
---|
1927 | 1932 | | andinventory. 25 |
---|
1928 | 1933 | | (4) The notification states that the person sending the notification has or expects 26 |
---|
1929 | 1934 | | to acquire a purchase-money security interest in inventory of the debtor and 27 |
---|
1930 | 1935 | | describes the inventory. 28 |
---|
1931 | 1936 | | (c) Holders of conflicting inventory security interests to be notified. – Conflicting 29 |
---|
1932 | 1937 | | Inventory Security Interests to be Notified. – Subdivisions (b)(2) through (b)(4) of this section 30 |
---|
1933 | 1938 | | apply only if the holder of the conflicting security interest had filed a financing statement 31 |
---|
1934 | 1939 | | covering the same types of inventory:inventory as follows: 32 |
---|
1935 | 1940 | | (1) If the purchase-money security interest is perfected by filing, before the date 33 |
---|
1936 | 1941 | | of the filing; orfiling. 34 |
---|
1937 | 1942 | | (2) If the purchase-money security interest is temporarily perfected without filing 35 |
---|
1938 | 1943 | | or possession under G.S. 25-9-312(f), before the beginning of the 20-day 36 |
---|
1939 | 1944 | | period thereunder.under that provision. 37 |
---|
1940 | 1945 | | (d) Livestock purchase-money priority. – Purchase-Money Priority. – Subject to 38 |
---|
1941 | 1946 | | subsection (e) of this section and except as otherwise provided in subsection (g) of this section, 39 |
---|
1942 | 1947 | | a perfected purchase-money security interest in livestock that are farm products has priority over 40 |
---|
1943 | 1948 | | a conflicting security interest in the same livestock, and, except as otherwise provided in 41 |
---|
1944 | 1949 | | G.S. 25-9-327, a perfected security interest in their identifiable proceeds and identifiable 42 |
---|
1945 | 1950 | | products in their unmanufactured states also has priority, if:if all of the following apply: 43 |
---|
1946 | 1951 | | (1) The purchase-money security interest is perfected when the debtor receives 44 |
---|
1947 | 1952 | | possession of the livestock;livestock. 45 |
---|
1948 | 1953 | | (2) The purchase-money secured party sends an authenticated a signed 46 |
---|
1949 | 1954 | | notification to the holder of the conflicting security interest;interest. 47 |
---|
1950 | 1955 | | (3) The holder of the conflicting security interest receives the notification within 48 |
---|
1951 | 1956 | | six months before the debtor receives possession of the livestock; 49 |
---|
1952 | 1957 | | andlivestock. 50 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
1954 | 1959 | | (4) The notification states that the person sending the notification has or expects 1 |
---|
1955 | 1960 | | to acquire a purchase-money security interest in livestock of the debtor and 2 |
---|
1956 | 1961 | | describes the livestock. 3 |
---|
1957 | 1962 | | (e) Holders of conflicting livestock security interests to be notified. – Conflicting 4 |
---|
1958 | 1963 | | Livestock Security Interests to be Notified. – Subdivisions (d)(2) through (d)(4) of this section 5 |
---|
1959 | 1964 | | apply only if the holder of the conflicting security interest had filed a financing statement 6 |
---|
1960 | 1965 | | covering the same types of livestock:livestock as follows: 7 |
---|
1961 | 1966 | | (1) If the purchase-money security interest is perfected by filing, before the date 8 |
---|
1962 | 1967 | | of the filing; orfiling. 9 |
---|
1963 | 1968 | | (2) If the purchase-money security interest is temporarily perfected without filing 10 |
---|
1964 | 1969 | | or possession under G.S. 25-9-312(f), before the beginning of the 20-day 11 |
---|
1965 | 1970 | | period thereunder.under that provision. 12 |
---|
1966 | 1971 | | (f) Software purchase-money priority. – Purchase-Money Priority. – Except as otherwise 13 |
---|
1967 | 1972 | | provided in subsection (g) of this section, a perfected purchase-money security interest in 14 |
---|
1968 | 1973 | | software has priority over a conflicting security interest in the same collateral, and, except as 15 |
---|
1969 | 1974 | | otherwise provided in G.S. 25-9-327, a perfected security interest in its identifiable proceeds also 16 |
---|
1970 | 1975 | | has priority, to the extent that the purchase-money security interest in the goods in which the 17 |
---|
1971 | 1976 | | software was acquired for use has priority in the goods and proceeds of the goods under this 18 |
---|
1972 | 1977 | | section. 19 |
---|
1973 | 1978 | | (g) Conflicting purchase-money security interests. – Purchase-Money Security Interests. 20 |
---|
1974 | 1979 | | – If more than one security interest qualifies for priority in the same collateral under subsection 21 |
---|
1975 | 1980 | | (a), (b), (d), or (f) of this section:section, the following provisions apply: 22 |
---|
1976 | 1981 | | (1) A security interest securing an obligation incurred as all or part of the price of 23 |
---|
1977 | 1982 | | the collateral has priority over a security interest securing an obligation 24 |
---|
1978 | 1983 | | incurred for value given to enable the debtor to acquire rights in or the use of 25 |
---|
1979 | 1984 | | collateral; andcollateral. 26 |
---|
1980 | 1985 | | (2) In all other cases, G.S. 25-9-322(a) applies to the qualifying security 27 |
---|
1981 | 1986 | | interests." 28 |
---|
1982 | 1987 | | SECTION 28. Article 9 of Chapter 25 of the General Statutes is amended by adding 29 |
---|
1983 | 1988 | | a new section to read: 30 |
---|
1984 | 1989 | | "§ 25-9-326.1. Priority of security interest in controllable account, controllable electronic 31 |
---|
1985 | 1990 | | record, and controllable payment intangible. 32 |
---|
1986 | 1991 | | A security interest in a controllable account, controllable electronic record, or controllable 33 |
---|
1987 | 1992 | | payment intangible held by a secured party having control of the account, electronic record, or 34 |
---|
1988 | 1993 | | payment intangible has priority over a conflicting security interest held by a secured party that 35 |
---|
1989 | 1994 | | does not have control." 36 |
---|
1990 | 1995 | | SECTION 29. G.S. 25-9-330 reads as rewritten: 37 |
---|
1991 | 1996 | | "§ 25-9-330. Priority of purchaser of chattel paper or instrument. 38 |
---|
1992 | 1997 | | (a) Purchaser's priority: security interest claimed merely as proceeds. – Priority; Security 39 |
---|
1993 | 1998 | | Interest Claimed Merely as Proceeds. – A purchaser of chattel paper has priority over a security 40 |
---|
1994 | 1999 | | interest in the chattel paper which that is claimed merely as proceeds of inventory subject to a 41 |
---|
1995 | 2000 | | security interest if:if both of the following requirements are met: 42 |
---|
1996 | 2001 | | (1) In good faith and in the ordinary course of the purchaser's business, the 43 |
---|
1997 | 2002 | | purchaser gives new value and value, takes possession of each authoritative 44 |
---|
1998 | 2003 | | tangible copy of the record evidencing the chattel paper or paper, and obtains 45 |
---|
1999 | 2004 | | control of the chattel paper under G.S. 25-9-105; andunder G.S. 25-9-105 of 46 |
---|
2000 | 2005 | | each authoritative electronic copy of the record evidencing the chattel paper. 47 |
---|
2001 | 2006 | | (2) The chattel paper does authoritative copies of the record evidencing the chattel 48 |
---|
2002 | 2007 | | paper do not indicate that it the chattel paper has been assigned to an identified 49 |
---|
2003 | 2008 | | assignee other than the purchaser. 50 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
2005 | 2010 | | (b) Purchaser's priority: other security interests. – Priority; Other Security Interests. – A 1 |
---|
2006 | 2011 | | purchaser of chattel paper has priority over a security interest in the chattel paper which that is 2 |
---|
2007 | 2012 | | claimed other than merely as proceeds of inventory subject to a security interest if the purchaser 3 |
---|
2008 | 2013 | | gives new value and value, takes possession of each authoritative tangible copy of the record 4 |
---|
2009 | 2014 | | evidencing the chattel paper or paper, and obtains control of under G.S. 25-9-105 of each 5 |
---|
2010 | 2015 | | authoritative electronic copy of the record evidencing the chattel paper under G.S. 25-9-105 in 6 |
---|
2011 | 2016 | | good faith, in the ordinary course of the purchaser's business, and without knowledge that the 7 |
---|
2012 | 2017 | | purchase violates the rights of the secured party. 8 |
---|
2013 | 2018 | | (c) Chattel paper purchaser's priority in proceeds. – Paper Purchaser's Priority in 9 |
---|
2014 | 2019 | | Proceeds. – Except as otherwise provided in G.S. 25-9-327, a purchaser having priority in chattel 10 |
---|
2015 | 2020 | | paper under subsection (a) or (b) of this section also has priority in proceeds of the chattel paper 11 |
---|
2016 | 2021 | | to the extent that:that either of the following applies: 12 |
---|
2017 | 2022 | | (1) G.S. 25-9-322 provides for priority in the proceeds; orproceeds. 13 |
---|
2018 | 2023 | | (2) The proceeds consist of the specific goods covered by the chattel paper or cash 14 |
---|
2019 | 2024 | | proceeds of the specific goods, even if the purchaser's security interest in the 15 |
---|
2020 | 2025 | | proceeds is unperfected. 16 |
---|
2021 | 2026 | | (d) Instrument purchaser's priority. – Purchaser's Priority. – Except as otherwise provided 17 |
---|
2022 | 2027 | | in G.S. 25-9-331(a), a purchaser of an instrument has priority over a security interest in the 18 |
---|
2023 | 2028 | | instrument perfected by a method other than possession if the purchaser gives value and takes 19 |
---|
2024 | 2029 | | possession of the instrument in good faith and without knowledge that the purchase violates the 20 |
---|
2025 | 2030 | | rights of the secured party. 21 |
---|
2026 | 2031 | | (e) Holder of purchase-money security interest gives new value. – Purchase-Money 22 |
---|
2027 | 2032 | | Security Interest Gives New Value. – For purposes of subsections (a) and (b) of this section, the 23 |
---|
2028 | 2033 | | holder of a purchase-money security interest in inventory gives new value for chattel paper 24 |
---|
2029 | 2034 | | constituting proceeds of the inventory. 25 |
---|
2030 | 2035 | | (f) Indication of assignment gives knowledge. – Assignment Gives Knowledge. – For 26 |
---|
2031 | 2036 | | purposes of subsections (b) and (d) of this section, if the authoritative copies of the record 27 |
---|
2032 | 2037 | | evidencing chattel paper or an instrument indicates indicate that it the chattel paper or instrument 28 |
---|
2033 | 2038 | | has been assigned to an identified secured party other than the purchaser, a purchaser of the 29 |
---|
2034 | 2039 | | chattel paper or instrument has knowledge that the purchase violates the rights of the secured 30 |
---|
2035 | 2040 | | party." 31 |
---|
2036 | 2041 | | SECTION 30. G.S. 25-9-331 reads as rewritten: 32 |
---|
2037 | 2042 | | "§ 25-9-331. Priority of rights of purchasers of instruments, controllable accounts, 33 |
---|
2038 | 2043 | | controllable electronic records, controllable payment intangibles, documents, 34 |
---|
2039 | 2044 | | instruments, and securities under other Articles; priority of interests in financial 35 |
---|
2040 | 2045 | | assets and security entitlements and protection against assertion of claim under 36 |
---|
2041 | 2046 | | Article 8.Articles 8 and 12. 37 |
---|
2042 | 2047 | | (a) Rights under Articles 3, 7, and 8 not limited. – Under Articles 3, 7, 8, and 12 Not 38 |
---|
2043 | 2048 | | Limited. – This Article does not limit the rights of a holder in due course of a negotiable 39 |
---|
2044 | 2049 | | instrument, a holder to which a negotiable document of title has been duly negotiated, or a 40 |
---|
2045 | 2050 | | protected purchaser of a security. security, or a qualifying purchaser of a controllable account, 41 |
---|
2046 | 2051 | | controllable electronic record, or controllable payment intangible. These holders or purchasers 42 |
---|
2047 | 2052 | | take priority over an earlier security interest, even if perfected, to the extent provided in Articles 43 |
---|
2048 | 2053 | | 3, 7, and 8 8, and 12 of this Chapter. 44 |
---|
2049 | 2054 | | (b) Protection under Article 8. Under Articles 8 and 12. – This Article does not limit the 45 |
---|
2050 | 2055 | | rights of or impose liability on a person to the extent that the person is protected against the 46 |
---|
2051 | 2056 | | assertion of a claim under Article 8 or 12 of this Chapter. 47 |
---|
2052 | 2057 | | (c) Filing not notice. – Not Notice. – Filing under this Article does not constitute notice 48 |
---|
2053 | 2058 | | of a claim or defense to the holders, or purchasers, or persons described in subsections (a) and 49 |
---|
2054 | 2059 | | (b) of this section." 50 |
---|
2055 | 2060 | | SECTION 31. G.S. 25-9-332 reads as rewritten: 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
2057 | 2062 | | "§ 25-9-332. Transfer of money; transfer of funds from deposit account. 1 |
---|
2058 | 2063 | | (a) Transferee of money. Tangible Money. – A transferee of tangible money takes the 2 |
---|
2059 | 2064 | | money free of a security interest unless the transferee acts if the transferee receives possession 3 |
---|
2060 | 2065 | | of the money without acting in collusion with the debtor in violating the rights of the secured 4 |
---|
2061 | 2066 | | party. 5 |
---|
2062 | 2067 | | (b) Transferee of funds Funds from deposit account. Deposit Account. – A transferee of 6 |
---|
2063 | 2068 | | funds from a deposit account takes the funds free of a security interest in the deposit account 7 |
---|
2064 | 2069 | | unless the transferee acts if the transferee receives the funds without acting in collusion with the 8 |
---|
2065 | 2070 | | debtor in violating the rights of the secured party. 9 |
---|
2066 | 2071 | | (c) Transferee of Electronic Money. – A transferee of electronic money takes the money 10 |
---|
2067 | 2072 | | free of a security interest if the transferee obtains control of the money without acting in collusion 11 |
---|
2068 | 2073 | | with the debtor in violating the rights of the secured party." 12 |
---|
2069 | 2074 | | SECTION 32. G.S. 25-9-334 reads as rewritten: 13 |
---|
2070 | 2075 | | "§ 25-9-334. Priority of security interests in fixtures and crops. 14 |
---|
2071 | 2076 | | (a) Security interest in fixtures under this Article. – Interest in Fixtures Under this Article. 15 |
---|
2072 | 2077 | | – A security interest under this Article may be created in goods that are fixtures or may continue 16 |
---|
2073 | 2078 | | in goods that become fixtures. A security interest does not exist under this Article in ordinary 17 |
---|
2074 | 2079 | | building materials incorporated into an improvement on land. 18 |
---|
2075 | 2080 | | (b) Security interest in fixtures under real-property law. – Interest in Fixtures Under Real 19 |
---|
2076 | 2081 | | Property Law. – This Article does not prevent creation of an encumbrance upon fixtures under 20 |
---|
2077 | 2082 | | real property law. 21 |
---|
2078 | 2083 | | (c) General rule: subordination of security interest in fixtures. – Rule for Subordination 22 |
---|
2079 | 2084 | | of Security Interest in Fixtures. – In cases not governed by subsections (d) through (h) of this 23 |
---|
2080 | 2085 | | section, a security interest in fixtures is subordinate to a conflicting interest of an encumbrancer 24 |
---|
2081 | 2086 | | or owner of the related real property other than the debtor. 25 |
---|
2082 | 2087 | | (d) Fixtures purchase-money priority. – Purchase-Money Priority. – Except as otherwise 26 |
---|
2083 | 2088 | | provided in subsection (h) of this section, a perfected security interest in fixtures has priority over 27 |
---|
2084 | 2089 | | a conflicting interest of an encumbrancer or owner of the real property if the debtor has an interest 28 |
---|
2085 | 2090 | | of record in or is in possession of the real property and:and all of the following apply: 29 |
---|
2086 | 2091 | | (1) The security interest is a purchase-money security interest;interest. 30 |
---|
2087 | 2092 | | (2) The interest of the encumbrancer or owner arises before the goods become 31 |
---|
2088 | 2093 | | fixtures; andfixtures. 32 |
---|
2089 | 2094 | | (3) The security interest is perfected by a fixture filing before the goods become 33 |
---|
2090 | 2095 | | fixtures or within 20 days thereafter. 34 |
---|
2091 | 2096 | | (e) Priority of security interest in fixtures over interests in real property. – Security 35 |
---|
2092 | 2097 | | Interest in Fixtures over Interests in Real Property. – A perfected security interest in fixtures has 36 |
---|
2093 | 2098 | | priority over a conflicting interest of an encumbrancer or owner of the real property if:if any of 37 |
---|
2094 | 2099 | | the following applies: 38 |
---|
2095 | 2100 | | (1) The debtor has an interest of record in the real property or is in possession of 39 |
---|
2096 | 2101 | | the real property and both of the following apply to the security interest: 40 |
---|
2097 | 2102 | | a. Is The security interest is perfected by a fixture filing before the 41 |
---|
2098 | 2103 | | interest of the encumbrancer or owner is of record; andrecord. 42 |
---|
2099 | 2104 | | b. Has The security interest has priority over any conflicting interest of a 43 |
---|
2100 | 2105 | | predecessor in title of the encumbrancer or owner;owner. 44 |
---|
2101 | 2106 | | (2) Before the goods become fixtures, the security interest is perfected by any 45 |
---|
2102 | 2107 | | method permitted by this Article and the fixtures are any of the following 46 |
---|
2103 | 2108 | | readily removable:removable goods: 47 |
---|
2104 | 2109 | | a. Factory or office machines;machines. 48 |
---|
2105 | 2110 | | b. Equipment that is not primarily used or leased for use in the operation 49 |
---|
2106 | 2111 | | of the real property; orproperty. 50 |
---|
2107 | 2112 | | c. Replacements of domestic appliances that are consumer goods;goods. 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
2109 | 2114 | | (3) The conflicting interest is a lien on the real property obtained by legal or 1 |
---|
2110 | 2115 | | equitable proceedings after the security interest was perfected by any method 2 |
---|
2111 | 2116 | | permitted by this Article; orArticle. 3 |
---|
2112 | 2117 | | (4) The security interest is:is created 4 |
---|
2113 | 2118 | | a. Created in a manufactured home in a manufactured-home transaction; 5 |
---|
2114 | 2119 | | andtransaction and perfected 6 |
---|
2115 | 2120 | | b. Perfected pursuant to a statute described in G.S. 25-9-311(a)(2). 7 |
---|
2116 | 2121 | | (f) Priority based on consent, disclaimer, or right to remove. – Based on Consent, 8 |
---|
2117 | 2122 | | Disclaimer, or Right to Remove. – A security interest in fixtures, whether or not perfected, has 9 |
---|
2118 | 2123 | | priority over a conflicting interest of an encumbrancer or owner of the real property if:if either 10 |
---|
2119 | 2124 | | of the following applies: 11 |
---|
2120 | 2125 | | (1) The encumbrancer or owner has, in an authenticated a signed record, 12 |
---|
2121 | 2126 | | consented to the security interest or disclaimed an interest in the goods as 13 |
---|
2122 | 2127 | | fixtures; orfixtures. 14 |
---|
2123 | 2128 | | (2) The debtor has a right to remove the goods as against the encumbrancer or 15 |
---|
2124 | 2129 | | owner. 16 |
---|
2125 | 2130 | | (g) Continuation of subdivision (f)(2) priority. – Subdivision (f)(2) Priority. – The 17 |
---|
2126 | 2131 | | priority of the security interest under subdivision (f)(2) of this section continues for a reasonable 18 |
---|
2127 | 2132 | | time if the debtor's right to remove the goods as against the encumbrancer or owner terminates. 19 |
---|
2128 | 2133 | | (h) Priority of construction mortgage. – Construction Mortgage. – A mortgage is a 20 |
---|
2129 | 2134 | | construction mortgage to the extent that it secures an obligation incurred for the construction of 21 |
---|
2130 | 2135 | | an improvement on land, including the acquisition cost of the land, if a recorded record of the 22 |
---|
2131 | 2136 | | mortgage so indicates. Except as otherwise provided in subsections (e) and (f) of this section, a 23 |
---|
2132 | 2137 | | security interest in fixtures is subordinate to a construction mortgage if a record of the mortgage 24 |
---|
2133 | 2138 | | is recorded before the goods become fixtures and the goods become fixtures before the 25 |
---|
2134 | 2139 | | completion of the construction. A mortgage has this priority to the same extent as a construction 26 |
---|
2135 | 2140 | | mortgage to the extent that it is given to refinance a construction mortgage. 27 |
---|
2136 | 2141 | | (i) Priority of security interest in crops. – Security Interest in Crops. – Except as provided 28 |
---|
2137 | 2142 | | in G.S. 42-15, a perfected security interest in crops growing on real property has priority over a 29 |
---|
2138 | 2143 | | conflicting interest of an encumbrancer or owner of the real property if the debtor has an interest 30 |
---|
2139 | 2144 | | of record in or is in possession of the real property." 31 |
---|
2140 | 2145 | | SECTION 33. G.S. 25-9-341 reads as rewritten: 32 |
---|
2141 | 2146 | | "§ 25-9-341. Bank's rights and duties with respect to deposit account. 33 |
---|
2142 | 2147 | | Except as otherwise provided in G.S. 25-9-340(c), and unless the bank otherwise agrees in 34 |
---|
2143 | 2148 | | an authenticated a signed record, a bank's rights and duties with respect to a deposit account 35 |
---|
2144 | 2149 | | maintained with the bank are not terminated, suspended, or modified by:by any of the following: 36 |
---|
2145 | 2150 | | (1) The creation, attachment, or perfection of a security interest in the deposit 37 |
---|
2146 | 2151 | | account;account. 38 |
---|
2147 | 2152 | | (2) The bank's knowledge of the security interest; orinterest. 39 |
---|
2148 | 2153 | | (3) The bank's receipt of instructions from the secured party." 40 |
---|
2149 | 2154 | | SECTION 34. G.S. 25-9-404 reads as rewritten: 41 |
---|
2150 | 2155 | | "§ 25-9-404. Rights acquired by assignee; claims and defenses against assignee. 42 |
---|
2151 | 2156 | | (a) Assignee's rights subject to terms, claims, and defenses; exceptions. – Rights Subject 43 |
---|
2152 | 2157 | | to Terms, Claims, and Defenses; Exceptions. – Unless an account debtor has made an enforceable 44 |
---|
2153 | 2158 | | agreement not to assert defenses or claims, and subject to subsections (b) through (e) of this 45 |
---|
2154 | 2159 | | section, the rights of an assignee are subject to:to both of the following: 46 |
---|
2155 | 2160 | | (1) All terms of the agreement between the account debtor and assignor and any 47 |
---|
2156 | 2161 | | defense or claim in recoupment arising from the transaction that gave rise to 48 |
---|
2157 | 2162 | | the contract; andcontract. 49 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
2159 | 2164 | | (2) Any other defense or claim of the account debtor against the assignor which 1 |
---|
2160 | 2165 | | that accrues before the account debtor receives a notification of the assignment 2 |
---|
2161 | 2166 | | authenticated signed by the assignor or the assignee. 3 |
---|
2162 | 2167 | | (b) Account debtor's claim reduces amount owed to assignee. – Debtor's Claim Reduces 4 |
---|
2163 | 2168 | | Amount Owed to Assignee. – Subject to subsection (c) of this section and except as otherwise 5 |
---|
2164 | 2169 | | provided in subsection (d) of this section, the claim of an account debtor against an assignor may 6 |
---|
2165 | 2170 | | be asserted against an assignee under subsection (a) of this section only to reduce the amount the 7 |
---|
2166 | 2171 | | account debtor owes. 8 |
---|
2167 | 2172 | | (c) Rule for individual under other law. – Individual Under Other Law. – This section is 9 |
---|
2168 | 2173 | | subject to law other than this Article which that establishes a different rule for an account debtor 10 |
---|
2169 | 2174 | | who is an individual and who incurred the obligation primarily for personal, family, or household 11 |
---|
2170 | 2175 | | purposes. 12 |
---|
2171 | 2176 | | (d) Omission of required statement in consumer transaction. – Required Statement in 13 |
---|
2172 | 2177 | | Consumer Transaction. – In a consumer transaction, if a record evidences the account debtor's 14 |
---|
2173 | 2178 | | obligation, law other than this Article requires that the record include a statement to the effect 15 |
---|
2174 | 2179 | | that the account debtor's recovery against an assignee with respect to claims and defenses against 16 |
---|
2175 | 2180 | | the assignor may shall not exceed amounts paid by the account debtor under the record, and the 17 |
---|
2176 | 2181 | | record does not include such a this statement, the extent to which a claim of an account debtor 18 |
---|
2177 | 2182 | | against the assignor may be asserted against an assignee is determined as if the record included 19 |
---|
2178 | 2183 | | such a this statement. 20 |
---|
2179 | 2184 | | (e) Inapplicability to health-care-insurance receivable. – Health-Care-Insurance 21 |
---|
2180 | 2185 | | Receivable. – This section does not apply to an assignment of a health-care-insurance 22 |
---|
2181 | 2186 | | receivable." 23 |
---|
2182 | 2187 | | SECTION 35. G.S. 25-9-406 reads as rewritten: 24 |
---|
2183 | 2188 | | "§ 25-9-406. Discharge of account debtor; notification of assignment; identification and 25 |
---|
2184 | 2189 | | proof of assignment; restrictions on assignment of accounts, chattel paper, 26 |
---|
2185 | 2190 | | payment intangibles, and promissory notes ineffective. 27 |
---|
2186 | 2191 | | (a) Discharge of account debtor; effect of notification. – Account Debtor; Effect of 28 |
---|
2187 | 2192 | | Notification. – Subject to subsections (b) through (i) and (l) of this section, an account debtor on 29 |
---|
2188 | 2193 | | an account, chattel paper, or a payment intangible may discharge its obligation by paying the 30 |
---|
2189 | 2194 | | assignor until, but not after, the account debtor receives a notification, authenticated signed by 31 |
---|
2190 | 2195 | | the assignor or the assignee, that the amount due or to become due has been assigned and that 32 |
---|
2191 | 2196 | | payment is to be made to the assignee. After receipt of the notification, the account debtor may 33 |
---|
2192 | 2197 | | discharge its obligation by paying the assignee and may shall not discharge the obligation by 34 |
---|
2193 | 2198 | | paying the assignor. 35 |
---|
2194 | 2199 | | (b) When notification ineffective. – Notification Ineffective. – Subject to subsection (h) 36 |
---|
2195 | 2200 | | subsections (h) and (l) of this section, notification is ineffective under subsection (a) of this 37 |
---|
2196 | 2201 | | section:section under any of the following conditions: 38 |
---|
2197 | 2202 | | (1) If it does not reasonably identify the rights assigned;assigned. 39 |
---|
2198 | 2203 | | (2) To the extent that an agreement between an account debtor and a seller of a 40 |
---|
2199 | 2204 | | payment intangible limits the account debtor's duty to pay a person other than 41 |
---|
2200 | 2205 | | the seller and the limitation is effective under law other than this Article; 42 |
---|
2201 | 2206 | | orArticle. 43 |
---|
2202 | 2207 | | (3) At the option of an account debtor, if the notification notifies the account 44 |
---|
2203 | 2208 | | debtor to make less than the full amount of any installment or other periodic 45 |
---|
2204 | 2209 | | payment to the assignee, even if:if any of the following applies: 46 |
---|
2205 | 2210 | | a. Only a portion of the account, chattel paper, or payment intangible has 47 |
---|
2206 | 2211 | | been assigned to that assignee;assignee. 48 |
---|
2207 | 2212 | | b. A portion has been assigned to another assignee; orassignee. 49 |
---|
2208 | 2213 | | c. The account debtor knows that the assignment to that assignee is 50 |
---|
2209 | 2214 | | limited. 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
2211 | 2216 | | (c) Proof of assignment. – Assignment. – Subject to subsection (h) subsections (h) and 1 |
---|
2212 | 2217 | | (l) of this section, if requested by the account debtor, an assignee shall seasonably furnish 2 |
---|
2213 | 2218 | | reasonable proof that the assignment has been made. Unless the assignee complies, the account 3 |
---|
2214 | 2219 | | debtor may discharge its obligation by paying the assignor, even if the account debtor has 4 |
---|
2215 | 2220 | | received a notification under subsection (a) of this section. 5 |
---|
2216 | 2221 | | (d) Term restricting assignment generally ineffective. – Restricting Assignment 6 |
---|
2217 | 2222 | | Generally Ineffective. – In this subsection, "promissory note" includes a negotiable instrument 7 |
---|
2218 | 2223 | | that evidences chattel paper. Except as otherwise provided in subsection (e) of this section and 8 |
---|
2219 | 2224 | | G.S. 25-2A-303 and G.S. 25-9-407, and subject to subsection (h) of this section, a term in an 9 |
---|
2220 | 2225 | | agreement between an account debtor and an assignor or in a promissory note is ineffective to 10 |
---|
2221 | 2226 | | the extent that it:it does either of the following: 11 |
---|
2222 | 2227 | | (1) Prohibits, restricts, or requires the consent of the account debtor or person 12 |
---|
2223 | 2228 | | obligated on the promissory note to the assignment or transfer of, or the 13 |
---|
2224 | 2229 | | creation, attachment, perfection, or enforcement of a security interest in, the 14 |
---|
2225 | 2230 | | account, chattel paper, payment intangible, or promissory note; ornote. 15 |
---|
2226 | 2231 | | (2) Provides that the assignment or transfer or the creation, attachment, 16 |
---|
2227 | 2232 | | perfection, or enforcement of the security interest may give rise to a default, 17 |
---|
2228 | 2233 | | breach, right of recoupment, claim, defense, termination, right of termination, 18 |
---|
2229 | 2234 | | or remedy under the account, chattel paper, payment intangible, or promissory 19 |
---|
2230 | 2235 | | note. 20 |
---|
2231 | 2236 | | (e) Inapplicability of subsection (d) to certain sales. – Subsection (d) to Certain Sales. – 21 |
---|
2232 | 2237 | | Subsection (d) of this section does not apply to the sale of a payment intangible or promissory 22 |
---|
2233 | 2238 | | note, other than a sale pursuant to a disposition under G.S. 25-9-610 or an acceptance of collateral 23 |
---|
2234 | 2239 | | under G.S. 25-9-620. 24 |
---|
2235 | 2240 | | (f) Legal restrictions on assignment generally ineffective. – Restrictions on Assignment 25 |
---|
2236 | 2241 | | Generally Ineffective. – Except as otherwise provided in G.S. 25-2A-303 and G.S. 25-9-407 and 26 |
---|
2237 | 2242 | | subject to subsections (h) and (i) of this section, a rule of law, statute, or regulation law that 27 |
---|
2238 | 2243 | | prohibits, restricts, or requires the consent of a government, governmental body or official, or 28 |
---|
2239 | 2244 | | account debtor to the assignment or transfer of, or creation of a security interest in, an account or 29 |
---|
2240 | 2245 | | chattel paper is ineffective to the extent that the rule of law, statute, or regulation:law does either 30 |
---|
2241 | 2246 | | of the following: 31 |
---|
2242 | 2247 | | (1) Prohibits, restricts, or requires the consent of the government, governmental 32 |
---|
2243 | 2248 | | body or official, or account debtor to the assignment or transfer of, or the 33 |
---|
2244 | 2249 | | creation, attachment, perfection, or enforcement of a security interest in the 34 |
---|
2245 | 2250 | | account or chattel paper; orpaper. 35 |
---|
2246 | 2251 | | (2) Provides that the assignment or transfer or the creation, attachment, 36 |
---|
2247 | 2252 | | perfection, or enforcement of the security interest may give rise to a default, 37 |
---|
2248 | 2253 | | breach, right of recoupment, claim, defense, termination, right of termination, 38 |
---|
2249 | 2254 | | or remedy under the account or chattel paper. 39 |
---|
2250 | 2255 | | (g) Subdivision (b)(3) not waivable. – Not Waivable. – Subject to subsection (h) 40 |
---|
2251 | 2256 | | subsections (h) and (l) of this section, an account debtor may shall not waive or vary its option 41 |
---|
2252 | 2257 | | under subdivision (b)(3) of this section. 42 |
---|
2253 | 2258 | | (h) Rule for individual under other law. – Individual Under Other Law. – This section is 43 |
---|
2254 | 2259 | | subject to law other than this Article which that establishes a different rule for an account debtor 44 |
---|
2255 | 2260 | | who is an individual and who incurred the obligation primarily for personal, family, or household 45 |
---|
2256 | 2261 | | purposes. 46 |
---|
2257 | 2262 | | … 47 |
---|
2258 | 2263 | | (j) Section prevails over inconsistent law. – Prevails over Inconsistent Law. – Except to 48 |
---|
2259 | 2264 | | the extent otherwise provided in subsection (i) of this section, this section prevails over any 49 |
---|
2260 | 2265 | | inconsistent provision of an existing or future statute, rule, or regulation statute or rule of this 50 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
2262 | 2267 | | State unless the provision is contained in a statute of this State, refers expressly to this section, 1 |
---|
2263 | 2268 | | and states that the provision prevails over this section. 2 |
---|
2264 | 2269 | | (k) Reserved for future codification purposes. 3 |
---|
2265 | 2270 | | (l) Inapplicability of Certain Subsections. – Subsections (a), (b), (c), and (g) of this 4 |
---|
2266 | 2271 | | section do not apply to a controllable account or controllable payment intangible." 5 |
---|
2267 | 2272 | | SECTION 36. G.S. 25-9-408 reads as rewritten: 6 |
---|
2268 | 2273 | | "§ 25-9-408. Restrictions on assignment of promissory notes, health-care-insurance 7 |
---|
2269 | 2274 | | receivables, and certain general intangibles ineffective. 8 |
---|
2270 | 2275 | | (a) Term restricting assignment generally ineffective. – Restricting Assignment 9 |
---|
2271 | 2276 | | Generally Ineffective. – Except as otherwise provided in subsection (b) of this section, a term in 10 |
---|
2272 | 2277 | | a promissory note or in an agreement between an account debtor and a debtor which that relates 11 |
---|
2273 | 2278 | | to a health-care-insurance receivable or a general intangible, including a contract, permit, license, 12 |
---|
2274 | 2279 | | or franchise, and which term that prohibits, restricts, or requires the consent of the person 13 |
---|
2275 | 2280 | | obligated on the promissory note or the account debtor to, the assignment or transfer of, or 14 |
---|
2276 | 2281 | | creation, attachment, or perfection of a security interest in, the promissory note, 15 |
---|
2277 | 2282 | | health-care-insurance receivable, or general intangible, is ineffective to the extent that the 16 |
---|
2278 | 2283 | | term:term would do or does either of the following: 17 |
---|
2279 | 2284 | | (1) Would impair the creation, attachment, or perfection of a security interest; 18 |
---|
2280 | 2285 | | orinterest. 19 |
---|
2281 | 2286 | | (2) Provides that the assignment or transfer or the creation, attachment, or 20 |
---|
2282 | 2287 | | perfection of the security interest may give rise to a default, breach, right of 21 |
---|
2283 | 2288 | | recoupment, claim, defense, termination, right of termination, or remedy 22 |
---|
2284 | 2289 | | under the promissory note, health-care-insurance receivable, or general 23 |
---|
2285 | 2290 | | intangible. 24 |
---|
2286 | 2291 | | (b) Applicability of subsection (a) to sales of certain rights to payment. – Subsection (a) 25 |
---|
2287 | 2292 | | to Sales of Certain Rights to Payment. – Subsection (a) of this section applies to a security interest 26 |
---|
2288 | 2293 | | in a payment intangible or promissory note only if the security interest arises out of a sale of the 27 |
---|
2289 | 2294 | | payment intangible or promissory note, other than a sale pursuant to a disposition under 28 |
---|
2290 | 2295 | | G.S. 25-9-610 or an acceptance of collateral under G.S. 25-9-620. 29 |
---|
2291 | 2296 | | (c) Legal restrictions on assignment generally ineffective. – Restrictions on Assignment 30 |
---|
2292 | 2297 | | Generally Ineffective. – A rule of law, statute, or regulation law that prohibits, restricts, or 31 |
---|
2293 | 2298 | | requires the consent of a government, governmental body or official, person obligated on a 32 |
---|
2294 | 2299 | | promissory note, or account debtor to the assignment or transfer of, or creation of a security 33 |
---|
2295 | 2300 | | interest in, a promissory note, health-care-insurance receivable, or general intangible, including 34 |
---|
2296 | 2301 | | a contract, permit, license, or franchise between an account debtor and a debtor, is ineffective to 35 |
---|
2297 | 2302 | | the extent that the rule of law, statute, or regulation:law would do or does either of the following: 36 |
---|
2298 | 2303 | | (1) Would impair the creation, attachment, or perfection of a security interest; 37 |
---|
2299 | 2304 | | orinterest. 38 |
---|
2300 | 2305 | | (2) Provides that the assignment or transfer or the creation, attachment, or 39 |
---|
2301 | 2306 | | perfection of the security interest may give rise to a default, breach, right of 40 |
---|
2302 | 2307 | | recoupment, claim, defense, termination, right of termination, or remedy 41 |
---|
2303 | 2308 | | under the promissory note, health-care-insurance receivable, or general 42 |
---|
2304 | 2309 | | intangible. 43 |
---|
2305 | 2310 | | (d) Limitation on ineffectiveness under subsections (a) and (c). – Ineffectiveness Under 44 |
---|
2306 | 2311 | | Subsections (a) and (c). – To the extent that a term in a promissory note or in an agreement 45 |
---|
2307 | 2312 | | between an account debtor and a debtor which that relates to a health-care-insurance receivable 46 |
---|
2308 | 2313 | | or general intangible or a rule of law, statute, or regulation law described in subsection (c) of this 47 |
---|
2309 | 2314 | | section would be effective under law other than this Article but is ineffective under subsection 48 |
---|
2310 | 2315 | | (a) or (c) of this section, all of the following apply to the creation, attachment, or perfection of a 49 |
---|
2311 | 2316 | | security interest in the promissory note, health-care-insurance receivable, or general intangible: 50 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
2313 | 2318 | | (1) Is The security interest is not enforceable against the person obligated on the 1 |
---|
2314 | 2319 | | promissory note or the account debtor;debtor. 2 |
---|
2315 | 2320 | | (2) Does The security interest does not impose a duty or obligation on the person 3 |
---|
2316 | 2321 | | obligated on the promissory note or the account debtor;debtor. 4 |
---|
2317 | 2322 | | (3) Does The security interest does not require the person obligated on the 5 |
---|
2318 | 2323 | | promissory note or the account debtor to recognize the security interest, pay 6 |
---|
2319 | 2324 | | or render performance to the secured party, or accept payment or performance 7 |
---|
2320 | 2325 | | from the secured party;party. 8 |
---|
2321 | 2326 | | (4) Does The security interest does not entitle the secured party to use or assign 9 |
---|
2322 | 2327 | | the debtor's rights under the promissory note, health-care-insurance 10 |
---|
2323 | 2328 | | receivable, or general intangible, including any related information or 11 |
---|
2324 | 2329 | | materials furnished to the debtor in the transaction giving rise to the 12 |
---|
2325 | 2330 | | promissory note, health-care-insurance receivable, or general 13 |
---|
2326 | 2331 | | intangible;intangible. 14 |
---|
2327 | 2332 | | (5) Does The security interest does not entitle the secured party to use, assign, 15 |
---|
2328 | 2333 | | possess, or have access to any trade secrets or confidential information of the 16 |
---|
2329 | 2334 | | person obligated on the promissory note or the account debtor; anddebtor. 17 |
---|
2330 | 2335 | | (6) Does The security interest does not entitle the secured party to enforce the 18 |
---|
2331 | 2336 | | security interest in the promissory note, health-care-insurance receivable, or 19 |
---|
2332 | 2337 | | general intangible. 20 |
---|
2333 | 2338 | | (e) Section prevails over inconsistent law. – Prevails over Inconsistent Law. – Except to 21 |
---|
2334 | 2339 | | the extent otherwise provided in subsection (f) of this section, this section prevails over any 22 |
---|
2335 | 2340 | | inconsistent provision of an existing or future statute, rule, or regulation of statute or rule of this 23 |
---|
2336 | 2341 | | State unless the provision is contained in a statute of this State, refers expressly to this section, 24 |
---|
2337 | 2342 | | and states that the provision prevails over this section. 25 |
---|
2338 | 2343 | | … 26 |
---|
2339 | 2344 | | (g) "Promissory Note." – In this section, "promissory note" includes a negotiable 27 |
---|
2340 | 2345 | | instrument that evidences chattel paper." 28 |
---|
2341 | 2346 | | SECTION 37. G.S. 25-9-509 reads as rewritten: 29 |
---|
2342 | 2347 | | "§ 25-9-509. Persons entitled to file a record. 30 |
---|
2343 | 2348 | | (a) Person entitled to file record. – Entitled to File Record. – A person may file an initial 31 |
---|
2344 | 2349 | | financing statement, amendment that adds collateral covered by a financing statement, or 32 |
---|
2345 | 2350 | | amendment that adds a debtor to a financing statement only if:if either of the following applies: 33 |
---|
2346 | 2351 | | (1) The debtor authorizes the filing in an authenticated a signed record or pursuant 34 |
---|
2347 | 2352 | | to subsection (b) or (c) of this section; orsection. 35 |
---|
2348 | 2353 | | (2) The person holds an agricultural lien that has become effective at the time of 36 |
---|
2349 | 2354 | | filing and the financing statement covers only collateral in which the person 37 |
---|
2350 | 2355 | | holds an agricultural lien. 38 |
---|
2351 | 2356 | | (b) Security agreement as authorization. – By authenticating Agreement as 39 |
---|
2352 | 2357 | | Authorization. – By signing or becoming bound as debtor by a security agreement, a debtor or 40 |
---|
2353 | 2358 | | new debtor authorizes the filing of an initial financing statement, and an amendment, 41 |
---|
2354 | 2359 | | covering:covering both of the following: 42 |
---|
2355 | 2360 | | (1) The collateral described in the security agreement; andagreement. 43 |
---|
2356 | 2361 | | (2) Property that becomes collateral under G.S. 25-9-315(a)(2), whether or not 44 |
---|
2357 | 2362 | | the security agreement expressly covers proceeds. 45 |
---|
2358 | 2363 | | (c) Acquisition of collateral as authorization. – Collateral as Authorization. – By 46 |
---|
2359 | 2364 | | acquiring collateral in which a security interest or agricultural lien continues under 47 |
---|
2360 | 2365 | | G.S. 25-9-315(a)(1), a debtor authorizes the filing of an initial financing statement, and an 48 |
---|
2361 | 2366 | | amendment, covering the collateral and property that becomes collateral under 49 |
---|
2362 | 2367 | | G.S. 25-9-315(a)(2). 50 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
2364 | 2369 | | (d) Person entitled to file certain amendments. – Entitled to File Certain Amendments. – 1 |
---|
2365 | 2370 | | A person may file an amendment other than an amendment that adds collateral covered by a 2 |
---|
2366 | 2371 | | financing statement or an amendment that adds a debtor to a financing statement only if:if either 3 |
---|
2367 | 2372 | | of the following applies: 4 |
---|
2368 | 2373 | | (1) The secured party of record authorizes the filing; orfiling. 5 |
---|
2369 | 2374 | | (2) The amendment is a termination statement for a financing statement as to 6 |
---|
2370 | 2375 | | which the secured party of record has failed to file or send a termination 7 |
---|
2371 | 2376 | | statement as required by G.S. 25-9-513(a) or (c), the debtor authorizes the 8 |
---|
2372 | 2377 | | filing, and the termination statement indicates that the debtor authorized it to 9 |
---|
2373 | 2378 | | be filed. 10 |
---|
2374 | 2379 | | (e) Multiple secured parties of record. – Secured Parties of Record. – If there is more than 11 |
---|
2375 | 2380 | | one secured party of record for a financing statement, each secured party of record may authorize 12 |
---|
2376 | 2381 | | the filing of an amendment under subsection (d) of this section." 13 |
---|
2377 | 2382 | | SECTION 38. G.S. 25-9-513 reads as rewritten: 14 |
---|
2378 | 2383 | | "§ 25-9-513. Termination statement. 15 |
---|
2379 | 2384 | | (a) Consumer goods. – Goods. – A secured party shall cause the secured party of record 16 |
---|
2380 | 2385 | | for a financing statement to file a termination statement for the financing statement if the 17 |
---|
2381 | 2386 | | financing statement covers consumer goods and:and either of the following applies: 18 |
---|
2382 | 2387 | | (1) There is no obligation secured by the collateral covered by the financing 19 |
---|
2383 | 2388 | | statement and no commitment to make an advance, incur an obligation, or 20 |
---|
2384 | 2389 | | otherwise give value; orvalue. 21 |
---|
2385 | 2390 | | (2) The debtor did not authorize the filing of the initial financing statement. 22 |
---|
2386 | 2391 | | (b) Time for compliance with subsection (a). – Compliance with Subsection (a). – To 23 |
---|
2387 | 2392 | | comply with subsection (a) of this section, a secured party shall cause the secured party of record 24 |
---|
2388 | 2393 | | to file the termination statement:statement by the earlier of the following: 25 |
---|
2389 | 2394 | | (1) Within one month after there is no obligation secured by the collateral covered 26 |
---|
2390 | 2395 | | by the financing statement and no commitment to make an advance, incur an 27 |
---|
2391 | 2396 | | obligation, or otherwise give value; orvalue. 28 |
---|
2392 | 2397 | | (2) If earlier, within Within 20 days after the secured party receives an 29 |
---|
2393 | 2398 | | authenticated a signed demand from a debtor. 30 |
---|
2394 | 2399 | | (c) Other collateral. – Collateral. – In cases not governed by subsection (a) of this section, 31 |
---|
2395 | 2400 | | within 20 days after a secured party receives an authenticated a signed demand from a debtor, 32 |
---|
2396 | 2401 | | the secured party shall cause the secured party of record for a financing statement to send to the 33 |
---|
2397 | 2402 | | debtor a termination statement for the financing statement or file the termination statement in the 34 |
---|
2398 | 2403 | | filing office if:if any of the following applies: 35 |
---|
2399 | 2404 | | (1) Except in the case of a financing statement covering accounts or chattel paper 36 |
---|
2400 | 2405 | | that has been sold or goods that are the subject of a consignment, there is no 37 |
---|
2401 | 2406 | | obligation secured by the collateral covered by the financing statement and no 38 |
---|
2402 | 2407 | | commitment to make an advance, incur an obligation, or otherwise give 39 |
---|
2403 | 2408 | | value;value. 40 |
---|
2404 | 2409 | | (2) The financing statement covers accounts or chattel paper that has been sold 41 |
---|
2405 | 2410 | | but as to which the account debtor or other person obligated has discharged 42 |
---|
2406 | 2411 | | its obligation;obligation. 43 |
---|
2407 | 2412 | | (3) The financing statement covers goods that were the subject of a consignment 44 |
---|
2408 | 2413 | | to the debtor but are not in the debtor's possession; orpossession. 45 |
---|
2409 | 2414 | | (4) The debtor did not authorize the filing of the initial financing statement. 46 |
---|
2410 | 2415 | | (d) Effect of filing termination statement. – Filing Termination Statement. – Except as 47 |
---|
2411 | 2416 | | otherwise provided in G.S. 25-9-510, upon the filing of a termination statement with the filing 48 |
---|
2412 | 2417 | | office, the financing statement to which the termination statement relates ceases to be effective. 49 |
---|
2413 | 2418 | | Except as otherwise provided in G.S. 25-9-510, for purposes of G.S. 25-9-519(g), 25-9-522(a), 50 |
---|
2414 | 2419 | | and 25-9-523(c), the filing with the filing office of a termination statement relating to a financing 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
2416 | 2421 | | statement that indicates that the debtor is a transmitting utility also causes the effectiveness of 1 |
---|
2417 | 2422 | | the financing statement to lapse." 2 |
---|
2418 | 2423 | | SECTION 39. G.S. 25-9-601 reads as rewritten: 3 |
---|
2419 | 2424 | | "§ 25-9-601. Rights after default; judicial enforcement; consignor or buyer of accounts, 4 |
---|
2420 | 2425 | | chattel paper, payment intangibles, or promissory notes. 5 |
---|
2421 | 2426 | | (a) Rights of secured party after default. – Secured Party After Default. – After default, 6 |
---|
2422 | 2427 | | a secured party has the rights provided in this Part and, except as otherwise provided in 7 |
---|
2423 | 2428 | | G.S. 25-9-602, those provided by agreement of the parties. A secured party:party may do both of 8 |
---|
2424 | 2429 | | the following: 9 |
---|
2425 | 2430 | | (1) May reduce a claim to judgment, foreclose, or otherwise enforce the claim, 10 |
---|
2426 | 2431 | | security interest, or agricultural lien by any available judicial procedure; 11 |
---|
2427 | 2432 | | andprocedure. 12 |
---|
2428 | 2433 | | (2) If the collateral is documents, may proceed either as to the documents or as to 13 |
---|
2429 | 2434 | | the goods they cover. 14 |
---|
2430 | 2435 | | (b) Rights and duties of secured party in possession or control. – Duties of Secured Party 15 |
---|
2431 | 2436 | | in Possession or Control. – A secured party in possession of collateral or control of collateral 16 |
---|
2432 | 2437 | | under G.S. 25-7-106, 25-9-104, 25-9-105, 25-9-105.1, 25-9-106, or 25-9-107 25-9-107, or 17 |
---|
2433 | 2438 | | 25-9-107.1 has the rights and duties provided in G.S. 25-9-207. 18 |
---|
2434 | 2439 | | (c) Rights cumulative; simultaneous exercise. – Cumulative; Simultaneous Exercise. – 19 |
---|
2435 | 2440 | | The rights under subsections (a) and (b) of this section are cumulative and may be exercised 20 |
---|
2436 | 2441 | | simultaneously. 21 |
---|
2437 | 2442 | | (d) Rights of debtor and obligor. – Debtor and Obligor. – Except as otherwise provided 22 |
---|
2438 | 2443 | | in subsection (g) of this section and G.S. 25-9-605, after default, a debtor and an obligor have the 23 |
---|
2439 | 2444 | | rights provided in this Part and by agreement of the parties. 24 |
---|
2440 | 2445 | | (e) Lien of levy after judgment. – Levy After Judgment. – If a secured party has reduced 25 |
---|
2441 | 2446 | | its claim to judgment, the lien of any levy that may be made upon the collateral by virtue of an 26 |
---|
2442 | 2447 | | execution based upon the judgment relates back to the earliest of:of the following: 27 |
---|
2443 | 2448 | | (1) The date of perfection of the security interest or agricultural lien in the 28 |
---|
2444 | 2449 | | collateral;collateral. 29 |
---|
2445 | 2450 | | (2) The date of filing a financing statement covering the collateral; orcollateral. 30 |
---|
2446 | 2451 | | (3) Any date specified in a statute under which the agricultural lien was created. 31 |
---|
2447 | 2452 | | (f) Execution sale. – Sale. – A sale pursuant to an execution is a foreclosure of the 32 |
---|
2448 | 2453 | | security interest or agricultural lien by judicial procedure within the meaning of this section. A 33 |
---|
2449 | 2454 | | secured party may purchase at the sale and thereafter hold the collateral free of any other 34 |
---|
2450 | 2455 | | requirements of this Article. 35 |
---|
2451 | 2456 | | (g) Consignor or buyer of certain rights to payment. – Buyer of Certain Rights to 36 |
---|
2452 | 2457 | | Payment. – Except as otherwise provided in G.S. 25-9-607(c), this Part imposes no duties upon 37 |
---|
2453 | 2458 | | a secured party that is a consignor or is a buyer of accounts, chattel paper, payment intangibles, 38 |
---|
2454 | 2459 | | or promissory notes." 39 |
---|
2455 | 2460 | | SECTION 40. G.S. 25-9-605 reads as rewritten: 40 |
---|
2456 | 2461 | | "§ 25-9-605. Unknown debtor or secondary obligor. 41 |
---|
2457 | 2462 | | (a) A No Duty Generally Owed by Secured Party. – Except as provided in subsection (b) 42 |
---|
2458 | 2463 | | of this section, a secured party does not owe a duty based on its status as secured party:party to 43 |
---|
2459 | 2464 | | either of the following: 44 |
---|
2460 | 2465 | | (1) To a person that is a debtor or obligor, unless the secured party knows:knows 45 |
---|
2461 | 2466 | | all of the following: 46 |
---|
2462 | 2467 | | a. That the person is a debtor or obligor;obligor. 47 |
---|
2463 | 2468 | | b. The identity of the person; andperson. 48 |
---|
2464 | 2469 | | c. How to communicate with the person; orperson. 49 |
---|
2465 | 2470 | | (2) To a secured party or lienholder that has filed a financing statement against a 50 |
---|
2466 | 2471 | | person, unless the secured party knows:knows both of the following: 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
2468 | 2473 | | a. That the person is a debtor; anddebtor. 1 |
---|
2469 | 2474 | | b. The identity of the person. 2 |
---|
2470 | 2475 | | (b) Exception When Secured Party Owes Duty to Debtor or Obligor. – A secured party 3 |
---|
2471 | 2476 | | owes a duty based on its status as a secured party to a person if, at the time the secured party 4 |
---|
2472 | 2477 | | obtains control of collateral that is a controllable account, controllable electronic record, or 5 |
---|
2473 | 2478 | | controllable payment intangible or at the time the security interest attaches to the collateral, 6 |
---|
2474 | 2479 | | whichever is later, both of the following apply: 7 |
---|
2475 | 2480 | | (1) The person is a debtor or obligor. 8 |
---|
2476 | 2481 | | (2) The secured party knows that the information in sub-subdivision (a)(1)a., b., 9 |
---|
2477 | 2482 | | or c. of this section relating to the person is not provided by the collateral, a 10 |
---|
2478 | 2483 | | record attached to or logically associated with the collateral, or the system in 11 |
---|
2479 | 2484 | | which the collateral is recorded." 12 |
---|
2480 | 2485 | | SECTION 41. G.S. 25-9-608 reads as rewritten: 13 |
---|
2481 | 2486 | | "§ 25-9-608. Application of proceeds of collection or enforcement; liability for deficiency 14 |
---|
2482 | 2487 | | and right to surplus. 15 |
---|
2483 | 2488 | | (a) Application of proceeds, surplus, and deficiency if obligation secured. – Proceeds, 16 |
---|
2484 | 2489 | | Surplus, and Deficiency If Obligation Secured. – If a security interest or agricultural lien secures 17 |
---|
2485 | 2490 | | payment or performance of an obligation, the following rules apply: 18 |
---|
2486 | 2491 | | (1) A secured party shall apply or pay over for application the cash proceeds of 19 |
---|
2487 | 2492 | | collection or enforcement under G.S. 25-9-607 to the following in the 20 |
---|
2488 | 2493 | | following order to:order: 21 |
---|
2489 | 2494 | | a. The reasonable expenses of collection and enforcement and, to the 22 |
---|
2490 | 2495 | | extent provided for by agreement and not prohibited by law, 23 |
---|
2491 | 2496 | | reasonable attorney's attorneys' fees and legal expenses incurred by the 24 |
---|
2492 | 2497 | | secured party;party. 25 |
---|
2493 | 2498 | | b. The satisfaction of obligations secured by the security interest or 26 |
---|
2494 | 2499 | | agricultural lien under which the collection or enforcement is made; 27 |
---|
2495 | 2500 | | andmade. 28 |
---|
2496 | 2501 | | c. The satisfaction of obligations secured by any subordinate security 29 |
---|
2497 | 2502 | | interest in or other lien on the collateral subject to the security interest 30 |
---|
2498 | 2503 | | or agricultural lien under which the collection or enforcement is made 31 |
---|
2499 | 2504 | | if the secured party receives an authenticated a signed demand for 32 |
---|
2500 | 2505 | | proceeds before distribution of the proceeds is completed. 33 |
---|
2501 | 2506 | | … 34 |
---|
2502 | 2507 | | (b) No surplus or deficiency in sales of certain rights to payment. – Surplus or Deficiency 35 |
---|
2503 | 2508 | | in Sales of Certain Rights to Payment. – If the underlying transaction is a sale of accounts, chattel 36 |
---|
2504 | 2509 | | paper, payment intangibles, or promissory notes, the debtor is not entitled to any surplus, and the 37 |
---|
2505 | 2510 | | obligor is not liable for any deficiency." 38 |
---|
2506 | 2511 | | SECTION 42. G.S. 25-9-611 reads as rewritten: 39 |
---|
2507 | 2512 | | "§ 25-9-611. Notification before disposition of collateral. 40 |
---|
2508 | 2513 | | (a) "Notification date." – Date." – In this section, "notification date" means the earlier of 41 |
---|
2509 | 2514 | | the date on which:the date of the earlier of the following: 42 |
---|
2510 | 2515 | | (1) A secured party sends to the debtor and any secondary obligor an 43 |
---|
2511 | 2516 | | authenticated a signed notification of disposition; ordisposition. 44 |
---|
2512 | 2517 | | (2) The debtor and any secondary obligor waive the right to notification. 45 |
---|
2513 | 2518 | | (b) Notification of disposition required. – Disposition Required. – Except as otherwise 46 |
---|
2514 | 2519 | | provided in subsection (d) of this section, a secured party that disposes of collateral under 47 |
---|
2515 | 2520 | | G.S. 25-9-610 shall send to the persons specified in subsection (c) of this section a reasonable 48 |
---|
2516 | 2521 | | authenticated signed notification of disposition. 49 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
2518 | 2523 | | (c) Persons to be notified. – Notified. – To comply with subsection (b) of this section, the 1 |
---|
2519 | 2524 | | secured party shall send an authenticated a signed notification of disposition to:to all of the 2 |
---|
2520 | 2525 | | following: 3 |
---|
2521 | 2526 | | (1) The debtor;debtor. 4 |
---|
2522 | 2527 | | (2) Any secondary obligor; andobligor. 5 |
---|
2523 | 2528 | | (3) If the collateral is other than consumer goods:goods, all of the following: 6 |
---|
2524 | 2529 | | a. Any other person from which the secured party has received, before 7 |
---|
2525 | 2530 | | the notification date, an authenticated a signed notification of a claim 8 |
---|
2526 | 2531 | | of an interest in the collateral;collateral. 9 |
---|
2527 | 2532 | | b. Any other secured party or lienholder that, 10 days before the 10 |
---|
2528 | 2533 | | notification date, held a security interest in or other lien on the 11 |
---|
2529 | 2534 | | collateral perfected by the filing of a financing statement that:that 12 |
---|
2530 | 2535 | | meets all of the following requirements: 13 |
---|
2531 | 2536 | | 1. Identified the collateral;collateral. 14 |
---|
2532 | 2537 | | 2. Was indexed under the debtor's name as of that date; anddate. 15 |
---|
2533 | 2538 | | 3. Was filed in the office in which to file a financing statement 16 |
---|
2534 | 2539 | | against the debtor covering the collateral as of that date; 17 |
---|
2535 | 2540 | | anddate. 18 |
---|
2536 | 2541 | | c. Any other secured party that, 10 days before the notification date, held 19 |
---|
2537 | 2542 | | a security interest in the collateral perfected by compliance with a 20 |
---|
2538 | 2543 | | statute, regulation, or treaty described in G.S. 25-9-311(a). 21 |
---|
2539 | 2544 | | (d) Subsection (b) inapplicable: perishable collateral; recognized market. – Inapplicable 22 |
---|
2540 | 2545 | | to Perishable Collateral or Recognized Market. – Subsection (b) of this section does not apply if 23 |
---|
2541 | 2546 | | the collateral is perishable or threatens to decline speedily in value or is of a type customarily 24 |
---|
2542 | 2547 | | sold on a recognized market. 25 |
---|
2543 | 2548 | | (e) Compliance with sub-subdivision Sub-Subdivision (c)(3)b. – A secured party 26 |
---|
2544 | 2549 | | complies with the requirement for notification prescribed by sub-subdivision (c)(3)b. of this 27 |
---|
2545 | 2550 | | section if:if both of the following apply: 28 |
---|
2546 | 2551 | | (1) Not later than 20 days or earlier than 30 days before the notification date, the 29 |
---|
2547 | 2552 | | secured party requests, in a commercially reasonable manner, information 30 |
---|
2548 | 2553 | | concerning financing statements indexed under the debtor's name in the office 31 |
---|
2549 | 2554 | | indicated in sub-subdivision (c)(3)b. of this section; andsection. 32 |
---|
2550 | 2555 | | (2) Before the notification date, the secured party:either of the following applied: 33 |
---|
2551 | 2556 | | a. Did The secured party did not receive a response to the request for 34 |
---|
2552 | 2557 | | information; orinformation. 35 |
---|
2553 | 2558 | | b. Received The secured party received a response to the request for 36 |
---|
2554 | 2559 | | information and sent an authenticated a signed notification of 37 |
---|
2555 | 2560 | | disposition to each secured party or other lienholder named in that 38 |
---|
2556 | 2561 | | response whose financing statement covered the collateral." 39 |
---|
2557 | 2562 | | SECTION 43. G.S. 25-9-613 reads as rewritten: 40 |
---|
2558 | 2563 | | "§ 25-9-613. Contents and form of notification before disposition of collateral: general. 41 |
---|
2559 | 2564 | | (a) Contents and Form of Notification. – Except in a consumer-goods transaction, the 42 |
---|
2560 | 2565 | | following rules apply: 43 |
---|
2561 | 2566 | | (1) The contents of a notification of disposition are sufficient if the 44 |
---|
2562 | 2567 | | notification:notification does all of the following: 45 |
---|
2563 | 2568 | | a. Describes the debtor and the secured party;party. 46 |
---|
2564 | 2569 | | b. Describes the collateral that is the subject of the intended 47 |
---|
2565 | 2570 | | disposition;disposition. 48 |
---|
2566 | 2571 | | c. States the method of intended disposition;disposition. 49 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
2568 | 2573 | | d. States that the debtor is entitled to an accounting of the unpaid 1 |
---|
2569 | 2574 | | indebtedness and states the charge, if any, for an accounting; 2 |
---|
2570 | 2575 | | andaccounting. 3 |
---|
2571 | 2576 | | e. States the time and place of a public disposition or the time after which 4 |
---|
2572 | 2577 | | any other disposition is to be made. 5 |
---|
2573 | 2578 | | (2) Whether the contents of a notification that lacks any of the information 6 |
---|
2574 | 2579 | | specified in subdivision (1) of this section subsection are nevertheless 7 |
---|
2575 | 2580 | | sufficient is a question of fact. 8 |
---|
2576 | 2581 | | (3) The contents of a notification providing substantially the information 9 |
---|
2577 | 2582 | | specified in subdivision (1) of this section subsection are sufficient, even if 10 |
---|
2578 | 2583 | | the notification includes:includes either of the following: 11 |
---|
2579 | 2584 | | a. Information not specified by that subdivision; orsubdivision. 12 |
---|
2580 | 2585 | | b. Minor errors that are not seriously misleading. 13 |
---|
2581 | 2586 | | (4) A particular phrasing of the notification is not required. 14 |
---|
2582 | 2587 | | (5) The following form of notification and the form appearing in G.S. 15 |
---|
2583 | 2588 | | 25-9-614(3), when completed, G.S. 25-9-614(a)(3), when completed in 16 |
---|
2584 | 2589 | | accordance with the instructions in subsection (b) of this section and 17 |
---|
2585 | 2590 | | G.S. 25-9-614(b), each provides sufficient information: 18 |
---|
2586 | 2591 | | NOTIFICATION OF DISPOSITION OF COLLATERAL 19 |
---|
2587 | 2592 | | 20 |
---|
2588 | 2593 | | To: [Name of debtor, obligor, or other person to which the notification 21 |
---|
2589 | 2594 | | is sent] 22 |
---|
2590 | 2595 | | From: [Name, address, and telephone number of secured party] 23 |
---|
2591 | 2596 | | Name of Debtor(s): [Include only if debtor(s) is/are not an addressee] 24 |
---|
2592 | 2597 | | [For a public disposition:] 25 |
---|
2593 | 2598 | | We will sell [or lease or license, as applicable] the [describe collateral] [to the 26 |
---|
2594 | 2599 | | highest qualified bidder] in public as follows: 27 |
---|
2595 | 2600 | | Day and Date: _________________________________ 28 |
---|
2596 | 2601 | | Time: _________________________________ 29 |
---|
2597 | 2602 | | Place: _________________________________ 30 |
---|
2598 | 2603 | | [For a private disposition:] 31 |
---|
2599 | 2604 | | We will sell [or lease or license, as applicable] the [describe collateral] 32 |
---|
2600 | 2605 | | privately sometime after [day and date]. 33 |
---|
2601 | 2606 | | You are entitled to an accounting of the unpaid indebtedness secured by the 34 |
---|
2602 | 2607 | | property that we intend to sell [or lease or license, as applicable] [for a charge 35 |
---|
2603 | 2608 | | of $ _______]. You may request an accounting by calling us at [telephone 36 |
---|
2604 | 2609 | | number] 37 |
---|
2605 | 2610 | | "NOTIFICATION OF DISPOSITION OF COLLATERAL 38 |
---|
2606 | 2611 | | To: (Name of debtor, obligor, or other person to which the notification is 39 |
---|
2607 | 2612 | | sent) 40 |
---|
2608 | 2613 | | From: (Name, address, and telephone number of secured party) 41 |
---|
2609 | 2614 | | {1} (Name of each debtor that is not an addressee) 42 |
---|
2610 | 2615 | | {2} We will sell (describe collateral) (to the highest qualified 43 |
---|
2611 | 2616 | | bidder) at public sale. A sale could include a lease or license. 44 |
---|
2612 | 2617 | | The sale will be held as follows: 45 |
---|
2613 | 2618 | | (Date) 46 |
---|
2614 | 2619 | | (Time) 47 |
---|
2615 | 2620 | | (Place) 48 |
---|
2616 | 2621 | | {3} We will sell (describe collateral) at private sale sometime after 49 |
---|
2617 | 2622 | | (date). A sale could include a lease or license. 50 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
2619 | 2624 | | {4} You are entitled to an accounting of the unpaid indebtedness 1 |
---|
2620 | 2625 | | secured by the property that we intend to sell or, as applicable, 2 |
---|
2621 | 2626 | | lease or license. 3 |
---|
2622 | 2627 | | {5} If you request an accounting, you must pay a charge of $ 4 |
---|
2623 | 2628 | | (amount). 5 |
---|
2624 | 2629 | | {6} You may request an accounting by calling us at (telephone 6 |
---|
2625 | 2630 | | number)." 7 |
---|
2626 | 2631 | | (b) Instructions for Form of Notification. – The following instructions apply to the form 8 |
---|
2627 | 2632 | | of notification in subdivision (a)(5) of this section: 9 |
---|
2628 | 2633 | | (1) The instructions in this subsection refer to the numbers in braces before items 10 |
---|
2629 | 2634 | | in the form of notification in subdivision (a)(5) of this section. Do not include 11 |
---|
2630 | 2635 | | the numbers or braces in the notification. The numbers and braces are used 12 |
---|
2631 | 2636 | | only for the purpose of these instructions. 13 |
---|
2632 | 2637 | | (2) Include and complete item {1} only if there is a debtor that is not an addressee 14 |
---|
2633 | 2638 | | of the notification and list the name or names. 15 |
---|
2634 | 2639 | | (3) Include and complete either item {2}, if the notification relates to a public 16 |
---|
2635 | 2640 | | disposition of the collateral, or item {3}, if the notification relates to a private 17 |
---|
2636 | 2641 | | disposition of the collateral. If item {2} is included, include the words "to the 18 |
---|
2637 | 2642 | | highest qualified bidder" only if applicable. 19 |
---|
2638 | 2643 | | (4) Include and complete items {4} and {6}. 20 |
---|
2639 | 2644 | | (5) Include and complete item {5} only if the sender will charge the recipient for 21 |
---|
2640 | 2645 | | an accounting." 22 |
---|
2641 | 2646 | | SECTION 44. G.S. 25-9-614 reads as rewritten: 23 |
---|
2642 | 2647 | | "§ 25-9-614. Contents and form of notification before disposition of collateral: 24 |
---|
2643 | 2648 | | consumer-goods transaction. 25 |
---|
2644 | 2649 | | (a) Contents and Form of Notification. – In a consumer-goods transaction, the following 26 |
---|
2645 | 2650 | | rules apply: 27 |
---|
2646 | 2651 | | (1) A notification of disposition must provide all of the following information: 28 |
---|
2647 | 2652 | | a. The information specified in G.S. 25-9-613(1);G.S. 25-9-613(a)(1). 29 |
---|
2648 | 2653 | | b. A description of any liability for a deficiency of the person to which 30 |
---|
2649 | 2654 | | the notification is sent;sent. 31 |
---|
2650 | 2655 | | c. A telephone number from which the amount that must be paid to the 32 |
---|
2651 | 2656 | | secured party to redeem the collateral under G.S. 25-9-623 is 33 |
---|
2652 | 2657 | | available; andavailable. 34 |
---|
2653 | 2658 | | d. A telephone number or mailing address from which additional 35 |
---|
2654 | 2659 | | information concerning the disposition and the obligation secured is 36 |
---|
2655 | 2660 | | available. 37 |
---|
2656 | 2661 | | (2) A particular phrasing of the notification is not required. 38 |
---|
2657 | 2662 | | (3) The following form of notification, when completed, completed in accordance 39 |
---|
2658 | 2663 | | with the instructions in subsection (b) of this section, provides sufficient 40 |
---|
2659 | 2664 | | information: 41 |
---|
2660 | 2665 | | [Name and address of secured party] 42 |
---|
2661 | 2666 | | [Date] 43 |
---|
2662 | 2667 | | NOTICE OF OUR PLAN TO SELL PROPERTY 44 |
---|
2663 | 2668 | | [Name and address of any obligor who is also a debtor] 45 |
---|
2664 | 2669 | | Subject: [Identification of Transaction] 46 |
---|
2665 | 2670 | | 47 |
---|
2666 | 2671 | | We have your [describe collateral], because you broke promises in our agreement. 48 |
---|
2667 | 2672 | | 49 |
---|
2668 | 2673 | | [For a public disposition:] 50 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
2670 | 2675 | | We will sell [describe collateral] at public sale. A sale could include a lease or license. The sale 1 |
---|
2671 | 2676 | | will be held as follows: 2 |
---|
2672 | 2677 | | 3 |
---|
2673 | 2678 | | Date: _________________________________________________ 4 |
---|
2674 | 2679 | | Time: ________________________________________________ 5 |
---|
2675 | 2680 | | Place: ________________________________________________ 6 |
---|
2676 | 2681 | | You may attend the sale and bring bidders if you want. 7 |
---|
2677 | 2682 | | 8 |
---|
2678 | 2683 | | [For a private disposition:] 9 |
---|
2679 | 2684 | | We will sell [describe collateral] at private sale sometime after [date]. A sale could include a 10 |
---|
2680 | 2685 | | lease or license. 11 |
---|
2681 | 2686 | | 12 |
---|
2682 | 2687 | | The money that we get from the sale (after paying our costs) will reduce the amount you owe. If 13 |
---|
2683 | 2688 | | we get less money than you owe, you [will or will not, as applicable] still owe us the difference. 14 |
---|
2684 | 2689 | | If we get more money than you owe, you will get the extra money, unless we must pay it to 15 |
---|
2685 | 2690 | | someone else. 16 |
---|
2686 | 2691 | | 17 |
---|
2687 | 2692 | | You can get the property back at any time before we sell it by paying us the full amount you owe 18 |
---|
2688 | 2693 | | (not just the past due payments), including our expenses. To learn the exact amount you must 19 |
---|
2689 | 2694 | | pay, call us at [telephone number]. 20 |
---|
2690 | 2695 | | 21 |
---|
2691 | 2696 | | If you want us to explain to you in writing how we have figured the amount that you owe us, you 22 |
---|
2692 | 2697 | | may call us at [telephone number] or write us at [secured party's address] and request a written 23 |
---|
2693 | 2698 | | explanation. [We will charge you $__________ for the explanation if we sent you another written 24 |
---|
2694 | 2699 | | explanation of the amount you owe us within the last six months.] 25 |
---|
2695 | 2700 | | 26 |
---|
2696 | 2701 | | If you need more information about the sale call us at [telephone number] [or write us at [secured 27 |
---|
2697 | 2702 | | party's address]. 28 |
---|
2698 | 2703 | | 29 |
---|
2699 | 2704 | | We are sending this notice to the following other people who have an interest in [describe 30 |
---|
2700 | 2705 | | collateral] or who owe money under your agreement: 31 |
---|
2701 | 2706 | | [Names of all other debtors and obligors, if any] 32 |
---|
2702 | 2707 | | "(Name and address of secured party) 33 |
---|
2703 | 2708 | | (Date) 34 |
---|
2704 | 2709 | | NOTICE OF OUR PLAN TO SELL PROPERTY 35 |
---|
2705 | 2710 | | (Name and address of any obligor who is also a debtor) 36 |
---|
2706 | 2711 | | Subject: (Identify transaction) 37 |
---|
2707 | 2712 | | We have your (describe collateral), because you broke promises in our 38 |
---|
2708 | 2713 | | agreement. 39 |
---|
2709 | 2714 | | {1} We will sell (describe collateral) at public sale. A sale could include a 40 |
---|
2710 | 2715 | | lease or license. The sale will be held as follows: 41 |
---|
2711 | 2716 | | (Date) 42 |
---|
2712 | 2717 | | (Time) 43 |
---|
2713 | 2718 | | (Place) 44 |
---|
2714 | 2719 | | You may attend the sale and bring bidders if you want. 45 |
---|
2715 | 2720 | | {2} We will sell (describe collateral) at private sale sometime after (date). 46 |
---|
2716 | 2721 | | A sale could include a lease or license. 47 |
---|
2717 | 2722 | | {3} The money that we get from the sale, after paying our costs, will 48 |
---|
2718 | 2723 | | reduce the amount you owe. If we get less money than you owe, you 49 |
---|
2719 | 2724 | | (will or will not, as applicable) still owe us the difference. If we get 50 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
2721 | 2726 | | more money than you owe, you will get the extra money, unless we 1 |
---|
2722 | 2727 | | must pay it to someone else. 2 |
---|
2723 | 2728 | | {4} You can get the property back at any time before we sell it by paying 3 |
---|
2724 | 2729 | | us the full amount you owe, not just the past due payments, including 4 |
---|
2725 | 2730 | | our expenses. To learn the exact amount you must pay, call us at 5 |
---|
2726 | 2731 | | (telephone number). 6 |
---|
2727 | 2732 | | {5} If you want us to explain to you in (writing) (writing or in (description 7 |
---|
2728 | 2733 | | of electronic record)) (description of electronic record) how we have 8 |
---|
2729 | 2734 | | figured the amount that you owe us, {6} call us at (telephone number) 9 |
---|
2730 | 2735 | | (or) (write us at (secured party's address)) (or contact us by 10 |
---|
2731 | 2736 | | (description of electronic communication method)) {7} and request (a 11 |
---|
2732 | 2737 | | written explanation) (a written explanation or an explanation in 12 |
---|
2733 | 2738 | | (description of electronic record)) (an explanation in (description of 13 |
---|
2734 | 2739 | | electronic record)). 14 |
---|
2735 | 2740 | | {8} We will charge you $ (amount) for the explanation if we sent you 15 |
---|
2736 | 2741 | | another written explanation of the amount you owe us within the last 16 |
---|
2737 | 2742 | | six months. 17 |
---|
2738 | 2743 | | {9} If you need more information about the sale (call us at (telephone 18 |
---|
2739 | 2744 | | number)) (or) (write us at (secured party's address)) (or contact us by 19 |
---|
2740 | 2745 | | (description of electronic communication method)). 20 |
---|
2741 | 2746 | | {10} We are sending this notice to the following other people who have an 21 |
---|
2742 | 2747 | | interest in (describe collateral) or who owe money under your 22 |
---|
2743 | 2748 | | agreement: (Names of all other debtors and obligors, if any)." 23 |
---|
2744 | 2749 | | (4) A notification in the form of subdivision (3) of this section subsection is 24 |
---|
2745 | 2750 | | sufficient, even if additional information appears at the end of the form. 25 |
---|
2746 | 2751 | | (5) A notification in the form of subdivision (3) of this section subsection is 26 |
---|
2747 | 2752 | | sufficient, even if it includes errors in information not required by subdivision 27 |
---|
2748 | 2753 | | (1) of this section, subsection, unless the error is misleading with respect to 28 |
---|
2749 | 2754 | | rights arising under this Article. 29 |
---|
2750 | 2755 | | (6) If a notification under this section is not in the form of subdivision (3) of this 30 |
---|
2751 | 2756 | | section, subsection, law other than this Article determines the effect of 31 |
---|
2752 | 2757 | | including information not required by subdivision (1) of this 32 |
---|
2753 | 2758 | | section.subsection. 33 |
---|
2754 | 2759 | | (b) Instructions for Form of Notification. – The following instructions apply to the form 34 |
---|
2755 | 2760 | | of notification in subdivision (a)(3) of this section: 35 |
---|
2756 | 2761 | | (1) The instructions in this subsection refer to the numbers in braces before items 36 |
---|
2757 | 2762 | | in the form of notification in subdivision (a)(3) of this section. Do not include 37 |
---|
2758 | 2763 | | the numbers or braces in the notification. The numbers and braces are used 38 |
---|
2759 | 2764 | | only for the purpose of these instructions. 39 |
---|
2760 | 2765 | | (2) Include and complete either item {1}, if the notification relates to a public 40 |
---|
2761 | 2766 | | disposition of the collateral, or item {2}, if the notification relates to a private 41 |
---|
2762 | 2767 | | disposition of the collateral. 42 |
---|
2763 | 2768 | | (3) Include and complete items {3}, {4}, {5}, {6}, and {7}. 43 |
---|
2764 | 2769 | | (4) In item {5}, include and complete any one of the three alternative methods for 44 |
---|
2765 | 2770 | | the explanation – writing, writing or electronic record, or electronic record. 45 |
---|
2766 | 2771 | | (5) In item {6}, include the telephone number. In addition, the sender may include 46 |
---|
2767 | 2772 | | and complete either or both of the two additional alternative methods of 47 |
---|
2768 | 2773 | | communication – writing or electronic communication – for the recipient of 48 |
---|
2769 | 2774 | | the notification to communicate with the sender. Neither of the two additional 49 |
---|
2770 | 2775 | | methods of communication is required to be included. 50 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
2772 | 2777 | | (6) In item {7}, include and complete the method or methods for the explanation 1 |
---|
2773 | 2778 | | – writing, writing or electronic record, or electronic record – included in item 2 |
---|
2774 | 2779 | | {5}. 3 |
---|
2775 | 2780 | | (7) Include and complete item {8} only if a written explanation is included in item 4 |
---|
2776 | 2781 | | {5} as a method for communicating the explanation and the sender will charge 5 |
---|
2777 | 2782 | | the recipient for another written explanation. 6 |
---|
2778 | 2783 | | (8) In item {9}, include either the telephone number or the address or both the 7 |
---|
2779 | 2784 | | telephone number and the address. In addition, the sender may include and 8 |
---|
2780 | 2785 | | complete the additional method of communication – electronic 9 |
---|
2781 | 2786 | | communication – for the recipient of the notification to communicate with the 10 |
---|
2782 | 2787 | | sender. The additional method of electronic communication is not required to 11 |
---|
2783 | 2788 | | be included. 12 |
---|
2784 | 2789 | | (9) If item {10} does not apply, insert "None" after "agreement:"." 13 |
---|
2785 | 2790 | | SECTION 45. G.S. 25-9-615 reads as rewritten: 14 |
---|
2786 | 2791 | | "§ 25-9-615. Application of proceeds of disposition; liability for deficiency and right to 15 |
---|
2787 | 2792 | | surplus. 16 |
---|
2788 | 2793 | | (a) Application of proceeds. – Proceeds. – A secured party shall apply or pay over for 17 |
---|
2789 | 2794 | | application the cash proceeds of disposition under G.S. 25-9-610 to the following in the 18 |
---|
2790 | 2795 | | following order to:order: 19 |
---|
2791 | 2796 | | (1) The reasonable expenses of retaking, holding, preparing for disposition, 20 |
---|
2792 | 2797 | | processing, and disposing, and, to the extent provided for by agreement and 21 |
---|
2793 | 2798 | | not prohibited by law, reasonable attorney's attorneys' fees and legal expenses 22 |
---|
2794 | 2799 | | incurred by the secured party;party. 23 |
---|
2795 | 2800 | | (2) The satisfaction of obligations secured by the security interest or agricultural 24 |
---|
2796 | 2801 | | lien under which the disposition is made;made. 25 |
---|
2797 | 2802 | | (3) The satisfaction of obligations secured by any subordinate security interest in 26 |
---|
2798 | 2803 | | or other subordinate lien on the collateral if:if both of the following apply: 27 |
---|
2799 | 2804 | | a. The secured party receives from the holder of the subordinate security 28 |
---|
2800 | 2805 | | interest or other lien an authenticated a signed demand for proceeds 29 |
---|
2801 | 2806 | | before distribution of the proceeds is completed; andcompleted. 30 |
---|
2802 | 2807 | | b. In a case in which a consignor has an interest in the collateral, the 31 |
---|
2803 | 2808 | | subordinate security interest or other lien is senior to the interest of the 32 |
---|
2804 | 2809 | | consignor; andconsignor. 33 |
---|
2805 | 2810 | | (4) A secured party that is a consignor of the collateral if the secured party 34 |
---|
2806 | 2811 | | receives from the consignor an authenticated a signed demand for proceeds 35 |
---|
2807 | 2812 | | before distribution of the proceeds is completed. 36 |
---|
2808 | 2813 | | (b) Proof of subordinate interest. – Subordinate Interest. – If requested by a secured party, 37 |
---|
2809 | 2814 | | a holder of a subordinate security interest or other lien shall furnish reasonable proof of the 38 |
---|
2810 | 2815 | | interest or lien within a reasonable time. Unless the holder does so, the secured party need not 39 |
---|
2811 | 2816 | | comply with the holder's demand under subdivision (a)(3) of this section. 40 |
---|
2812 | 2817 | | (c) Application of noncash proceeds. – Noncash Proceeds. – A secured party need not 41 |
---|
2813 | 2818 | | apply or pay over for application noncash proceeds of disposition under G.S. 25-9-610 unless the 42 |
---|
2814 | 2819 | | failure to do so would be commercially unreasonable. A secured party that applies or pays over 43 |
---|
2815 | 2820 | | for application noncash proceeds shall do so in a commercially reasonable manner. 44 |
---|
2816 | 2821 | | (d) Surplus or deficiency if obligation secured. – Deficiency If Obligation Secured. – If 45 |
---|
2817 | 2822 | | the security interest under which a disposition is made secures payment or performance of an 46 |
---|
2818 | 2823 | | obligation, after making the payments and applications required by subsection (a) of this section 47 |
---|
2819 | 2824 | | and permitted by subsection (c) of this section:section, both of the following apply: 48 |
---|
2820 | 2825 | | (1) Unless subdivision (a)(4) of this section requires the secured party to apply or 49 |
---|
2821 | 2826 | | pay over cash proceeds to a consignor, the secured party shall account to and 50 |
---|
2822 | 2827 | | pay a debtor for any surplus; andsurplus. 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
2824 | 2829 | | (2) The obligor is liable for any deficiency. 1 |
---|
2825 | 2830 | | (e) No surplus or deficiency in sales of certain rights to payment. – Surplus or Deficiency 2 |
---|
2826 | 2831 | | in Sales of Certain Rights to Payment. – If the underlying transaction is a sale of accounts, chattel 3 |
---|
2827 | 2832 | | paper, payment intangibles, or promissory notes:notes, both of the following apply: 4 |
---|
2828 | 2833 | | (1) The debtor is not entitled to any surplus; andsurplus. 5 |
---|
2829 | 2834 | | (2) The obligor is not liable for any deficiency. 6 |
---|
2830 | 2835 | | (f) Calculation of surplus or deficiency in disposition to person related to secured party. 7 |
---|
2831 | 2836 | | – Surplus or Deficiency in Disposition to Person Related to Secured Party. – The surplus or 8 |
---|
2832 | 2837 | | deficiency following a disposition is calculated based on the amount of proceeds that would have 9 |
---|
2833 | 2838 | | been realized in a disposition complying with this Part to a transferee other than the secured 10 |
---|
2834 | 2839 | | party, a person related to the secured party, or a secondary obligor if:if both of the following 11 |
---|
2835 | 2840 | | apply: 12 |
---|
2836 | 2841 | | (1) The transferee in the disposition is the secured party, a person related to the 13 |
---|
2837 | 2842 | | secured party, or a secondary obligor; andobligor. 14 |
---|
2838 | 2843 | | (2) The amount of proceeds of the disposition is significantly below the range of 15 |
---|
2839 | 2844 | | proceeds that a complying disposition to a person other than the secured party, 16 |
---|
2840 | 2845 | | a person related to the secured party, or a secondary obligor would have 17 |
---|
2841 | 2846 | | brought. 18 |
---|
2842 | 2847 | | (g) Cash proceeds received by junior secured party. – A Proceeds Received by Junior 19 |
---|
2843 | 2848 | | Secured Party. – All of the following apply to a secured party that receives cash proceeds of a 20 |
---|
2844 | 2849 | | disposition in good faith and without knowledge that the receipt violates the rights of the holder 21 |
---|
2845 | 2850 | | of a security interest or other lien that is not subordinate to the security interest or agricultural 22 |
---|
2846 | 2851 | | lien under which the disposition is made: 23 |
---|
2847 | 2852 | | (1) Takes The secured party takes the cash proceeds free of the security interest 24 |
---|
2848 | 2853 | | or other lien;lien. 25 |
---|
2849 | 2854 | | (2) Is The secured party is not obligated to apply the proceeds of the disposition 26 |
---|
2850 | 2855 | | to the satisfaction of obligations secured by the security interest or other lien; 27 |
---|
2851 | 2856 | | andlien. 28 |
---|
2852 | 2857 | | (3) Is The secured party is not obligated to account to or pay the holder of the 29 |
---|
2853 | 2858 | | security interest or other lien for any surplus." 30 |
---|
2854 | 2859 | | SECTION 46. G.S. 25-9-616 reads as rewritten: 31 |
---|
2855 | 2860 | | "§ 25-9-616. Explanation of calculation of surplus or deficiency. 32 |
---|
2856 | 2861 | | (a) Definitions. – In this section:section, the following definitions apply: 33 |
---|
2857 | 2862 | | (1) "Explanation" means a writing that:Explanation. – A record that does all of 34 |
---|
2858 | 2863 | | the following: 35 |
---|
2859 | 2864 | | a. States the amount of the surplus or deficiency;deficiency. 36 |
---|
2860 | 2865 | | b. Provides an explanation information in accordance with subsection (c) 37 |
---|
2861 | 2866 | | of this section of explaining how the secured party calculated the 38 |
---|
2862 | 2867 | | surplus or deficiency;deficiency. 39 |
---|
2863 | 2868 | | c. States, if applicable, that future debits, credits, charges, including 40 |
---|
2864 | 2869 | | additional credit service charges or interest, rebates, and expenses may 41 |
---|
2865 | 2870 | | affect the amount of the surplus or deficiency; anddeficiency. 42 |
---|
2866 | 2871 | | d. Provides a telephone number or mailing address from which additional 43 |
---|
2867 | 2872 | | information concerning the transaction is available. 44 |
---|
2868 | 2873 | | (2) "Request" means a record:Request. – A record to which all of the following 45 |
---|
2869 | 2874 | | apply: 46 |
---|
2870 | 2875 | | a. Authenticated It is signed by a debtor or consumer obligor;obligor. 47 |
---|
2871 | 2876 | | b. Requesting It requests that the recipient provide an explanation; 48 |
---|
2872 | 2877 | | andexplanation. 49 |
---|
2873 | 2878 | | c. Sent It is sent after disposition of the collateral under G.S. 25-9-610. 50 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
2875 | 2880 | | (b) Explanation of calculation. – Calculation. – In a consumer-goods transaction in which 1 |
---|
2876 | 2881 | | the debtor is entitled to a surplus or a consumer obligor is liable for a deficiency under 2 |
---|
2877 | 2882 | | G.S. 25-9-615, the secured party shall:shall do either of the following: 3 |
---|
2878 | 2883 | | (1) Send an explanation to the debtor or consumer obligor, as applicable, after the 4 |
---|
2879 | 2884 | | disposition and:and in accordance with both of the following: 5 |
---|
2880 | 2885 | | a. Before or when the secured party accounts to the debtor and pays any 6 |
---|
2881 | 2886 | | surplus or first makes written demand in a record on the consumer 7 |
---|
2882 | 2887 | | obligor after the disposition for payment of the deficiency; 8 |
---|
2883 | 2888 | | anddeficiency. 9 |
---|
2884 | 2889 | | b. Within 14 days after receipt of a request; orrequest. 10 |
---|
2885 | 2890 | | (2) In the case of a consumer obligor who is liable for a deficiency, within 14 days 11 |
---|
2886 | 2891 | | after receipt of a request, send to the consumer obligor a record waiving the 12 |
---|
2887 | 2892 | | secured party's right to a deficiency. 13 |
---|
2888 | 2893 | | (c) Required information. – Information. – To comply with sub-subdivision (a)(1)b. of 14 |
---|
2889 | 2894 | | this section, a writing must an explanation shall provide the following information in the 15 |
---|
2890 | 2895 | | following order: 16 |
---|
2891 | 2896 | | (1) The aggregate amount of obligations secured by the security interest under 17 |
---|
2892 | 2897 | | which the disposition was made, and, if the amount reflects a rebate of 18 |
---|
2893 | 2898 | | unearned interest or credit service charge, an indication of that fact, calculated 19 |
---|
2894 | 2899 | | as of a specified date:date as follows: 20 |
---|
2895 | 2900 | | a. If the secured party takes or receives possession of the collateral after 21 |
---|
2896 | 2901 | | default, not more than 35 days before the secured party takes or 22 |
---|
2897 | 2902 | | receives possession; orpossession. 23 |
---|
2898 | 2903 | | b. If the secured party takes or receives possession of the collateral before 24 |
---|
2899 | 2904 | | default or does not take possession of the collateral, not more than 35 25 |
---|
2900 | 2905 | | days before the disposition;disposition. 26 |
---|
2901 | 2906 | | (2) The amount of proceeds of the disposition;disposition. 27 |
---|
2902 | 2907 | | (3) The aggregate amount of the obligations after deducting the amount of 28 |
---|
2903 | 2908 | | proceeds;proceeds. 29 |
---|
2904 | 2909 | | (4) The amount, in the aggregate or by type, and types of expenses, including 30 |
---|
2905 | 2910 | | expenses of retaking, holding, preparing for disposition, processing, and 31 |
---|
2906 | 2911 | | disposing of the collateral, and attorney's attorneys' fees secured by the 32 |
---|
2907 | 2912 | | collateral which that are known to the secured party and relate to the current 33 |
---|
2908 | 2913 | | disposition;disposition. 34 |
---|
2909 | 2914 | | (5) The amount, in the aggregate or by type, and types of credits, including rebates 35 |
---|
2910 | 2915 | | of interest or credit service charges, to which the obligor is known to be 36 |
---|
2911 | 2916 | | entitled and which that are not reflected in the amount in subdivision (1) of 37 |
---|
2912 | 2917 | | this subsection; andsubsection. 38 |
---|
2913 | 2918 | | (6) The amount of the surplus or deficiency. 39 |
---|
2914 | 2919 | | (d) Substantial compliance. – Compliance. – A particular phrasing of the explanation is 40 |
---|
2915 | 2920 | | not required. An explanation complying substantially with the requirements of subsection (a) of 41 |
---|
2916 | 2921 | | this section is sufficient, even if it includes minor errors that are not seriously misleading. 42 |
---|
2917 | 2922 | | (e) Charges for responses. – Responses. – A debtor or consumer obligor is entitled 43 |
---|
2918 | 2923 | | without charge to one response to a request under this section during any six-month period in 44 |
---|
2919 | 2924 | | which the secured party did not send to the debtor or consumer obligor an explanation pursuant 45 |
---|
2920 | 2925 | | to subdivision (b)(1) of this section. The secured party may require payment of a charge not 46 |
---|
2921 | 2926 | | exceeding twenty-five dollars ($25.00) for each additional response." 47 |
---|
2922 | 2927 | | SECTION 47. G.S. 25-9-619 reads as rewritten: 48 |
---|
2923 | 2928 | | "§ 25-9-619. Transfer of record or legal title. 49 |
---|
2924 | 2929 | | (a) "Transfer statement." – Statement." – In this section, "transfer statement" means a 50 |
---|
2925 | 2930 | | record authenticated signed by a secured party stating:stating all of the following: 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
2927 | 2932 | | (1) That the debtor has defaulted in connection with an obligation secured by 1 |
---|
2928 | 2933 | | specified collateral;collateral. 2 |
---|
2929 | 2934 | | (2) That the secured party has exercised its postdefault remedies with respect to 3 |
---|
2930 | 2935 | | the collateral;collateral. 4 |
---|
2931 | 2936 | | (3) That, by reason of the exercise, a transferee has acquired the rights of the 5 |
---|
2932 | 2937 | | debtor in the collateral; andcollateral. 6 |
---|
2933 | 2938 | | (4) The name and mailing address of the secured party, debtor, and transferee. 7 |
---|
2934 | 2939 | | (b) Effect of transfer statement. – Transfer Statement. – A transfer statement entitles the 8 |
---|
2935 | 2940 | | transferee to the transfer of record of all rights of the debtor in the collateral specified in the 9 |
---|
2936 | 2941 | | statement in any official filing, recording, registration, or certificate-of-title system covering the 10 |
---|
2937 | 2942 | | collateral. If a transfer statement is presented with the applicable fee and request form to the 11 |
---|
2938 | 2943 | | official or office responsible for maintaining the system, the official or office shall:shall do all of 12 |
---|
2939 | 2944 | | the following: 13 |
---|
2940 | 2945 | | (1) Accept the transfer statement;statement. 14 |
---|
2941 | 2946 | | (2) Promptly amend its records to reflect the transfer; andtransfer. 15 |
---|
2942 | 2947 | | (3) If applicable, issue a new appropriate certificate of title in the name of the 16 |
---|
2943 | 2948 | | transferee. 17 |
---|
2944 | 2949 | | (c) Transfer not a disposition; no relief of secured party's duties. – Not a Disposition; No 18 |
---|
2945 | 2950 | | Relief of Secured Party's Duties. – A transfer of the record or legal title to collateral to a secured 19 |
---|
2946 | 2951 | | party under subsection (b) of this section or otherwise is not of itself a disposition of collateral 20 |
---|
2947 | 2952 | | under this Article and does not of itself relieve the secured party of its duties under this Article." 21 |
---|
2948 | 2953 | | SECTION 48. G.S. 25-9-620 reads as rewritten: 22 |
---|
2949 | 2954 | | "§ 25-9-620. Acceptance of collateral in full or partial satisfaction of obligation; compulsory 23 |
---|
2950 | 2955 | | disposition of collateral. 24 |
---|
2951 | 2956 | | (a) Conditions to acceptance in satisfaction. – Acceptance in Satisfaction. – Except as 25 |
---|
2952 | 2957 | | otherwise provided in subsection (g) of this section, a secured party may accept collateral in full 26 |
---|
2953 | 2958 | | or partial satisfaction of the obligation it secures only if:if all of the following apply: 27 |
---|
2954 | 2959 | | (1) The debtor consents to the acceptance under subsection (c) of this 28 |
---|
2955 | 2960 | | section;section. 29 |
---|
2956 | 2961 | | (2) The secured party does not receive, within the time set forth in subsection (d) 30 |
---|
2957 | 2962 | | of this section, a notification of objection to the proposal authenticated 31 |
---|
2958 | 2963 | | by:signed by either of the following: 32 |
---|
2959 | 2964 | | a. A person to which the secured party was required to send a proposal 33 |
---|
2960 | 2965 | | under G.S. 25-9-621; orG.S. 25-9-621. 34 |
---|
2961 | 2966 | | b. Any other person, other than the debtor, holding an interest in the 35 |
---|
2962 | 2967 | | collateral subordinate to the security interest that is the subject of the 36 |
---|
2963 | 2968 | | proposal;proposal. 37 |
---|
2964 | 2969 | | (3) If the collateral is consumer goods, the collateral is not in the possession of 38 |
---|
2965 | 2970 | | the debtor when the debtor consents to the acceptance; andacceptance. 39 |
---|
2966 | 2971 | | (4) Subsection (e) of this section does not require the secured party to dispose of 40 |
---|
2967 | 2972 | | the collateral or the debtor waives the requirement pursuant to G.S. 25-9-624. 41 |
---|
2968 | 2973 | | (b) Purported acceptance ineffective. – Acceptance Ineffective. – A purported or apparent 42 |
---|
2969 | 2974 | | acceptance of collateral under this section is ineffective unless:unless both of the following apply: 43 |
---|
2970 | 2975 | | (1) The secured party consents to the acceptance in an authenticated a signed 44 |
---|
2971 | 2976 | | record or sends a proposal to the debtor; anddebtor. 45 |
---|
2972 | 2977 | | (2) The conditions of subsection (a) of this section are met. 46 |
---|
2973 | 2978 | | (c) Debtor's consent. – Consent. – For purposes of this section:section, both of the 47 |
---|
2974 | 2979 | | following apply: 48 |
---|
2975 | 2980 | | (1) A debtor consents to an acceptance of collateral in partial satisfaction of the 49 |
---|
2976 | 2981 | | obligation it secures only if the debtor agrees to the terms of the acceptance in 50 |
---|
2977 | 2982 | | a record authenticated signed after default; anddefault. 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
2979 | 2984 | | (2) A debtor consents to an acceptance of collateral in full satisfaction of the 1 |
---|
2980 | 2985 | | obligation it secures only if the debtor agrees to the terms of the acceptance in 2 |
---|
2981 | 2986 | | a record authenticated signed after default or the secured party:all of the 3 |
---|
2982 | 2987 | | following apply: 4 |
---|
2983 | 2988 | | a. Sends The secured party sends to the debtor after default a proposal 5 |
---|
2984 | 2989 | | that is unconditional or subject only to a condition that collateral not 6 |
---|
2985 | 2990 | | in the possession of the secured party be preserved or 7 |
---|
2986 | 2991 | | maintained;maintained. 8 |
---|
2987 | 2992 | | b. In the proposal, the secured party proposes to accept collateral in full 9 |
---|
2988 | 2993 | | satisfaction of the obligation it secures; andsecures. 10 |
---|
2989 | 2994 | | c. Does The secured party does not receive a notification of objection 11 |
---|
2990 | 2995 | | authenticated signed by the debtor within 20 days after the proposal is 12 |
---|
2991 | 2996 | | sent. 13 |
---|
2992 | 2997 | | (d) Effectiveness of notification. – Notification. – To be effective under subdivision 14 |
---|
2993 | 2998 | | (a)(2) of this section, a notification of objection must shall be received by the secured party:party 15 |
---|
2994 | 2999 | | as follows: 16 |
---|
2995 | 3000 | | (1) In the case of a person to which the proposal was sent pursuant to 17 |
---|
2996 | 3001 | | G.S. 25-9-621, within 20 days after notification was sent to that person; 18 |
---|
2997 | 3002 | | andperson. 19 |
---|
2998 | 3003 | | (2) In other cases:cases as follows: 20 |
---|
2999 | 3004 | | a. Within 20 days after the last notification was sent pursuant to 21 |
---|
3000 | 3005 | | G.S. 25-9-621; orG.S. 25-9-621. 22 |
---|
3001 | 3006 | | b. If a notification was not sent, before the debtor consents to the 23 |
---|
3002 | 3007 | | acceptance under subsection (c) of this section. 24 |
---|
3003 | 3008 | | (e) Mandatory disposition of consumer goods. – Disposition of Consumer Goods. – A 25 |
---|
3004 | 3009 | | secured party that has taken possession of collateral shall dispose of the collateral pursuant to 26 |
---|
3005 | 3010 | | G.S. 25-9-610 within the time specified in subsection (f) of this section if:if either of the 27 |
---|
3006 | 3011 | | following applies: 28 |
---|
3007 | 3012 | | (1) Sixty percent (60%) of the cash price has been paid in the case of a 29 |
---|
3008 | 3013 | | purchase-money security interest in consumer goods; orgoods. 30 |
---|
3009 | 3014 | | (2) Sixty percent (60%) of the principal amount of the obligation secured has been 31 |
---|
3010 | 3015 | | paid in the case of a non-purchase-money security interest in consumer goods. 32 |
---|
3011 | 3016 | | (f) Compliance with mandatory disposition requirement. – Mandatory Disposition 33 |
---|
3012 | 3017 | | Requirement. – To comply with subsection (e) of this section, the secured party shall dispose of 34 |
---|
3013 | 3018 | | the collateral:collateral within either of the following time periods: 35 |
---|
3014 | 3019 | | (1) Within 90 days after taking possession; orpossession. 36 |
---|
3015 | 3020 | | (2) Within any longer period to which the debtor and all secondary obligors have 37 |
---|
3016 | 3021 | | agreed in an agreement to that effect entered into and authenticated signed 38 |
---|
3017 | 3022 | | after default. 39 |
---|
3018 | 3023 | | (g) No partial satisfaction in consumer transaction. – Partial Satisfaction in Consumer 40 |
---|
3019 | 3024 | | Transaction. – In a consumer transaction, a secured party may shall not accept collateral in partial 41 |
---|
3020 | 3025 | | satisfaction of the obligation it secures." 42 |
---|
3021 | 3026 | | SECTION 49. G.S. 25-9-621 reads as rewritten: 43 |
---|
3022 | 3027 | | "§ 25-9-621. Notification of proposal to accept collateral. 44 |
---|
3023 | 3028 | | (a) Persons to which proposal to be sent. – Which Proposal to be Sent. – A secured party 45 |
---|
3024 | 3029 | | that desires to accept collateral in full or partial satisfaction of the obligation it secures shall send 46 |
---|
3025 | 3030 | | its proposal to:to all of the following: 47 |
---|
3026 | 3031 | | (1) Any person from which the secured party has received, before the debtor 48 |
---|
3027 | 3032 | | consented to the acceptance, an authenticated a signed notification of a claim 49 |
---|
3028 | 3033 | | of an interest in the collateral;collateral. 50 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
3030 | 3035 | | (2) Any other secured party or lienholder that, 10 days before the debtor 1 |
---|
3031 | 3036 | | consented to the acceptance, held a security interest in or other lien on the 2 |
---|
3032 | 3037 | | collateral perfected by the filing of a financing statement that:that meets all of 3 |
---|
3033 | 3038 | | the following requirements: 4 |
---|
3034 | 3039 | | a. Identified the collateral;collateral. 5 |
---|
3035 | 3040 | | b. Was indexed under the debtor's name as of that date; anddate. 6 |
---|
3036 | 3041 | | c. Was filed in the office or offices in which to file a financing statement 7 |
---|
3037 | 3042 | | against the debtor covering the collateral as of that date; anddate. 8 |
---|
3038 | 3043 | | (3) Any other secured party that, 10 days before the debtor consented to the 9 |
---|
3039 | 3044 | | acceptance, held a security interest in the collateral perfected by compliance 10 |
---|
3040 | 3045 | | with a statute, regulation, or treaty described in G.S. 25-9-311(a). 11 |
---|
3041 | 3046 | | (b) Proposal to be sent to secondary obligor in partial satisfaction. – Sent to Secondary 12 |
---|
3042 | 3047 | | Obligor in Partial Satisfaction. – A secured party that desires to accept collateral in partial 13 |
---|
3043 | 3048 | | satisfaction of the obligation it secures shall send its proposal to any secondary obligor in addition 14 |
---|
3044 | 3049 | | to the persons described in subsection (a) of this section." 15 |
---|
3045 | 3050 | | SECTION 50. G.S. 25-9-624 reads as rewritten: 16 |
---|
3046 | 3051 | | "§ 25-9-624. Waiver. 17 |
---|
3047 | 3052 | | (a) Waiver of disposition notification. – Disposition Notification. – A debtor or 18 |
---|
3048 | 3053 | | secondary obligor may waive the right to notification of disposition of collateral under 19 |
---|
3049 | 3054 | | G.S. 25-9-611 only by an agreement to that effect entered into and authenticated signed after 20 |
---|
3050 | 3055 | | default. 21 |
---|
3051 | 3056 | | (b) Waiver of mandatory disposition. – Mandatory Disposition. – A debtor may waive 22 |
---|
3052 | 3057 | | the right to require disposition of collateral under G.S. 25-9-620(e) only by an agreement to that 23 |
---|
3053 | 3058 | | effect entered into and authenticated signed after default. 24 |
---|
3054 | 3059 | | (c) Waiver of redemption right. – Redemption Right. – Except in a consumer-goods 25 |
---|
3055 | 3060 | | transaction, a debtor or secondary obligor may waive the right to redeem collateral under 26 |
---|
3056 | 3061 | | G.S. 25-9-623 only by an agreement to that effect entered into and authenticated signed after 27 |
---|
3057 | 3062 | | default." 28 |
---|
3058 | 3063 | | SECTION 51. G.S. 25-9-628 reads as rewritten: 29 |
---|
3059 | 3064 | | "§ 25-9-628. Nonliability and limitation on liability of secured party; liability of secondary 30 |
---|
3060 | 3065 | | obligor. 31 |
---|
3061 | 3066 | | (a) Limitation of liability of secured party for noncompliance with Article. – Unless 32 |
---|
3062 | 3067 | | Liability of Secured Party for Noncompliance with Article. – Subject to subsection (f) of this 33 |
---|
3063 | 3068 | | section, unless a secured party knows that a person is a debtor or obligor, knows the identity of 34 |
---|
3064 | 3069 | | the person, and knows how to communicate with the person:person, both of the following apply: 35 |
---|
3065 | 3070 | | (1) The secured party is not liable to the person, or to a secured party or lienholder 36 |
---|
3066 | 3071 | | that has filed a financing statement against the person, for failure to comply 37 |
---|
3067 | 3072 | | with this Article; andArticle. 38 |
---|
3068 | 3073 | | (2) The secured party's failure to comply with this Article does not affect the 39 |
---|
3069 | 3074 | | liability of the person for a deficiency. 40 |
---|
3070 | 3075 | | (b) Limitation of liability based on status as secured party. – A Liability Based on Status 41 |
---|
3071 | 3076 | | as Secured Party. – Subject to subsection (f) of this section, a secured party is not liable because 42 |
---|
3072 | 3077 | | of its status as secured party:party to either of the following: 43 |
---|
3073 | 3078 | | (1) To a person that is a debtor or obligor, unless the secured party knows:knows 44 |
---|
3074 | 3079 | | all of the following: 45 |
---|
3075 | 3080 | | a. That the person is a debtor or obligor;obligor. 46 |
---|
3076 | 3081 | | b. The identity of the person; andperson. 47 |
---|
3077 | 3082 | | c. How to communicate with the person; orperson. 48 |
---|
3078 | 3083 | | (2) To a secured party or lienholder that has filed a financing statement against a 49 |
---|
3079 | 3084 | | person, unless the secured party knows:knows both of the following: 50 |
---|
3080 | 3085 | | a. That the person is a debtor; anddebtor. 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
3082 | 3087 | | b. The identity of the person. 1 |
---|
3083 | 3088 | | (c) Limitation of liability if reasonable belief that transaction not a consumer-goods 2 |
---|
3084 | 3089 | | transaction or consumer transaction. – Liability If Reasonable Belief That Transaction Not a 3 |
---|
3085 | 3090 | | Consumer-Goods Transaction or Consumer Transaction. – A secured party is not liable to any 4 |
---|
3086 | 3091 | | person, and a person's liability for a deficiency is not affected, because of any act or omission 5 |
---|
3087 | 3092 | | arising out of the secured party's reasonable belief that a transaction is not a consumer-goods 6 |
---|
3088 | 3093 | | transaction or a consumer transaction or that goods are not consumer goods, if the secured party's 7 |
---|
3089 | 3094 | | belief is based on its reasonable reliance on:on either of the following: 8 |
---|
3090 | 3095 | | (1) A debtor's representation concerning the purpose for which collateral was to 9 |
---|
3091 | 3096 | | be used, acquired, or held; orheld. 10 |
---|
3092 | 3097 | | (2) An obligor's representation concerning the purpose for which a secured 11 |
---|
3093 | 3098 | | obligation was incurred. 12 |
---|
3094 | 3099 | | (d) Limitation of liability for statutory damages. – Liability for Statutory Damages. – A 13 |
---|
3095 | 3100 | | secured party is not liable to any person under G.S. 25-9-625(c)(2) for its failure to comply with 14 |
---|
3096 | 3101 | | G.S. 25-9-616. 15 |
---|
3097 | 3102 | | (e) Limitation of multiple liability for statutory damages. – Multiple Liability for 16 |
---|
3098 | 3103 | | Statutory Damages. – A secured party is not liable under G.S. 25-9-625(c)(2) more than once 17 |
---|
3099 | 3104 | | with respect to any one secured obligation. 18 |
---|
3100 | 3105 | | (f) Exception to Limitation of Liability Under Subsections (a) and (b). – Subsections (a) 19 |
---|
3101 | 3106 | | and (b) of this section do not apply to limit the liability of a secured party to a person if, at the 20 |
---|
3102 | 3107 | | time the secured party obtains control of collateral that is a controllable account, controllable 21 |
---|
3103 | 3108 | | electronic record, or controllable payment intangible or at the time the security interest attaches 22 |
---|
3104 | 3109 | | to the collateral, whichever is later, both of the following apply: 23 |
---|
3105 | 3110 | | (1) The person is a debtor or obligor. 24 |
---|
3106 | 3111 | | (2) The secured party knows that the information in sub-subdivision (b)(1)a., b., 25 |
---|
3107 | 3112 | | or c. of this section relating to the person is not provided by the collateral, a 26 |
---|
3108 | 3113 | | record attached to or logically associated with the collateral, or the system in 27 |
---|
3109 | 3114 | | which the collateral is recorded." 28 |
---|
3110 | 3115 | | 29 |
---|
3111 | 3116 | | PART III. CONFORMING CHANGES AND OTHER AMENDMENTS TO OTHER UCC 30 |
---|
3112 | 3117 | | ARTICLES 31 |
---|
3113 | 3118 | | SECTION 52. G.S. 25-1-201 reads as rewritten: 32 |
---|
3114 | 3119 | | "§ 25-1-201. General definitions. 33 |
---|
3115 | 3120 | | (a) Unless the context otherwise requires, words or phrases defined in this section, or in 34 |
---|
3116 | 3121 | | the additional definitions contained in other Articles articles of this Chapter that apply to 35 |
---|
3117 | 3122 | | particular Articles or Parts thereof, articles or parts of this Chapter, have the meanings stated. 36 |
---|
3118 | 3123 | | (b) Subject to definitions contained in other articles of this Chapter that apply to particular 37 |
---|
3119 | 3124 | | articles or parts thereof:of this Chapter, the following definitions apply in this Chapter: 38 |
---|
3120 | 3125 | | (1) "Action," in Action. – In the sense of a judicial proceeding, includes 39 |
---|
3121 | 3126 | | recoupment, counterclaim, setoff, suit in equity, and any other proceeding in 40 |
---|
3122 | 3127 | | which rights are determined. 41 |
---|
3123 | 3128 | | (2) "Aggrieved party" means a Aggrieved party. – A party entitled to pursue a 42 |
---|
3124 | 3129 | | remedy. 43 |
---|
3125 | 3130 | | (3) "Agreement," as Agreement. – As distinguished from "contract," means the 44 |
---|
3126 | 3131 | | bargain of the parties in fact, as found in their language or inferred from other 45 |
---|
3127 | 3132 | | circumstances, including course of performance, course of dealing, or usage 46 |
---|
3128 | 3133 | | of trade as provided in G.S. 25-1-303. 47 |
---|
3129 | 3134 | | (4) "Bank" means a Bank. – A person engaged in the business of banking and 48 |
---|
3130 | 3135 | | banking. The term includes a savings bank, savings and loan association, 49 |
---|
3131 | 3136 | | credit union, and trust company. 50 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
3133 | 3138 | | (5) "Bearer" means a Bearer. – A person in control of a negotiable electronic 1 |
---|
3134 | 3139 | | document of title or a person in possession of a negotiable instrument, 2 |
---|
3135 | 3140 | | negotiable tangible document of title, or certificated security that is payable 3 |
---|
3136 | 3141 | | to bearer or indorsed in blank. 4 |
---|
3137 | 3142 | | (6) "Bill of lading" means a Bill of lading. – A document of title evidencing the 5 |
---|
3138 | 3143 | | receipt of goods for shipment issued by a person engaged in the business of 6 |
---|
3139 | 3144 | | directly or indirectly transporting or forwarding goods. The term does not 7 |
---|
3140 | 3145 | | include a warehouse receipt. 8 |
---|
3141 | 3146 | | (7) "Branch" includes Branch. – Includes a separately incorporated foreign 9 |
---|
3142 | 3147 | | branch of a bank. 10 |
---|
3143 | 3148 | | (8) "Burden of establishing" a fact means the Burden of establishing. – The 11 |
---|
3144 | 3149 | | burden of persuading the trier of fact that the existence of the a fact is more 12 |
---|
3145 | 3150 | | probable than its nonexistence. 13 |
---|
3146 | 3151 | | (9) "Buyer in ordinary course of business" means a Buyer in ordinary course of 14 |
---|
3147 | 3152 | | business. – A person that buys goods in good faith, without knowledge that 15 |
---|
3148 | 3153 | | the sale violates the rights of another person in the goods, and in the ordinary 16 |
---|
3149 | 3154 | | course from a person, other than a pawnbroker, in the business of selling goods 17 |
---|
3150 | 3155 | | of that kind. A person buys goods in the ordinary course if the sale to the 18 |
---|
3151 | 3156 | | person comports with the usual or customary practices in the kind of business 19 |
---|
3152 | 3157 | | in which the seller is engaged or with the seller's own usual or customary 20 |
---|
3153 | 3158 | | practices. A person that sells oil, gas, or other minerals at the wellhead or 21 |
---|
3154 | 3159 | | minehead is a person in the business of selling goods of that kind. A buyer in 22 |
---|
3155 | 3160 | | ordinary course of business may buy for cash, by exchange of other property, 23 |
---|
3156 | 3161 | | or on secured or unsecured credit, and may acquire goods or documents of 24 |
---|
3157 | 3162 | | title under a preexisting contract for sale. Only a buyer that takes possession 25 |
---|
3158 | 3163 | | of the goods or has a right to recover the goods from the seller under Article 26 |
---|
3159 | 3164 | | 2 of this Chapter may be a buyer in ordinary course of business. "Buyer in 27 |
---|
3160 | 3165 | | ordinary course of business" The term does not include a person that acquires 28 |
---|
3161 | 3166 | | goods in a transfer in bulk or as security for or in total or partial satisfaction 29 |
---|
3162 | 3167 | | of a money debt. 30 |
---|
3163 | 3168 | | (10) "Conspicuous," with Conspicuous. – With reference to a term, means so 31 |
---|
3164 | 3169 | | written, displayed, or presented that that, based on the totality of the 32 |
---|
3165 | 3170 | | circumstances, a reasonable person against which it is to operate ought to have 33 |
---|
3166 | 3171 | | noticed it. Whether a term is "conspicuous" or not is a decision for the court. 34 |
---|
3167 | 3172 | | Conspicuous terms include the following: 35 |
---|
3168 | 3173 | | a. A heading in capitals equal to or greater in size than the surrounding 36 |
---|
3169 | 3174 | | text, or in contrasting type, font, or color to the surrounding text of the 37 |
---|
3170 | 3175 | | same or lesser size; and 38 |
---|
3171 | 3176 | | b. Language in the body of a record or display in larger type than the 39 |
---|
3172 | 3177 | | surrounding text, or in contrasting type, font, or color to the 40 |
---|
3173 | 3178 | | surrounding text of the same size, or set off from surrounding text of 41 |
---|
3174 | 3179 | | the same size by symbols or other marks that call attention to the 42 |
---|
3175 | 3180 | | language. 43 |
---|
3176 | 3181 | | (11) "Consumer" means an Consumer. – An individual who enters into a 44 |
---|
3177 | 3182 | | transaction primarily for personal, family, or household purposes. 45 |
---|
3178 | 3183 | | (12) "Contract," as Contract. – As distinguished from "agreement," means the total 46 |
---|
3179 | 3184 | | legal obligation that results from the parties' agreement as determined by this 47 |
---|
3180 | 3185 | | Chapter as supplemented by any other applicable laws. 48 |
---|
3181 | 3186 | | (13) "Creditor" includes Creditor. – Includes a general creditor, a secured creditor, 49 |
---|
3182 | 3187 | | a lien creditor, and any representative of creditors, including an assignee for 50 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
3184 | 3189 | | the benefit of creditors, a trustee in bankruptcy, a receiver in equity, and an 1 |
---|
3185 | 3190 | | executor or administrator of an insolvent debtor's or assignor's estate. 2 |
---|
3186 | 3191 | | (14) "Defendant" includes Defendant. – Includes a person in the position of 3 |
---|
3187 | 3192 | | defendant in a counterclaim, cross-claim, or third-party claim. 4 |
---|
3188 | 3193 | | (15) "Delivery", with Delivery. – With respect to an electronic document of title 5 |
---|
3189 | 3194 | | title, means voluntary transfer of control and with control. With respect to an 6 |
---|
3190 | 3195 | | instrument, a tangible document of title, or an authoritative tangible copy of a 7 |
---|
3191 | 3196 | | record evidencing chattel paper, the term means voluntary transfer of 8 |
---|
3192 | 3197 | | possession. 9 |
---|
3193 | 3198 | | (16) "Document of title" means a Document of title. – A record (i) that in the 10 |
---|
3194 | 3199 | | regular course of business or financing is treated as adequately evidencing that 11 |
---|
3195 | 3200 | | the person in possession or control of the record is entitled to receive, control, 12 |
---|
3196 | 3201 | | hold, and dispose of the record and the goods the record covers and (ii) that 13 |
---|
3197 | 3202 | | purports to be issued by or addressed to a bailee and to cover goods in the 14 |
---|
3198 | 3203 | | bailee's possession which that are either identified or are fungible portions of 15 |
---|
3199 | 3204 | | an identified mass. The term includes a bill of lading, transport document, 16 |
---|
3200 | 3205 | | dock warrant, dock receipt, warehouse receipt, and order for delivery of 17 |
---|
3201 | 3206 | | goods. An electronic document of title means a document of title evidenced 18 |
---|
3202 | 3207 | | by a record consisting of information stored in an electronic medium. A 19 |
---|
3203 | 3208 | | tangible document of title means a document of title evidenced by a record 20 |
---|
3204 | 3209 | | consisting of information that is inscribed on a tangible medium. 21 |
---|
3205 | 3210 | | (16a) Electronic. – Relating to technology having electrical, digital, magnetic, 22 |
---|
3206 | 3211 | | wireless, optical, electromagnetic, or similar capabilities. 23 |
---|
3207 | 3212 | | (17) "Fault" means a Fault. – A default, breach, or wrongful act or omission. 24 |
---|
3208 | 3213 | | (18) "Fungible goods" means:Fungible goods. – Either of the following: 25 |
---|
3209 | 3214 | | a. Goods of which any unit, by nature or usage of trade, are the equivalent 26 |
---|
3210 | 3215 | | of any other like unit; orunit. 27 |
---|
3211 | 3216 | | b. Goods that by agreement are treated as equivalent. 28 |
---|
3212 | 3217 | | (19) "Genuine" means free Genuine. – Free of forgery or counterfeiting. 29 |
---|
3213 | 3218 | | (20) "Good faith," except Good faith. – Except as otherwise provided in Article 5 30 |
---|
3214 | 3219 | | of this Chapter, means honesty in fact and the observance of reasonable 31 |
---|
3215 | 3220 | | commercial standards of fair dealing. 32 |
---|
3216 | 3221 | | (21) "Holder" means:Holder. – Any of the following: 33 |
---|
3217 | 3222 | | a. The person in possession of a negotiable instrument that is payable 34 |
---|
3218 | 3223 | | either to bearer or to an identified person that is the person in 35 |
---|
3219 | 3224 | | possession;possession. 36 |
---|
3220 | 3225 | | b. The person in possession of a negotiable tangible document of title if 37 |
---|
3221 | 3226 | | the goods are deliverable either to bearer or to the order of the person 38 |
---|
3222 | 3227 | | in possession; orpossession. 39 |
---|
3223 | 3228 | | c. The person in control control, other than pursuant to G.S. 25-7-106(g), 40 |
---|
3224 | 3229 | | of a negotiable electronic document of title. 41 |
---|
3225 | 3230 | | (22) "Insolvency proceeding" includes Insolvency proceeding. – Includes an 42 |
---|
3226 | 3231 | | assignment for the benefit of creditors or other proceeding intended to 43 |
---|
3227 | 3232 | | liquidate or rehabilitate the estate of the person involved. 44 |
---|
3228 | 3233 | | (23) "Insolvent" means:Insolvent. – Any of the following: 45 |
---|
3229 | 3234 | | a. Having generally ceased to pay debts in the ordinary course of 46 |
---|
3230 | 3235 | | business other than as a result of bona fide dispute;dispute. 47 |
---|
3231 | 3236 | | b. Being unable to pay debts as they become due; ordue. 48 |
---|
3232 | 3237 | | c. Being insolvent within the meaning of federal bankruptcy law. 49 |
---|
3233 | 3238 | | (24) "Money" means a Money. – A medium of exchange that is currently 50 |
---|
3234 | 3239 | | authorized or adopted by a domestic or foreign government. The term includes 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
3236 | 3241 | | a monetary unit of account established by an intergovernmental organization 1 |
---|
3237 | 3242 | | or by agreement between two or more countries. The term does not include an 2 |
---|
3238 | 3243 | | electronic record that is a medium of exchange recorded and transferable in a 3 |
---|
3239 | 3244 | | system that existed and operated for the medium of exchange before the 4 |
---|
3240 | 3245 | | medium of exchange was authorized or adopted by the government. 5 |
---|
3241 | 3246 | | (25) "Organization" means a Organization. – A person other than an individual. 6 |
---|
3242 | 3247 | | (26) "Party," as Party. – As distinguished from "third party," means a person that 7 |
---|
3243 | 3248 | | has engaged in a transaction or made an agreement subject to this Chapter. 8 |
---|
3244 | 3249 | | (27) "Person" means an Person. – An individual, corporation, business trust, estate, 9 |
---|
3245 | 3250 | | trust, partnership, limited liability company, association, joint venture, 10 |
---|
3246 | 3251 | | government, governmental subdivision, agency, or instrumentality, public 11 |
---|
3247 | 3252 | | corporation, or any other legal or commercial entity. The term includes a 12 |
---|
3248 | 3253 | | protected series, however denominated, of an entity if the protected series is 13 |
---|
3249 | 3254 | | established under law other than this Chapter that limits, or limits if conditions 14 |
---|
3250 | 3255 | | specified under the law are satisfied, the ability of a creditor of the entity or of 15 |
---|
3251 | 3256 | | any other protected series of the entity to satisfy a claim from assets of the 16 |
---|
3252 | 3257 | | protected series. 17 |
---|
3253 | 3258 | | (28) "Present value" means the Present value. – The amount as of a date certain of 18 |
---|
3254 | 3259 | | one or more sums payable in the future, discounted to the date certain by use 19 |
---|
3255 | 3260 | | of either an interest rate specified by the parties if that rate is not manifestly 20 |
---|
3256 | 3261 | | unreasonable at the time the transaction is entered into or, if an interest rate is 21 |
---|
3257 | 3262 | | not so specified, a commercially reasonable rate that takes into account the 22 |
---|
3258 | 3263 | | facts and circumstances at the time the transaction is entered into. 23 |
---|
3259 | 3264 | | (29) "Purchase" means taking Purchase. – Taking by sale, lease, discount, 24 |
---|
3260 | 3265 | | negotiation, mortgage, pledge, lien, security interest, issue or reissue, gift, or 25 |
---|
3261 | 3266 | | any other voluntary transaction creating an interest in property. 26 |
---|
3262 | 3267 | | (30) "Purchaser" means a Purchaser. – A person that takes by purchase. 27 |
---|
3263 | 3268 | | (31) "Record" means information Record. – Information that is inscribed on a 28 |
---|
3264 | 3269 | | tangible medium or that is stored in an electronic or other medium and is 29 |
---|
3265 | 3270 | | retrievable in perceivable form. 30 |
---|
3266 | 3271 | | (32) "Remedy" means any Remedy. – Any remedial right to which an aggrieved 31 |
---|
3267 | 3272 | | party is entitled with or without resort to a tribunal. 32 |
---|
3268 | 3273 | | (33) "Representative" means a Representative. – A person empowered to act for 33 |
---|
3269 | 3274 | | another, including an agent, an officer of a corporation or association, and a 34 |
---|
3270 | 3275 | | trustee, executor, or administrator of an estate. 35 |
---|
3271 | 3276 | | (34) "Right" includes Right. – Includes remedy. 36 |
---|
3272 | 3277 | | (35) "Security interest" means an Security interest. – An interest in personal 37 |
---|
3273 | 3278 | | property or fixtures which that secures payment or performance of an 38 |
---|
3274 | 3279 | | obligation. "Security interest" The term includes any interest of a consignor 39 |
---|
3275 | 3280 | | and a buyer of accounts, chattel paper, a payment intangible, or a promissory 40 |
---|
3276 | 3281 | | note in a transaction that is subject to Article 9 of this Chapter. "Security 41 |
---|
3277 | 3282 | | interest" The term does not include the special property interest of a buyer of 42 |
---|
3278 | 3283 | | goods on identification of those goods to a contract for sale under 43 |
---|
3279 | 3284 | | G.S. 25-2-401, but a buyer may also acquire a "security interest" by 44 |
---|
3280 | 3285 | | complying with Article 9 of this Chapter. Except as otherwise provided in 45 |
---|
3281 | 3286 | | G.S. 25-2-505, the right of a seller or lessor of goods under Article 2 or 2A of 46 |
---|
3282 | 3287 | | this Chapter to retain or acquire possession of the goods is not a "security 47 |
---|
3283 | 3288 | | interest," but a seller or lessor may also acquire a "security interest" by 48 |
---|
3284 | 3289 | | complying with Article 9 of this Chapter. The retention or reservation of title 49 |
---|
3285 | 3290 | | by a seller of goods notwithstanding shipment or delivery to the buyer under 50 |
---|
3286 | 3291 | | G.S. 25-2-401 is limited in effect to a reservation of a "security interest." 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
3288 | 3293 | | Whether a transaction in the form of a lease creates a "security interest" is 1 |
---|
3289 | 3294 | | determined pursuant to G.S. 25-1-203. 2 |
---|
3290 | 3295 | | (36) "Send" in connection with a writing, record, or notice means:Send. – In 3 |
---|
3291 | 3296 | | connection with a record or notification, means either of the following: 4 |
---|
3292 | 3297 | | a. To deposit in the mail or mail, deliver for transmission transmission, 5 |
---|
3293 | 3298 | | or transmit by any other usual means of communication 6 |
---|
3294 | 3299 | | communication, with postage or cost of transmission provided for and 7 |
---|
3295 | 3300 | | properly addressed and, in the case of an instrument, to an address 8 |
---|
3296 | 3301 | | specified thereon or otherwise agreed, or if there be none for, 9 |
---|
3297 | 3302 | | addressed to any address reasonable under the circumstances; 10 |
---|
3298 | 3303 | | orcircumstances. 11 |
---|
3299 | 3304 | | b. In any other way to cause to be received any record or notice within 12 |
---|
3300 | 3305 | | the time it would have arrived if properly sent.To cause the record or 13 |
---|
3301 | 3306 | | notification to be received within the time it would have been received 14 |
---|
3302 | 3307 | | if properly sent under sub-subdivision a. of this subdivision. 15 |
---|
3303 | 3308 | | (37) "Signed" includes using any symbol executed or adopted with present 16 |
---|
3304 | 3309 | | intention to adopt or accept a writing.Sign. – With present intent to 17 |
---|
3305 | 3310 | | authenticate or adopt a record, means either of the following: 18 |
---|
3306 | 3311 | | a. Execute or adopt a tangible symbol. 19 |
---|
3307 | 3312 | | b. Attach to or logically associate with the record an electronic symbol, 20 |
---|
3308 | 3313 | | sound, or process. 21 |
---|
3309 | 3314 | | "Signed," "signing," and "signature" have corresponding meanings. 22 |
---|
3310 | 3315 | | (38) "State" means a State State. – A state of the United States, the District of 23 |
---|
3311 | 3316 | | Columbia, Puerto Rico, the United States Virgin Islands, or any territory or 24 |
---|
3312 | 3317 | | insular possession subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. 25 |
---|
3313 | 3318 | | (39) "Surety" includes Surety. – Includes a guarantor or other secondary obligor. 26 |
---|
3314 | 3319 | | (40) "Term" means a Term. – A portion of an agreement that relates to a particular 27 |
---|
3315 | 3320 | | matter. 28 |
---|
3316 | 3321 | | (41) "Unauthorized signature" means a Unauthorized signature. – A signature 29 |
---|
3317 | 3322 | | made without actual, implied, or apparent authority. The term includes a 30 |
---|
3318 | 3323 | | forgery. 31 |
---|
3319 | 3324 | | (42) "Warehouse receipt" means a Warehouse receipt. – A document of title issued 32 |
---|
3320 | 3325 | | by a person engaged in the business of storing goods for hire. 33 |
---|
3321 | 3326 | | (43) "Writing" includes Writing. – Includes printing, typewriting, or any other 34 |
---|
3322 | 3327 | | intentional reduction to tangible form. "Written" has a corresponding 35 |
---|
3323 | 3328 | | meaning." 36 |
---|
3324 | 3329 | | SECTION 53. G.S. 25-1-204 reads as rewritten: 37 |
---|
3325 | 3330 | | "§ 25-1-204. Value. 38 |
---|
3326 | 3331 | | Except as otherwise provided in Articles 3, 4, and 5 5, and 12, of this Chapter, a person gives 39 |
---|
3327 | 3332 | | value for rights if the person acquires them:them in any of the following ways: 40 |
---|
3328 | 3333 | | (1) In return for a binding commitment to extend credit or for the extension of 41 |
---|
3329 | 3334 | | immediately available credit, whether or not drawn upon and whether or not 42 |
---|
3330 | 3335 | | a charge-back is provided for in the event of difficulties in 43 |
---|
3331 | 3336 | | collection;collection. 44 |
---|
3332 | 3337 | | (2) As security for, or in total or partial satisfaction of, a preexisting claim;claim. 45 |
---|
3333 | 3338 | | (3) By accepting delivery under a preexisting contract for purchase; orpurchase. 46 |
---|
3334 | 3339 | | (4) In return for any consideration sufficient to support a simple contract." 47 |
---|
3335 | 3340 | | SECTION 54. G.S. 25-1-301 reads as rewritten: 48 |
---|
3336 | 3341 | | "§ 25-1-301. Territorial applicability; parties' power to choose applicable law. 49 |
---|
3337 | 3342 | | (a) Except as otherwise provided in this section, when a transaction bears a reasonable 50 |
---|
3338 | 3343 | | relation to this State and also to another state or nation the parties may agree that the law either 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
3340 | 3345 | | of this State or of the other state or nation shall govern governs their rights and duties. Except as 1 |
---|
3341 | 3346 | | otherwise provided in subsection (c) of this section, the parties to a business contract as defined 2 |
---|
3342 | 3347 | | in G.S. 1G-2(1) may agree in the business contract that North Carolina law shall govern governs 3 |
---|
3343 | 3348 | | their rights and duties in whole or in part, pursuant to G.S. 1G-3. 4 |
---|
3344 | 3349 | | (b) In the absence of an agreement effective under subsection (a) of this section, and 5 |
---|
3345 | 3350 | | except as provided in subsection (c) of this section, this Chapter applies to transactions bearing 6 |
---|
3346 | 3351 | | an appropriate relation to this State. 7 |
---|
3347 | 3352 | | (c) If one of the following provisions of this Chapter specifies the applicable law, that 8 |
---|
3348 | 3353 | | provision governs and a contrary agreement is effective only to the extent permitted by the 9 |
---|
3349 | 3354 | | specified law: 10 |
---|
3350 | 3355 | | (1) G.S. 25-2-402;G.S. 25-2-402. 11 |
---|
3351 | 3356 | | (2) G.S. 25-2A-105 and G.S. 25-2A-106;G.S. 25-2A-106. 12 |
---|
3352 | 3357 | | (3) G.S. 25-4-102;G.S. 25-4-102. 13 |
---|
3353 | 3358 | | (4) G.S. 25-4A-507;G.S. 25-4A-507. 14 |
---|
3354 | 3359 | | (5) G.S. 25-5-116;G.S. 25-5-116. 15 |
---|
3355 | 3360 | | (6) G.S. 25-8-110;G.S. 25-8-110. 16 |
---|
3356 | 3361 | | (7) G.S. 25-9-301 through G.S. 25-9-307. 17 |
---|
3357 | 3362 | | (8) G.S. 25-12-107." 18 |
---|
3358 | 3363 | | SECTION 55. G.S. 25-1-306 reads as rewritten: 19 |
---|
3359 | 3364 | | "§ 25-1-306. Waiver or renunciation of claim or right after breach. 20 |
---|
3360 | 3365 | | A claim or right arising out of an alleged breach may be discharged in whole or in part without 21 |
---|
3361 | 3366 | | consideration by agreement of the aggrieved party in an authenticated a signed record." 22 |
---|
3362 | 3367 | | SECTION 56. In all sections of Articles 2 and 2A of Chapter 25 of the General 23 |
---|
3363 | 3368 | | Statutes that are not amended by this act, the Revisor of Statutes shall redesignate subunits in 24 |
---|
3364 | 3369 | | accordance with the General Statutes numbering system and shall make any necessary 25 |
---|
3365 | 3370 | | conforming changes. 26 |
---|
3366 | 3371 | | SECTION 57. G.S. 25-2-102 reads as rewritten: 27 |
---|
3367 | 3372 | | "§ 25-2-102. Scope; certain security and other transactions excluded from this 28 |
---|
3368 | 3373 | | article.Article. 29 |
---|
3369 | 3374 | | Unless the context otherwise requires, this article applies to transactions in goods; it does not 30 |
---|
3370 | 3375 | | apply to any transaction which although in the form of an unconditional contract to sell or present 31 |
---|
3371 | 3376 | | sale is intended to operate only as a security transaction nor does this article impair or repeal any 32 |
---|
3372 | 3377 | | statute regulating sales to consumers, farmers or other specified classes of buyers. 33 |
---|
3373 | 3378 | | (a) Unless the context otherwise requires, and except as provided in subsection (c) of this 34 |
---|
3374 | 3379 | | section, this Article applies to transactions in goods and, in the case of a hybrid transaction, it 35 |
---|
3375 | 3380 | | applies to the extent provided in subsection (b) of this section. 36 |
---|
3376 | 3381 | | (b) In a hybrid transaction, both of the following apply: 37 |
---|
3377 | 3382 | | (1) If the sale-of-goods aspects do not predominate, only the provisions of this 38 |
---|
3378 | 3383 | | Article that relate primarily to the sale-of-goods aspects of the transaction 39 |
---|
3379 | 3384 | | apply, and the provisions that relate primarily to the transaction as a whole do 40 |
---|
3380 | 3385 | | not apply. 41 |
---|
3381 | 3386 | | (2) If the sale-of-goods aspects predominate, this Article applies to the transaction 42 |
---|
3382 | 3387 | | but does not preclude application in appropriate circumstances of other law to 43 |
---|
3383 | 3388 | | aspects of the transaction that do not relate to the sale of goods. 44 |
---|
3384 | 3389 | | (c) This Article does not do either of the following: 45 |
---|
3385 | 3390 | | (1) Apply to a transaction that, even though in the form of an unconditional 46 |
---|
3386 | 3391 | | contract to sell or present sale, operates only to create a security interest. 47 |
---|
3387 | 3392 | | (2) Impair or repeal a statute regulating sales to consumers, farmers, or other 48 |
---|
3388 | 3393 | | specified classes of buyers." 49 |
---|
3389 | 3394 | | SECTION 58. G.S. 25-2-103 reads as rewritten: 50 |
---|
3390 | 3395 | | "§ 25-2-103. Definitions and index of definitions. 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
3392 | 3397 | | (1)(a) In this article unless the context otherwise requiresArticle, the following definitions 1 |
---|
3393 | 3398 | | apply: 2 |
---|
3394 | 3399 | | (1) Acceptance. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-606. 3 |
---|
3395 | 3400 | | (2) Banker's credit. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-325. 4 |
---|
3396 | 3401 | | (3) Between merchants. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-104. 5 |
---|
3397 | 3402 | | (a)(4) "Buyer" means a Buyer. – A person who that buys or contracts to buy goods. 6 |
---|
3398 | 3403 | | (b) Repealed by Session Laws 2006-112, s. 2, effective October 1, 2006. 7 |
---|
3399 | 3404 | | (5) Cancellation. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-106. 8 |
---|
3400 | 3405 | | (6) Check. – Defined in G.S. 25-3-104. 9 |
---|
3401 | 3406 | | (7) Commercial unit. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-105. 10 |
---|
3402 | 3407 | | (8) Confirmed credit. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-325. 11 |
---|
3403 | 3408 | | (9) Conforming to contract. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-106. 12 |
---|
3404 | 3409 | | (10) Consignee. – Defined in G.S. 25-7-102. 13 |
---|
3405 | 3410 | | (11) Consignor. – Defined in G.S. 25-7-102. 14 |
---|
3406 | 3411 | | (12) Consumer goods. – Defined in G.S. 25-9-102. 15 |
---|
3407 | 3412 | | (13) Contract for sale. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-106. 16 |
---|
3408 | 3413 | | (14) Control. – Defined in G.S. 25-7-106. 17 |
---|
3409 | 3414 | | (15) Cover. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-712. 18 |
---|
3410 | 3415 | | (16) Dishonor. – Defined in G.S. 25-3-502. 19 |
---|
3411 | 3416 | | (17) Draft. – Defined in G.S. 25-3-104. 20 |
---|
3412 | 3417 | | (18) Entrusting. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-403. 21 |
---|
3413 | 3418 | | (19) Financing agency. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-104. 22 |
---|
3414 | 3419 | | (20) Future goods. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-105. 23 |
---|
3415 | 3420 | | (21) Goods. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-105. 24 |
---|
3416 | 3421 | | (22) Identification. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-501. 25 |
---|
3417 | 3422 | | (23) Installment contract. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-612. 26 |
---|
3418 | 3423 | | (24) Letter of credit. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-325. 27 |
---|
3419 | 3424 | | (25) Lot. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-105. 28 |
---|
3420 | 3425 | | (26) Merchant. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-104. 29 |
---|
3421 | 3426 | | (27) Overseas. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-323. 30 |
---|
3422 | 3427 | | (28) Person in position of seller. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-707. 31 |
---|
3423 | 3428 | | (29) Present sale. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-106. 32 |
---|
3424 | 3429 | | (c)(30) "Receipt" of goods means taking Receipt. – With respect to goods, means 33 |
---|
3425 | 3430 | | taking physical possession of them.the goods. 34 |
---|
3426 | 3431 | | (31) Sale. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-106. 35 |
---|
3427 | 3432 | | (32) Sale on approval. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-326. 36 |
---|
3428 | 3433 | | (33) Sale or return. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-326. 37 |
---|
3429 | 3434 | | (d)(34) "Seller" means a Seller. – A person who that sells or contracts to sell goods. 38 |
---|
3430 | 3435 | | Any manufacturer of self-propelled motor vehicles, as defined in 39 |
---|
3431 | 3436 | | G.S. 20-4.01, is also a "seller" with respect to buyers of its product to whom 40 |
---|
3432 | 3437 | | which it makes an express warranty, notwithstanding any lack of privity 41 |
---|
3433 | 3438 | | between them, for purposes of all rights and remedies available to buyers 42 |
---|
3434 | 3439 | | under this Article. 43 |
---|
3435 | 3440 | | (35) Termination. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-106. 44 |
---|
3436 | 3441 | | (2) Other definitions applying to this article or to specified parts thereof, and the sections 45 |
---|
3437 | 3442 | | in which they appear are: 46 |
---|
3438 | 3443 | | "Acceptance." G.S. 25-2-606. 47 |
---|
3439 | 3444 | | "Banker's credit." G.S. 25-2-325. 48 |
---|
3440 | 3445 | | "Between merchants." G.S. 25-2-104. 49 |
---|
3441 | 3446 | | "Cancellation." G.S. 25-2-106 (4). 50 |
---|
3442 | 3447 | | "Commercial unit." G.S. 25-2-105. 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
3444 | 3449 | | "Confirmed credit." G.S. 25-2-325. 1 |
---|
3445 | 3450 | | "Conforming to contract." G.S. 25-2-106. 2 |
---|
3446 | 3451 | | "Contract for sale." G.S. 25-2-106. 3 |
---|
3447 | 3452 | | "Cover." G.S. 25-2-712. 4 |
---|
3448 | 3453 | | "Entrusting." G.S. 25-2-403. 5 |
---|
3449 | 3454 | | "Financing agency." G.S. 25-2-104. 6 |
---|
3450 | 3455 | | "Future goods." G.S. 25-2-105. 7 |
---|
3451 | 3456 | | "Goods." G.S. 25-2-105. 8 |
---|
3452 | 3457 | | "Identification." G.S. 25-2-501. 9 |
---|
3453 | 3458 | | "Installment contract." G.S. 25-2-612. 10 |
---|
3454 | 3459 | | "Letter of credit." G.S. 25-2-325. 11 |
---|
3455 | 3460 | | "Lot." G.S. 25-2-105. 12 |
---|
3456 | 3461 | | "Merchant." G.S. 25-2-104. 13 |
---|
3457 | 3462 | | "Overseas." G.S. 25-2-323. 14 |
---|
3458 | 3463 | | "Person in position of seller." G.S. 25-2-707. 15 |
---|
3459 | 3464 | | "Present sale." G.S. 25-2-106. 16 |
---|
3460 | 3465 | | "Sale." G.S. 25-2-106. 17 |
---|
3461 | 3466 | | "Sale on approval." G.S. 25-2-326. 18 |
---|
3462 | 3467 | | "Sale or return." G.S. 25-2-326. 19 |
---|
3463 | 3468 | | "Termination." G.S. 25-2-106. 20 |
---|
3464 | 3469 | | (3) "Control" as provided in G.S. 25-7-106 and the following definitions in other Articles 21 |
---|
3465 | 3470 | | apply to this Article: 22 |
---|
3466 | 3471 | | "Check" G.S. 25-3-104. 23 |
---|
3467 | 3472 | | "Consignee" G.S. 25-7-102. 24 |
---|
3468 | 3473 | | "Consignor" G.S. 25-7-102. 25 |
---|
3469 | 3474 | | "Consumer Goods" G.S. 25-9-102. 26 |
---|
3470 | 3475 | | "Dishonor" G.S. 25-3-502. 27 |
---|
3471 | 3476 | | "Draft" G.S. 25-3-104. 28 |
---|
3472 | 3477 | | (4)(b) In addition article 1 In addition, Article 1 of this Chapter contains general definitions 29 |
---|
3473 | 3478 | | and principles of construction and interpretation applicable throughout this article.Article." 30 |
---|
3474 | 3479 | | SECTION 59. G.S. 25-2-106 reads as rewritten: 31 |
---|
3475 | 3480 | | "§ 25-2-106. Definitions: "Contract"; "agreement"; "contract for sale"; "sale"; "present 32 |
---|
3476 | 3481 | | sale"; "layaway contract"; "conforming" to contract; "termination"; 33 |
---|
3477 | 3482 | | "cancellation.""cancellation"; "hybrid transaction." 34 |
---|
3478 | 3483 | | (1)(a) In this article unless the context otherwise requires Article, "contract" and 35 |
---|
3479 | 3484 | | "agreement" are limited to those relating to the present or future sale of goods, including layaway 36 |
---|
3480 | 3485 | | contracts. "Contract for sale" includes both a present sale of goods and a contract to sell goods at 37 |
---|
3481 | 3486 | | a future time. A "sale" consists in the passing of title from the seller to the buyer for a price 38 |
---|
3482 | 3487 | | (G.S. 25-2-401). A "present sale" means a sale which that is accomplished by the making of the 39 |
---|
3483 | 3488 | | contract. A "layaway contract" means any contract for the sale of goods in which the seller agrees 40 |
---|
3484 | 3489 | | with the purchaser, in consideration for the purchaser's payment of a deposit, down payment, or 41 |
---|
3485 | 3490 | | similar initial payment, to hold identified goods for future delivery upon the purchaser's payment 42 |
---|
3486 | 3491 | | of a specified additional amount, whether in installments or otherwise. 43 |
---|
3487 | 3492 | | (2)(b) Goods or conduct including any part of a performance are "conforming" or conform 44 |
---|
3488 | 3493 | | to the contract when they are in accordance with the obligations under the contract. 45 |
---|
3489 | 3494 | | (3)(c) "Termination" occurs when either party pursuant to a power created by agreement or 46 |
---|
3490 | 3495 | | law puts an end to the contract otherwise than for its breach. On "termination" "termination," all 47 |
---|
3491 | 3496 | | obligations which that are still executory on both sides are discharged discharged, but any right 48 |
---|
3492 | 3497 | | based on prior breach or performance survives. 49 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
3494 | 3499 | | (4)(d) "Cancellation" occurs when either party puts an end to the contract for breach by the 1 |
---|
3495 | 3500 | | other and its effect is the same as that of "termination" except that the cancelling party also retains 2 |
---|
3496 | 3501 | | any remedy for breach of the whole contract or any unperformed balance. 3 |
---|
3497 | 3502 | | (e) "Hybrid transaction" means a single transaction involving a sale of goods and any of 4 |
---|
3498 | 3503 | | the following: 5 |
---|
3499 | 3504 | | (1) The provision of services. 6 |
---|
3500 | 3505 | | (2) A lease of other goods. 7 |
---|
3501 | 3506 | | (3) A sale, lease, or license of property other than goods." 8 |
---|
3502 | 3507 | | SECTION 60. G.S. 25-2-201 reads as rewritten: 9 |
---|
3503 | 3508 | | "§ 25-2-201. Formal requirements; statute of frauds. 10 |
---|
3504 | 3509 | | (1)(a) Except as otherwise provided in this section section, a contract for the sale of goods 11 |
---|
3505 | 3510 | | for the price of five hundred dollars ($500.00) or more is not enforceable by way of action or 12 |
---|
3506 | 3511 | | defense unless there is some writing a record sufficient to indicate that a contract for sale has 13 |
---|
3507 | 3512 | | been made between the parties and signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought or 14 |
---|
3508 | 3513 | | by his the party's authorized agent or broker. A writing record is not insufficient because it omits 15 |
---|
3509 | 3514 | | or incorrectly states a term agreed upon but the contract is not enforceable under this paragraph 16 |
---|
3510 | 3515 | | subsection beyond the quantity of goods shown in such writing.the record. 17 |
---|
3511 | 3516 | | (2)(b) Between merchants merchants, if within a reasonable time a writing record in 18 |
---|
3512 | 3517 | | confirmation of the contract and sufficient against the sender is received and the party receiving 19 |
---|
3513 | 3518 | | it has reason to know its contents, it the record satisfies the requirements of subsection (1) (a) of 20 |
---|
3514 | 3519 | | this section against such the party unless written notice in a record of objection to its contents is 21 |
---|
3515 | 3520 | | given within ten 10 days after it is received. 22 |
---|
3516 | 3521 | | (3)(c) A All of the following apply to a contract which that does not satisfy the requirements 23 |
---|
3517 | 3522 | | of subsection (1) (a) of this section but which that is valid in other respects is enforceablerespects: 24 |
---|
3518 | 3523 | | (a)(1) The contract is enforceable if the goods are to be specially manufactured for 25 |
---|
3519 | 3524 | | the buyer and are not suitable for sale to others in the ordinary course of the 26 |
---|
3520 | 3525 | | seller's business and the seller, before notice of repudiation is received and 27 |
---|
3521 | 3526 | | under circumstances which that reasonably indicate that the goods are for the 28 |
---|
3522 | 3527 | | buyer, has made either a substantial beginning of their manufacture or 29 |
---|
3523 | 3528 | | commitments for their procurement; orprocurement. 30 |
---|
3524 | 3529 | | (b)(2) The contract is enforceable if the party against whom which enforcement is 31 |
---|
3525 | 3530 | | sought admits in his the party's pleading, testimony testimony, or otherwise in 32 |
---|
3526 | 3531 | | court that a contract for sale was made, but the contract is not enforceable 33 |
---|
3527 | 3532 | | under this provision subdivision beyond the quantity of goods admitted; 34 |
---|
3528 | 3533 | | oradmitted. 35 |
---|
3529 | 3534 | | (c)(3) The contract is enforceable with respect to goods for which payment has been 36 |
---|
3530 | 3535 | | made and accepted or which that have been received and accepted 37 |
---|
3531 | 3536 | | (G.S. 25-2-606)." 38 |
---|
3532 | 3537 | | SECTION 61. G.S. 25-2-202 reads as rewritten: 39 |
---|
3533 | 3538 | | "§ 25-2-202. Final written expression; parol or extrinsic evidence. 40 |
---|
3534 | 3539 | | Terms with respect to which the confirmatory memoranda of the parties agree or which that 41 |
---|
3535 | 3540 | | are otherwise set forth in a writing record intended by the parties as a final expression of their 42 |
---|
3536 | 3541 | | agreement with respect to such terms as are included therein may the terms included in it shall 43 |
---|
3537 | 3542 | | not be contradicted by evidence of any prior agreement or of a contemporaneous oral agreement 44 |
---|
3538 | 3543 | | but may be explained or supplementedsupplemented by the following: 45 |
---|
3539 | 3544 | | (a)(1) by By course of dealing or usage of trade (G.S. 25-1-205) or by course of 46 |
---|
3540 | 3545 | | performance (G.S. 25-2-208); and(G.S. 25-2-208). 47 |
---|
3541 | 3546 | | (b)(2) by By evidence of consistent additional terms unless the court finds the 48 |
---|
3542 | 3547 | | writing record to have been intended also as a complete and exclusive 49 |
---|
3543 | 3548 | | statement of the terms of the agreement." 50 |
---|
3544 | 3549 | | SECTION 62. G.S. 25-2-203 reads as rewritten: 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
3546 | 3551 | | "§ 25-2-203. Seals inoperative. 1 |
---|
3547 | 3552 | | The affixing of a seal to a writing record evidencing a contract for sale or an offer to buy or 2 |
---|
3548 | 3553 | | sell goods does not constitute the writing render the record a sealed instrument instrument, and 3 |
---|
3549 | 3554 | | the law with respect to sealed instruments does not apply to such a the contract or offer." 4 |
---|
3550 | 3555 | | SECTION 63. G.S. 25-2-205 reads as rewritten: 5 |
---|
3551 | 3556 | | "§ 25-2-205. Firm offers. 6 |
---|
3552 | 3557 | | An offer by a merchant to buy or sell goods in a signed writing which record that by its terms 7 |
---|
3553 | 3558 | | gives assurance that it will be held open is not revocable, for lack of consideration, during the 8 |
---|
3554 | 3559 | | time stated or if no time is stated for a reasonable time, but in no event may such shall the period 9 |
---|
3555 | 3560 | | of irrevocability exceed three months; but any such the term of assurance on a form supplied by 10 |
---|
3556 | 3561 | | the offeree must shall be separately signed by the offeror." 11 |
---|
3557 | 3562 | | SECTION 64. G.S. 25-2-209 reads as rewritten: 12 |
---|
3558 | 3563 | | "§ 25-2-209. Modification, rescission rescission, and waiver. 13 |
---|
3559 | 3564 | | (1)(a) An agreement modifying a contract within this article Article needs no consideration 14 |
---|
3560 | 3565 | | to be binding. 15 |
---|
3561 | 3566 | | (2)(b) A signed agreement which that excludes modification or rescission except by a signed 16 |
---|
3562 | 3567 | | writing or other signed record cannot be otherwise modified or rescinded, but except as between 17 |
---|
3563 | 3568 | | merchants such a this requirement on a form supplied by the merchant must be separately signed 18 |
---|
3564 | 3569 | | by the other party. 19 |
---|
3565 | 3570 | | (3)(c) The requirements of the statute of frauds section of this article Article (G.S. 25-2-201) 20 |
---|
3566 | 3571 | | must be satisfied if the contract as modified is within its provisions. 21 |
---|
3567 | 3572 | | (4)(d) Although an attempt at modification or rescission does not satisfy the requirements 22 |
---|
3568 | 3573 | | of subsection (2) or (3) (b) or (c) of this section, it can operate as a waiver. 23 |
---|
3569 | 3574 | | (5)(e) A party who that has made a waiver affecting an executory portion of the contract 24 |
---|
3570 | 3575 | | may retract the waiver by reasonable notification received by the other party that strict 25 |
---|
3571 | 3576 | | performance will be required of any term waived, unless the retraction would be unjust in view 26 |
---|
3572 | 3577 | | of a material change of position in reliance on the waiver." 27 |
---|
3573 | 3578 | | SECTION 65. G.S. 25-2A-102 reads as rewritten: 28 |
---|
3574 | 3579 | | "§ 25-2A-102. Scope. 29 |
---|
3575 | 3580 | | (a) This Article applies to any transaction, regardless of form, that creates a lease.lease 30 |
---|
3576 | 3581 | | and, in the case of a hybrid lease, it applies to the extent provided in subsection (b) of this section. 31 |
---|
3577 | 3582 | | (b) In a hybrid lease, both of the following apply: 32 |
---|
3578 | 3583 | | (1) If the lease-of-goods aspects do not predominate, all of the following apply: 33 |
---|
3579 | 3584 | | a. Only the provisions of this Article that relate primarily to the 34 |
---|
3580 | 3585 | | lease-of-goods aspects of the transaction apply, and the provisions of 35 |
---|
3581 | 3586 | | this Article that relate primarily to the transaction as a whole do not 36 |
---|
3582 | 3587 | | apply. 37 |
---|
3583 | 3588 | | b. G.S. 25-2A-209 applies if the lease is a finance lease. 38 |
---|
3584 | 3589 | | c. G.S. 25-2A-407 applies to the promises of the lessee in a finance lease 39 |
---|
3585 | 3590 | | to the extent the promises are consideration for the right to possession 40 |
---|
3586 | 3591 | | and use of the leased goods. 41 |
---|
3587 | 3592 | | (2) If the lease-of-goods aspects predominate, this Article applies to the 42 |
---|
3588 | 3593 | | transaction but does not preclude application in appropriate circumstances of 43 |
---|
3589 | 3594 | | other law to aspects of the lease that do not relate to the lease of goods." 44 |
---|
3590 | 3595 | | SECTION 66. G.S. 25-2A-103 reads as rewritten: 45 |
---|
3591 | 3596 | | "§ 25-2A-103. Definitions and index of definitions. 46 |
---|
3592 | 3597 | | (1)(a) In this Article unless the context otherwise requires:Article, the following definitions 47 |
---|
3593 | 3598 | | apply: 48 |
---|
3594 | 3599 | | (1) Accessions. – Defined in G.S. 25-2A-310. 49 |
---|
3595 | 3600 | | (2) Account. – Defined in G.S. 25-9-102. 50 |
---|
3596 | 3601 | | (3) Between merchants. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-104. 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
3598 | 3603 | | (4) Buyer. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-103. 1 |
---|
3599 | 3604 | | (a)(5) "Buyer in ordinary course of business" means a Buyer in ordinary course of 2 |
---|
3600 | 3605 | | business. – A person who, that, in good faith and without knowledge that the 3 |
---|
3601 | 3606 | | sale to him the person is in violation of the ownership rights or security interest 4 |
---|
3602 | 3607 | | or leasehold interest of a third party in the goods, buys in ordinary course from 5 |
---|
3603 | 3608 | | a person person, other than a pawnbroker, in the business of selling goods of 6 |
---|
3604 | 3609 | | that kind but does not include a pawnbroker. kind. "Buying" may be for cash 7 |
---|
3605 | 3610 | | or by exchange of other property or on secured or unsecured credit and 8 |
---|
3606 | 3611 | | includes acquiring goods or documents of title under a preexisting contract for 9 |
---|
3607 | 3612 | | sale but does not include a transfer in bulk or as security for or in total or 10 |
---|
3608 | 3613 | | partial satisfaction of a money debt. 11 |
---|
3609 | 3614 | | (b)(6) "Cancellation" occurs Cancellation. – Occurs when either party puts an end to 12 |
---|
3610 | 3615 | | the lease contract for default by the other party. 13 |
---|
3611 | 3616 | | (7) Chattel paper. – Defined in G.S. 25-9-102. 14 |
---|
3612 | 3617 | | (c)(8) "Commercial unit" means such a Commercial unit. – A unit of goods as that 15 |
---|
3613 | 3618 | | by commercial usage is a single whole for purposes of lease and the division 16 |
---|
3614 | 3619 | | of which materially impairs its character or value on the market or in use. A 17 |
---|
3615 | 3620 | | commercial unit may be a single article, as a machine, or a set of articles, as a 18 |
---|
3616 | 3621 | | suite of furniture or a line of machinery, or a quantity, as a gross or carload, 19 |
---|
3617 | 3622 | | or any other unit treated in use or in the relevant market as a single whole. 20 |
---|
3618 | 3623 | | (d)(9) "Conforming" goods or performance under a lease contract Conforming. – 21 |
---|
3619 | 3624 | | With respect to goods or performance under a lease contract, means goods or 22 |
---|
3620 | 3625 | | performance that are in accordance with the obligations under the lease 23 |
---|
3621 | 3626 | | contract. 24 |
---|
3622 | 3627 | | (10) Construction mortgage. – Defined in G.S. 25-2A-309. 25 |
---|
3623 | 3628 | | (11) Consumer goods. – Defined in G.S. 25-9-102. 26 |
---|
3624 | 3629 | | (e)(12) "Consumer lease" means a Consumer lease. – A lease that a lessor regularly 27 |
---|
3625 | 3630 | | engaged in the business of leasing or selling makes to a lessee who is an 28 |
---|
3626 | 3631 | | individual and who takes under the lease primarily for a personal, family, or 29 |
---|
3627 | 3632 | | household purpose, if the total payments to be made under the lease contract, 30 |
---|
3628 | 3633 | | excluding payments for options to renew or buy, do not exceed twenty-five 31 |
---|
3629 | 3634 | | thousand dollars ($25,000). 32 |
---|
3630 | 3635 | | (13) Document. – Defined in G.S. 25-9-102. 33 |
---|
3631 | 3636 | | (14) Encumbrance. – Defined in G.S. 25-2A-309. 34 |
---|
3632 | 3637 | | (15) Entrusting. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-403. 35 |
---|
3633 | 3638 | | (f)(16) "Fault" means wrongful Fault. – Wrongful act, omission, breach, or default. 36 |
---|
3634 | 3639 | | (g)(17) "Finance lease" means a Finance lease. – A lease with respect to which: which 37 |
---|
3635 | 3640 | | (i) the lessor does not select, manufacture, or supply the goods; (ii) the lessor 38 |
---|
3636 | 3641 | | acquires the goods or the right to possession and use of the goods in 39 |
---|
3637 | 3642 | | connection with the lease; and (iii) one of the following occurs: 40 |
---|
3638 | 3643 | | (A)a. the The lessee receives a copy of the contract by which the lessor 41 |
---|
3639 | 3644 | | acquired the goods or the right to possession and use of the goods 42 |
---|
3640 | 3645 | | before signing the lease contract;contract. 43 |
---|
3641 | 3646 | | (B)b. the The lessee's approval of the contract by which the lessor acquired 44 |
---|
3642 | 3647 | | the goods or the right to possession and use of the goods is a condition 45 |
---|
3643 | 3648 | | to effectiveness of the lease contract;contract. 46 |
---|
3644 | 3649 | | (C)c. the The lessee, before signing the lease contract, receives an accurate 47 |
---|
3645 | 3650 | | and complete statement designating the promises and warranties, and 48 |
---|
3646 | 3651 | | any disclaimers of warranties, limitations or modifications of 49 |
---|
3647 | 3652 | | remedies, or liquidated damages, including those of a third party, such 50 |
---|
3648 | 3653 | | as the manufacturer of the goods, provided to the lessor by the person 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
3650 | 3655 | | supplying the goods in connection with or as part of the contract by 1 |
---|
3651 | 3656 | | which the lessor acquired the goods or the right to possession and use 2 |
---|
3652 | 3657 | | of the goods; orgoods. 3 |
---|
3653 | 3658 | | (D)d. if If the lease is not a consumer lease, the lessor, before the lessee signs 4 |
---|
3654 | 3659 | | the lease contract, informs the lessee in writing (a) (i) of the identity 5 |
---|
3655 | 3660 | | of the person supplying the goods to the lessor, unless the lessee has 6 |
---|
3656 | 3661 | | selected that person and directed the lessor to acquire the goods or the 7 |
---|
3657 | 3662 | | right to possession and use of the goods from that person, (b) (ii) that 8 |
---|
3658 | 3663 | | the lessee is entitled under this Article to the promises and warranties, 9 |
---|
3659 | 3664 | | including those of any third party, provided to the lessor by the person 10 |
---|
3660 | 3665 | | supplying the goods in connection with or as part of the contract by 11 |
---|
3661 | 3666 | | which the lessor acquired the goods or the right to possession and use 12 |
---|
3662 | 3667 | | of the goods, and (c) (iii) that the lessee may communicate with the 13 |
---|
3663 | 3668 | | person supplying the goods to the lessor and receive an accurate and 14 |
---|
3664 | 3669 | | complete statement of those promises and warranties, including any 15 |
---|
3665 | 3670 | | disclaimers and limitations of them or of remedies. 16 |
---|
3666 | 3671 | | (18) Fixture filing. – Defined in G.S. 25-2A-309. 17 |
---|
3667 | 3672 | | (19) Fixtures. – Defined in G.S. 25-2A-309. 18 |
---|
3668 | 3673 | | (20) General intangible. – Defined in G.S. 25-9-102. 19 |
---|
3669 | 3674 | | (h)(21) "Goods" means all Goods. – All things that are movable at the time of 20 |
---|
3670 | 3675 | | identification to the lease contract, or are fixtures (G.S. 25-2A-309), but the 21 |
---|
3671 | 3676 | | term does not include money, documents, instruments, accounts, chattel 22 |
---|
3672 | 3677 | | paper, general intangibles, or minerals or the like, including oil and gas, before 23 |
---|
3673 | 3678 | | extraction. The term also includes the unborn young of animals. 24 |
---|
3674 | 3679 | | (22) Hybrid lease. – A single transaction involving a lease of goods and any of the 25 |
---|
3675 | 3680 | | following: 26 |
---|
3676 | 3681 | | a. The provision of services. 27 |
---|
3677 | 3682 | | b. A sale of other goods. 28 |
---|
3678 | 3683 | | c. A sale, lease, or license of property other than goods. 29 |
---|
3679 | 3684 | | (i)(23) "Installment lease contract" means a Installment lease contract. – A lease 30 |
---|
3680 | 3685 | | contract that authorizes or requires the delivery of goods in separate lots to be 31 |
---|
3681 | 3686 | | separately accepted, even though the lease contract contains a clause "each 32 |
---|
3682 | 3687 | | delivery is a separate lease" or its equivalent. 33 |
---|
3683 | 3688 | | (24) Instrument. – Defined in G.S. 25-9-102. 34 |
---|
3684 | 3689 | | (j)(25) "Lease" means a Lease. – A transfer of the right to possession and use of goods 35 |
---|
3685 | 3690 | | for a term in return for consideration, but a sale, including a sale on approval 36 |
---|
3686 | 3691 | | or a sale or return, or retention or creation of a security interest is not a lease. 37 |
---|
3687 | 3692 | | Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, the term includes a sublease. 38 |
---|
3688 | 3693 | | The term includes a motor vehicle operating agreement that is considered a 39 |
---|
3689 | 3694 | | lease under § section 7701(h) of the Internal Revenue Code. 40 |
---|
3690 | 3695 | | (k)(26) "Lease agreement" means the Lease agreement. – The bargain, with respect 41 |
---|
3691 | 3696 | | to the lease, of the lessor and the lessee in fact as found in their language or 42 |
---|
3692 | 3697 | | by implication from other circumstances including course of dealing or usage 43 |
---|
3693 | 3698 | | of trade or course of performance as provided in this Article. Unless the 44 |
---|
3694 | 3699 | | context clearly indicates otherwise, the term includes a sublease agreement. 45 |
---|
3695 | 3700 | | (l)(27) "Lease contract" means the Lease contract. – The total legal obligation that 46 |
---|
3696 | 3701 | | results from the lease agreement as affected by this Article and any other 47 |
---|
3697 | 3702 | | applicable rules of law. Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, the 48 |
---|
3698 | 3703 | | term includes a sublease contract. 49 |
---|
3699 | 3704 | | (m)(28) "Leasehold interest" means the Leasehold interest. – The interest of the 50 |
---|
3700 | 3705 | | lessor or the lessee under a lease contract. 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
3702 | 3707 | | (n)(29) "Lessee" means a Lessee. – A person who that acquires the right to possession 1 |
---|
3703 | 3708 | | and use of goods under a lease. Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, 2 |
---|
3704 | 3709 | | the term includes a sublessee. 3 |
---|
3705 | 3710 | | (o)(30) "Lessee in ordinary course of business" means a Lessee in ordinary course of 4 |
---|
3706 | 3711 | | business. – A person who, that, in good faith and without knowledge that the 5 |
---|
3707 | 3712 | | lease to him the person is in violation of the ownership rights or security 6 |
---|
3708 | 3713 | | interest or leasehold interest of a third party in the goods, leases in ordinary 7 |
---|
3709 | 3714 | | course from a person person, other than a pawnbroker, in the business of 8 |
---|
3710 | 3715 | | selling or leasing goods of that kind but does not include a pawnbroker. kind. 9 |
---|
3711 | 3716 | | "Leasing" may be for cash or by exchange of other property or on secured or 10 |
---|
3712 | 3717 | | unsecured credit and includes acquiring goods or documents of title under a 11 |
---|
3713 | 3718 | | preexisting lease contract but does not include a transfer in bulk or as security 12 |
---|
3714 | 3719 | | for or in total or partial satisfaction of a money debt. 13 |
---|
3715 | 3720 | | (p)(31) "Lessor" means a Lessor. – A person who that transfers the right to possession 14 |
---|
3716 | 3721 | | and use of goods under a lease. Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, 15 |
---|
3717 | 3722 | | the term includes a sublessor. 16 |
---|
3718 | 3723 | | (q)(32) "Lessor's residual interest" means the Lessor's residual interest. – The lessor's 17 |
---|
3719 | 3724 | | interest in the goods after expiration, termination, or cancellation of the lease 18 |
---|
3720 | 3725 | | contract. 19 |
---|
3721 | 3726 | | (r)(33) "Lien" means a Lien. – A charge against or interest in goods to secure payment 20 |
---|
3722 | 3727 | | of a debt or performance of an obligation, but the term does not include a 21 |
---|
3723 | 3728 | | security interest. 22 |
---|
3724 | 3729 | | (s)(34) "Lot" means a Lot. – A parcel or a single article that is the subject matter of a 23 |
---|
3725 | 3730 | | separate lease or delivery, whether or not it is sufficient to perform the lease 24 |
---|
3726 | 3731 | | contract. 25 |
---|
3727 | 3732 | | (35) Merchant. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-104. 26 |
---|
3728 | 3733 | | (t)(36) "Merchant lessee" means a Merchant lessee. – A lessee that is a merchant with 27 |
---|
3729 | 3734 | | respect to goods of the kind subject to the lease. 28 |
---|
3730 | 3735 | | (37) Mortgage. – Defined in G.S. 25-9-102. 29 |
---|
3731 | 3736 | | (u)(38) "Present value" means the Present value. – The amount as of a date certain of 30 |
---|
3732 | 3737 | | one or more sums payable in the future, discounted to the date certain. The 31 |
---|
3733 | 3738 | | discount is determined by the interest rate specified by the parties if the rate 32 |
---|
3734 | 3739 | | was not manifestly unreasonable at the time the transaction was entered into; 33 |
---|
3735 | 3740 | | otherwise, the discount is determined by a commercially reasonable rate that 34 |
---|
3736 | 3741 | | takes into account the facts and circumstances of each case at the time the 35 |
---|
3737 | 3742 | | transaction was entered into. 36 |
---|
3738 | 3743 | | (v)(39) "Purchase" includes Purchase. – Includes taking by sale, lease, mortgage, 37 |
---|
3739 | 3744 | | security interest, pledge, gift, or any other voluntary transaction creating an 38 |
---|
3740 | 3745 | | interest in goods. 39 |
---|
3741 | 3746 | | (40) Purchase money lease. – Defined in G.S. 25-2A-309. 40 |
---|
3742 | 3747 | | (41) Pursuant to commitment. – Defined in G.S. 25-9-102. 41 |
---|
3743 | 3748 | | (42) Receipt. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-103. 42 |
---|
3744 | 3749 | | (43) Sale. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-106. 43 |
---|
3745 | 3750 | | (44) Sale on approval. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-326. 44 |
---|
3746 | 3751 | | (45) Sale or return. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-326. 45 |
---|
3747 | 3752 | | (46) Seller. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-103. 46 |
---|
3748 | 3753 | | (w)(47) "Sublease" means a Sublease. – A lease of goods the right to possession 47 |
---|
3749 | 3754 | | and use of which was acquired by the lessor as a lessee under an existing lease. 48 |
---|
3750 | 3755 | | (x)(48) "Supplier" means a Supplier. – A person from whom which a lessor buys or 49 |
---|
3751 | 3756 | | leases goods to be leased under a finance lease. 50 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
3753 | 3758 | | (y)(49) "Supply contract" means a Supply contract. – A contract under which a lessor 1 |
---|
3754 | 3759 | | buys or leases goods to be leased. 2 |
---|
3755 | 3760 | | (z)(50) "Termination" occurs Termination. – Occurs when either party pursuant to a 3 |
---|
3756 | 3761 | | power created by agreement or law puts an end to the lease contract otherwise 4 |
---|
3757 | 3762 | | than for default. 5 |
---|
3758 | 3763 | | (2) Other definitions applying to this Article and the sections in which they appear are: 6 |
---|
3759 | 3764 | | "Accessions". G.S. 25-2A-310(1). 7 |
---|
3760 | 3765 | | "Construction mortgage". G.S. 25-2A-309(1)(d). 8 |
---|
3761 | 3766 | | "Encumbrance". G.S. 25-2A-309(1)(e). 9 |
---|
3762 | 3767 | | "Fixtures". G.S. 25-2A-309(1)(a). 10 |
---|
3763 | 3768 | | "Fixture filing". G.S. 25-2A-309(1)(b). 11 |
---|
3764 | 3769 | | "Purchase money lease". G.S. 25-2A-309(1)(c). 12 |
---|
3765 | 3770 | | (3) The following definitions in other Articles apply to this Article: 13 |
---|
3766 | 3771 | | "Account" G.S. 25-9-102(a)(2). 14 |
---|
3767 | 3772 | | "Between merchants" G.S. 25-2-104(3). 15 |
---|
3768 | 3773 | | "Buyer" G.S. 25-2-103(1)(a). 16 |
---|
3769 | 3774 | | "Chattel paper" G.S. 25-9-102(a)(11). 17 |
---|
3770 | 3775 | | "Consumer goods" G.S. 25-9-102(a)(23). 18 |
---|
3771 | 3776 | | "Document" G.S. 25-9-102(a)(30). 19 |
---|
3772 | 3777 | | "Entrusting" G.S. 25-2-403(3). 20 |
---|
3773 | 3778 | | "General intangible" G.S. 25-9-102(a)(42). 21 |
---|
3774 | 3779 | | "Instrument" G.S. 25-9-102(a)(47). 22 |
---|
3775 | 3780 | | "Merchant" G.S. 25-2-104(1). 23 |
---|
3776 | 3781 | | "Mortgage" G.S. 25-9-102(a)(55). 24 |
---|
3777 | 3782 | | "Pursuant to commitment" G.S. 25-9-102(a)(68). 25 |
---|
3778 | 3783 | | "Receipt" G.S. 25-2-103(1)(c). 26 |
---|
3779 | 3784 | | "Sale" G.S. 25-2-106(1). 27 |
---|
3780 | 3785 | | "Sale on approval" G.S. 25-2-326. 28 |
---|
3781 | 3786 | | "Sale or return" G.S. 25-2-326. 29 |
---|
3782 | 3787 | | "Seller" G.S. 25-2-103(1)(d). 30 |
---|
3783 | 3788 | | (4)(b) In addition, Article 1 of this Chapter contains general definitions and principles of 31 |
---|
3784 | 3789 | | construction and interpretation applicable throughout this Article." 32 |
---|
3785 | 3790 | | SECTION 67. G.S. 25-2A-107 reads as rewritten: 33 |
---|
3786 | 3791 | | "§ 25-2A-107. Waiver or renunciation of claim or right after default. 34 |
---|
3787 | 3792 | | Any claim or right arising out of an alleged default or breach of warranty may be discharged 35 |
---|
3788 | 3793 | | in whole or in part without consideration by a written waiver or renunciation in a signed and 36 |
---|
3789 | 3794 | | record delivered by the aggrieved party." 37 |
---|
3790 | 3795 | | SECTION 68. G.S. 25-2A-201 reads as rewritten: 38 |
---|
3791 | 3796 | | "§ 25-2A-201. Statute of frauds. 39 |
---|
3792 | 3797 | | (1)(a) A lease contract is not enforceable by way of action or defense unless:unless either of 40 |
---|
3793 | 3798 | | the following applies: 41 |
---|
3794 | 3799 | | (a)(1) the The total payments to be made under the lease contract, excluding 42 |
---|
3795 | 3800 | | payments for options to renew or buy, are less than one thousand dollars 43 |
---|
3796 | 3801 | | ($1,000); or($1,000). 44 |
---|
3797 | 3802 | | (b)(2) there There is a writing, record, signed by the party against whom which 45 |
---|
3798 | 3803 | | enforcement is sought or by that party's authorized agent, sufficient to indicate 46 |
---|
3799 | 3804 | | that a lease contract has been made between the parties and to describe the 47 |
---|
3800 | 3805 | | goods leased and the lease term. 48 |
---|
3801 | 3806 | | (2)(b) Any description of leased goods or of the lease term is sufficient and satisfies 49 |
---|
3802 | 3807 | | subsection (1)(b) subdivision (a)(2) of this section, whether or not it is specific, if it reasonably 50 |
---|
3803 | 3808 | | identifies what is described. 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
3805 | 3810 | | (3)(c) A writing record is not insufficient because it omits or incorrectly states a term agreed 1 |
---|
3806 | 3811 | | upon, but the lease contract is not enforceable under subsection (1)(b) subdivision (a)(2) of this 2 |
---|
3807 | 3812 | | section beyond the lease term and the quantity of goods shown in the writing.record. 3 |
---|
3808 | 3813 | | (4)(d) A All of the following apply to a lease contract that does not satisfy the requirements 4 |
---|
3809 | 3814 | | of subsection (1) (a) of this section, but which that is valid in other respects, is 5 |
---|
3810 | 3815 | | enforceable:respects: 6 |
---|
3811 | 3816 | | (a)(1) The contract is enforceable if the goods are to be specially manufactured or 7 |
---|
3812 | 3817 | | obtained for the lessee and are not suitable for lease or sale to others in the 8 |
---|
3813 | 3818 | | ordinary course of the lessor's business, and the lessor, before notice of 9 |
---|
3814 | 3819 | | repudiation is received and under circumstances that reasonably indicate that 10 |
---|
3815 | 3820 | | the goods are for the lessee, has made either a substantial beginning of their 11 |
---|
3816 | 3821 | | manufacture or commitments for their procurement;procurement. 12 |
---|
3817 | 3822 | | (b)(2) The contract is enforceable if the party against whom which enforcement is 13 |
---|
3818 | 3823 | | sought admits in that party's pleading, testimony, or otherwise in court that a 14 |
---|
3819 | 3824 | | lease contract was made, but the lease contract is not enforceable under this 15 |
---|
3820 | 3825 | | provision subdivision beyond the quantity of goods admitted; oradmitted. 16 |
---|
3821 | 3826 | | (c)(3) The contract is enforceable with respect to goods that have been received and 17 |
---|
3822 | 3827 | | accepted by the lessee. 18 |
---|
3823 | 3828 | | (5)(e) The lease term under a lease contract referred to in subsection (4) (d) of this section 19 |
---|
3824 | 3829 | | is:is as follows: 20 |
---|
3825 | 3830 | | (a)(1) if If there is a writing record signed by the party against whom which 21 |
---|
3826 | 3831 | | enforcement is sought or by that party's authorized agent specifying the lease 22 |
---|
3827 | 3832 | | term, the term so specified;specified. 23 |
---|
3828 | 3833 | | (b)(2) if If the party against whom which enforcement is sought admits in that party's 24 |
---|
3829 | 3834 | | pleading, testimony, or otherwise in court a lease term, the term so 25 |
---|
3830 | 3835 | | admitted;admitted. 26 |
---|
3831 | 3836 | | (c)(3) if If there is other evidence of the parties' intent with regard to the lease term, 27 |
---|
3832 | 3837 | | the term so intended; orintended. 28 |
---|
3833 | 3838 | | (d)(4) in In the absence of evidence of the parties' intent, a reasonable lease term." 29 |
---|
3834 | 3839 | | SECTION 69. G.S. 25-2A-202 reads as rewritten: 30 |
---|
3835 | 3840 | | "§ 25-2A-202. Final written expression: parol or extrinsic evidence. 31 |
---|
3836 | 3841 | | Terms with respect to which the confirmatory memoranda of the parties agree or which are 32 |
---|
3837 | 3842 | | otherwise set forth in a writing record intended by the parties as a final expression of their 33 |
---|
3838 | 3843 | | agreement with respect to such terms as are included therein may the terms included in it shall 34 |
---|
3839 | 3844 | | not be contradicted by evidence of any prior agreement or of a contemporaneous oral agreement 35 |
---|
3840 | 3845 | | but may be explained or supplemented:supplemented by the following: 36 |
---|
3841 | 3846 | | (a)(1) by By course of dealing or usage of trade or by course of performance; 37 |
---|
3842 | 3847 | | andperformance. 38 |
---|
3843 | 3848 | | (b)(2) by By evidence of consistent additional terms unless the court finds the 39 |
---|
3844 | 3849 | | writing record to have been intended also as a complete and exclusive 40 |
---|
3845 | 3850 | | statement of the terms of the agreement." 41 |
---|
3846 | 3851 | | SECTION 70. G.S. 25-2A-203 reads as rewritten: 42 |
---|
3847 | 3852 | | "§ 25-2A-203. Seals inoperative. 43 |
---|
3848 | 3853 | | The affixing of a seal to a writing record evidencing a lease contract or an offer to enter into 44 |
---|
3849 | 3854 | | a lease contract does not render the writing record a sealed instrument instrument, and the law 45 |
---|
3850 | 3855 | | with respect to sealed instruments does not apply to the lease contract or offer." 46 |
---|
3851 | 3856 | | SECTION 71. G.S. 25-2A-205 reads as rewritten: 47 |
---|
3852 | 3857 | | "§ 25-2A-205. Firm offers. 48 |
---|
3853 | 3858 | | An offer by a merchant to lease goods to or from another person in a signed writing record 49 |
---|
3854 | 3859 | | that by its terms gives assurance it will be held open is not revocable, for lack of consideration, 50 |
---|
3855 | 3860 | | during the time stated or, if no time is stated, for a reasonable time, but in no event may shall the 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
3857 | 3862 | | period of irrevocability exceed three months. Any such The term of assurance on a form supplied 1 |
---|
3858 | 3863 | | by the offeree must shall be separately signed by the offeror." 2 |
---|
3859 | 3864 | | SECTION 72. G.S. 25-2A-208 reads as rewritten: 3 |
---|
3860 | 3865 | | "§ 25-2A-208. Modification, rescission rescission, and waiver. 4 |
---|
3861 | 3866 | | (1)(a) An agreement modifying a lease contract needs no consideration to be binding. 5 |
---|
3862 | 3867 | | (2)(b) A signed lease agreement that excludes modification or rescission except by a signed 6 |
---|
3863 | 3868 | | writing may record shall not be otherwise modified or rescinded, but, except as between 7 |
---|
3864 | 3869 | | merchants, such a this requirement on a form supplied by a merchant must shall be separately 8 |
---|
3865 | 3870 | | signed by the other party. 9 |
---|
3866 | 3871 | | (3)(c) Although an attempt at modification or rescission does not satisfy the requirements 10 |
---|
3867 | 3872 | | of subsection (2) (b) of this section, it may operate as a waiver. 11 |
---|
3868 | 3873 | | (4)(d) A party who that has made a waiver affecting an executory portion of a lease contract 12 |
---|
3869 | 3874 | | may retract the waiver by reasonable notification received by the other party that strict 13 |
---|
3870 | 3875 | | performance will be required of any term waived, unless the retraction would be unjust in view 14 |
---|
3871 | 3876 | | of a material change of position in reliance on the waiver." 15 |
---|
3872 | 3877 | | SECTION 73. G.S. 25-3-104 reads as rewritten: 16 |
---|
3873 | 3878 | | "§ 25-3-104. Negotiable instrument. 17 |
---|
3874 | 3879 | | (a) Except as provided in subsections (c) and (d) of this section, "negotiable instrument" 18 |
---|
3875 | 3880 | | means an unconditional promise or order to pay a fixed amount of money, with or without interest 19 |
---|
3876 | 3881 | | or other charges described in the promise or order, if it:all of the following apply: 20 |
---|
3877 | 3882 | | (1) Is The promise or order is payable to bearer or to order at the time it is issued 21 |
---|
3878 | 3883 | | or first comes into possession of a holder;holder. 22 |
---|
3879 | 3884 | | (2) Is The promise or order is payable on demand or at a definite time; andtime. 23 |
---|
3880 | 3885 | | (3) Does The promise or order does not state any other undertaking or instruction 24 |
---|
3881 | 3886 | | by the person promising or ordering payment to do any act in addition to the 25 |
---|
3882 | 3887 | | payment of money, but the promise or order may contain (i) an undertaking 26 |
---|
3883 | 3888 | | or power to give, maintain, or protect collateral to secure payment, (ii) an 27 |
---|
3884 | 3889 | | authorization or power to the holder to confess judgment or realize on or 28 |
---|
3885 | 3890 | | dispose of collateral, or (iii) a waiver of the benefit of any law intended for 29 |
---|
3886 | 3891 | | the advantage or protection of an obligor.obligor, (iv) a term that specifies the 30 |
---|
3887 | 3892 | | law that governs the promise or order, or (v) an undertaking to resolve in a 31 |
---|
3888 | 3893 | | specified forum a dispute concerning the promise or order. 32 |
---|
3889 | 3894 | | (b) "Instrument" means a negotiable instrument. 33 |
---|
3890 | 3895 | | (c) An order that meets all of the requirements of subsection (a) of this section, except 34 |
---|
3891 | 3896 | | subdivision (1), (1) of that subsection, and otherwise falls within the definition of "check" in 35 |
---|
3892 | 3897 | | subsection (f) of this section is a negotiable instrument and a check. 36 |
---|
3893 | 3898 | | (d) A promise or order other than a check is not an instrument if, at the time it is issued 37 |
---|
3894 | 3899 | | or first comes into possession of a holder, it contains a conspicuous statement, however 38 |
---|
3895 | 3900 | | expressed, to the effect that the promise or order is not negotiable or is not an instrument governed 39 |
---|
3896 | 3901 | | by this Article. 40 |
---|
3897 | 3902 | | (e) An instrument is a "note" if it is a promise and is a "draft" if it is an order. If an 41 |
---|
3898 | 3903 | | instrument falls within the definition of both "note" and "draft", "draft," a person entitled to 42 |
---|
3899 | 3904 | | enforce the instrument may treat it as either. 43 |
---|
3900 | 3905 | | (f) "Check" means (i) a draft, other than a documentary draft, payable on demand and 44 |
---|
3901 | 3906 | | drawn on a bank or (ii) a cashier's check or teller's check. An instrument may be a check even 45 |
---|
3902 | 3907 | | though it is described on its face by another term, such as "money order".order." 46 |
---|
3903 | 3908 | | …." 47 |
---|
3904 | 3909 | | SECTION 74. G.S. 25-3-105 reads as rewritten: 48 |
---|
3905 | 3910 | | "§ 25-3-105. Issue of instrument. 49 |
---|
3906 | 3911 | | (a) "Issue" means means either of the following: 50 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
3908 | 3913 | | (1) the The first delivery of an instrument by the maker or drawer, whether to a 1 |
---|
3909 | 3914 | | holder or nonholder, for the purpose of giving rights on the instrument to any 2 |
---|
3910 | 3915 | | person. 3 |
---|
3911 | 3916 | | (2) If agreed by the payee, the first transmission by the drawer to the payee of an 4 |
---|
3912 | 3917 | | image of an item and information derived from the item that enables the 5 |
---|
3913 | 3918 | | depositary bank to collect the item by transferring or presenting under federal 6 |
---|
3914 | 3919 | | law an electronic check. 7 |
---|
3915 | 3920 | | (b) An unissued instrument, or an unissued incomplete instrument that is completed, is 8 |
---|
3916 | 3921 | | binding on the maker or drawer, but nonissuance is a defense. An instrument that is conditionally 9 |
---|
3917 | 3922 | | issued or is issued for a special purpose is binding on the maker or drawer, but failure of the 10 |
---|
3918 | 3923 | | condition or special purpose to be fulfilled is a defense. 11 |
---|
3919 | 3924 | | (c) "Issuer" applies to issued and unissued instruments and means a maker or drawer of 12 |
---|
3920 | 3925 | | an instrument." 13 |
---|
3921 | 3926 | | SECTION 75. G.S. 25-3-401 reads as rewritten: 14 |
---|
3922 | 3927 | | "§ 25-3-401. Signature.Signature necessary for liability on instrument. 15 |
---|
3923 | 3928 | | (a) A person is not liable on an instrument unless (i) the person signed the instrument, or 16 |
---|
3924 | 3929 | | (ii) the person is represented by an agent or representative who signed the instrument and the 17 |
---|
3925 | 3930 | | signature is binding on the represented person under G.S. 25-3-402. 18 |
---|
3926 | 3931 | | (b) A signature may be made (i) manually or by means of a device or machine, and (ii) 19 |
---|
3927 | 3932 | | by the use of any name, including a trade or assumed name, or by a word, mark, or symbol 20 |
---|
3928 | 3933 | | executed or adopted by a person with present intention to authenticate a writing." 21 |
---|
3929 | 3934 | | SECTION 76. G.S. 25-3-604 reads as rewritten: 22 |
---|
3930 | 3935 | | "§ 25-3-604. Discharge by cancellation or renunciation. 23 |
---|
3931 | 3936 | | (a) A person entitled to enforce an instrument, with or without consideration, may 24 |
---|
3932 | 3937 | | discharge the obligation of a party to pay the instrument (i) by an intentional voluntary act, such 25 |
---|
3933 | 3938 | | as surrender of the instrument to the party, destruction, mutilation, or cancellation of the 26 |
---|
3934 | 3939 | | instrument, cancellation or striking out of the party's signature, or the addition of words to the 27 |
---|
3935 | 3940 | | instrument indicating discharge, or (ii) by agreeing not to sue or otherwise renouncing rights 28 |
---|
3936 | 3941 | | against the party by a signed writing. The obligation of a party to pay a check is not discharged 29 |
---|
3937 | 3942 | | solely by destruction of the check in connection with a process in which information is extracted 30 |
---|
3938 | 3943 | | from the check and an image of the check is made and, subsequently, the information and image 31 |
---|
3939 | 3944 | | are transmitted for payment. 32 |
---|
3940 | 3945 | | (b) Cancellation or striking out of an endorsement indorsement pursuant to subsection (a) 33 |
---|
3941 | 3946 | | of this section does not affect the status and rights of a party derived from the indorsement." 34 |
---|
3942 | 3947 | | SECTION 77.(a) Subdivision (a)(1) of G.S. 25-4A-103 is recodified as subdivision 35 |
---|
3943 | 3948 | | (a)(3a) of that section. 36 |
---|
3944 | 3949 | | SECTION 77.(b) G.S. 25-4A-103, as amended by subsection (a) of this section, 37 |
---|
3945 | 3950 | | reads as rewritten: 38 |
---|
3946 | 3951 | | "§ 25-4A-103. Payment order – definitions. 39 |
---|
3947 | 3952 | | (a) In this Article:Article, the following definitions apply: 40 |
---|
3948 | 3953 | | (1) Recodified. 41 |
---|
3949 | 3954 | | (2) "Beneficiary" means the Beneficiary. – The person to be paid by the 42 |
---|
3950 | 3955 | | beneficiary's bank. 43 |
---|
3951 | 3956 | | (3) "Beneficiary's bank" means the Beneficiary's bank. – The bank identified in a 44 |
---|
3952 | 3957 | | payment order in which an account of the beneficiary is to be credited pursuant 45 |
---|
3953 | 3958 | | to the order or which that otherwise is to make payment to the beneficiary if 46 |
---|
3954 | 3959 | | the order does not provide for payment to an account. 47 |
---|
3955 | 3960 | | (3a) "Payment order" means an Payment order. – An instruction of a sender to a 48 |
---|
3956 | 3961 | | receiving bank, transmitted orally, electronically, or in writing, orally or in a 49 |
---|
3957 | 3962 | | record, to pay, or to cause another bank to pay, a fixed or determinable amount 50 |
---|
3958 | 3963 | | of money to a beneficiary if:if all of the following apply: 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
3960 | 3965 | | (i)a. The instruction does not state a condition of payment to the beneficiary 1 |
---|
3961 | 3966 | | other than time of payment,payment. 2 |
---|
3962 | 3967 | | (ii)b. The receiving bank is to be reimbursed by debiting an account of, or 3 |
---|
3963 | 3968 | | otherwise receiving payment from, the sender, andsender. 4 |
---|
3964 | 3969 | | (iii)c. The instruction is transmitted by the sender directly to the receiving 5 |
---|
3965 | 3970 | | bank or to an agent, funds-transfer system, or communication system 6 |
---|
3966 | 3971 | | for transmittal to the receiving bank. 7 |
---|
3967 | 3972 | | (4) "Receiving bank" means the Receiving bank. – The bank to which the sender's 8 |
---|
3968 | 3973 | | instruction is addressed. 9 |
---|
3969 | 3974 | | (5) "Sender" means the Sender. – The person giving the instruction to the 10 |
---|
3970 | 3975 | | receiving bank. 11 |
---|
3971 | 3976 | | (b) If an instruction complying with subsection (a)(1) subdivision (a)(3a) of this section 12 |
---|
3972 | 3977 | | is to make more than one payment to a beneficiary, the instruction is a separate payment order 13 |
---|
3973 | 3978 | | with respect to each payment. 14 |
---|
3974 | 3979 | | (c) A payment order is issued when it is sent to the receiving bank." 15 |
---|
3975 | 3980 | | SECTION 78. G.S. 25-4A-201 reads as rewritten: 16 |
---|
3976 | 3981 | | "§ 25-4A-201. Security procedure. 17 |
---|
3977 | 3982 | | "Security procedure" means a procedure established by agreement of a customer and a 18 |
---|
3978 | 3983 | | receiving bank for the purpose of (i) verifying that a payment order or communication amending 19 |
---|
3979 | 3984 | | or cancelling a payment order is that of the customer, or (ii) detecting error in the transmission 20 |
---|
3980 | 3985 | | or the content of the payment order or communication. A security procedure may impose an 21 |
---|
3981 | 3986 | | obligation on the receiving bank or the customer and may require the use of algorithms or other 22 |
---|
3982 | 3987 | | codes, identifying words or words, numbers, symbols, sounds, biometrics, encryption, call-back 23 |
---|
3983 | 3988 | | procedures, or similar security devices. Comparison of a signature on a payment order or 24 |
---|
3984 | 3989 | | communication with an authorized specimen signature of the customer or requiring a payment 25 |
---|
3985 | 3990 | | order to be sent from a known email address, IP address, or telephone number is not by itself a 26 |
---|
3986 | 3991 | | security procedure." 27 |
---|
3987 | 3992 | | SECTION 79. G.S. 25-4A-202 reads as rewritten: 28 |
---|
3988 | 3993 | | "§ 25-4A-202. Authorized and verified payment orders. 29 |
---|
3989 | 3994 | | (a) A payment order received by the receiving bank is the authorized order of the person 30 |
---|
3990 | 3995 | | identified as sender if that person authorized the order or is otherwise bound by it under the law 31 |
---|
3991 | 3996 | | of agency. 32 |
---|
3992 | 3997 | | (b) If a bank and its customer have agreed that the authenticity of payment orders issued 33 |
---|
3993 | 3998 | | to the bank in the name of the customer as sender will be verified pursuant to a security procedure, 34 |
---|
3994 | 3999 | | a payment order received by the receiving bank is effective as the order of the customer, whether 35 |
---|
3995 | 4000 | | or not authorized, if (i) the security procedure is a commercially reasonable method of providing 36 |
---|
3996 | 4001 | | security against unauthorized payment orders, and (ii) the bank proves that it accepted the 37 |
---|
3997 | 4002 | | payment order in good faith and in compliance with the bank's obligations under the security 38 |
---|
3998 | 4003 | | procedure and any written agreement or instruction of the customer customer, evidenced by a 39 |
---|
3999 | 4004 | | record, restricting acceptance of payment orders issued in the name of the customer. The bank is 40 |
---|
4000 | 4005 | | not required to follow an instruction that violates a written an agreement with the customer 41 |
---|
4001 | 4006 | | customer, evidenced by a record, or notice of which is not received at a time and in a manner 42 |
---|
4002 | 4007 | | affording the bank a reasonable opportunity to act on it before the payment order is accepted. 43 |
---|
4003 | 4008 | | (c) Commercial reasonableness of a security procedure is a question of law to be 44 |
---|
4004 | 4009 | | determined by considering the wishes of the customer expressed to the bank, the circumstances 45 |
---|
4005 | 4010 | | of the customer known to the bank, including the size, type, and frequency of payment orders 46 |
---|
4006 | 4011 | | normally issued by the customer to the bank, alternative security procedures offered to the 47 |
---|
4007 | 4012 | | customer, and security procedures in general use by customers and receiving banks similarly 48 |
---|
4008 | 4013 | | situated. A security procedure is deemed to be commercially reasonable if (i) the security 49 |
---|
4009 | 4014 | | procedure was chosen by the customer after the bank offered, and the customer refused, a security 50 |
---|
4010 | 4015 | | procedure that was commercially reasonable for that customer, and (ii) the customer expressly 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
4012 | 4017 | | agreed in writing a record to be bound by any payment order, whether or not authorized, issued 1 |
---|
4013 | 4018 | | in its name and accepted by the bank in compliance with the bank's obligations under the security 2 |
---|
4014 | 4019 | | procedure chosen by the customer. 3 |
---|
4015 | 4020 | | (d) The term "sender" in this Article includes the customer in whose name a payment 4 |
---|
4016 | 4021 | | order is issued if the order is the authorized order of the customer under subsection (a), or it 5 |
---|
4017 | 4022 | | subsection (a) of this section or if the order is effective as the order of the customer under 6 |
---|
4018 | 4023 | | subsection (b).(b) of this section. 7 |
---|
4019 | 4024 | | (e) This section applies to amendments and cancellations of payment orders to the same 8 |
---|
4020 | 4025 | | extent it applies to payment orders. 9 |
---|
4021 | 4026 | | (f) Except as provided in this section and in G.S. 25-4A-203(a)(1), rights and obligations 10 |
---|
4022 | 4027 | | arising under this section or G.S. 25-4A-203 may shall not be varied by agreement." 11 |
---|
4023 | 4028 | | SECTION 80. G.S. 25-4A-203 reads as rewritten: 12 |
---|
4024 | 4029 | | "§ 25-4A-203. Unenforceability of certain verified payment orders. 13 |
---|
4025 | 4030 | | (a) If an accepted payment order is not, under G.S. 25-4A-202(a), an authorized order of 14 |
---|
4026 | 4031 | | a customer identified as sender, sender but is effective as an order of the customer pursuant to 15 |
---|
4027 | 4032 | | G.S. 25-4A-202(b), the following rules apply: 16 |
---|
4028 | 4033 | | (1) By express written agreement, agreement evidenced by a record, the receiving 17 |
---|
4029 | 4034 | | bank may limit the extent to which it is entitled to enforce or retain payment 18 |
---|
4030 | 4035 | | of the payment order. 19 |
---|
4031 | 4036 | | (2) The receiving bank is not entitled to enforce or retain payment of the payment 20 |
---|
4032 | 4037 | | order if the customer proves that the order was not caused, directly or 21 |
---|
4033 | 4038 | | indirectly, by a person (i) entrusted at any time with duties to act for the 22 |
---|
4034 | 4039 | | customer with respect to payment orders or the security procedure, or (ii) who 23 |
---|
4035 | 4040 | | that obtained access to transmitting facilities of the customer or who that 24 |
---|
4036 | 4041 | | obtained, from a source controlled by the customer and without authority of 25 |
---|
4037 | 4042 | | the receiving bank, information facilitating breach of the security procedure, 26 |
---|
4038 | 4043 | | regardless of how the information was obtained or whether the customer was 27 |
---|
4039 | 4044 | | at fault. Information includes any access device, computer software, or the 28 |
---|
4040 | 4045 | | like. 29 |
---|
4041 | 4046 | | (b) This section applies to amendments of payment orders to the same extent it applies to 30 |
---|
4042 | 4047 | | payment orders." 31 |
---|
4043 | 4048 | | SECTION 81. G.S. 25-4A-207 reads as rewritten: 32 |
---|
4044 | 4049 | | "§ 25-4A-207. Misdescription of beneficiary. 33 |
---|
4045 | 4050 | | (a) Subject to subsection (b), (b) of this section, if, in a payment order received by the 34 |
---|
4046 | 4051 | | beneficiary's bank, the name, bank account number, or other identification of the beneficiary 35 |
---|
4047 | 4052 | | refers to a nonexistent or unidentifiable person or account, no person has rights as a beneficiary 36 |
---|
4048 | 4053 | | of the order and acceptance of the order cannot occur. 37 |
---|
4049 | 4054 | | (b) If a payment order received by the beneficiary's bank identifies the beneficiary both 38 |
---|
4050 | 4055 | | by name and by an identifying or bank account number and the name and number identify 39 |
---|
4051 | 4056 | | different persons, the following rules apply: 40 |
---|
4052 | 4057 | | (1) Except as otherwise provided in subsection (c), (c) of this section, if the 41 |
---|
4053 | 4058 | | beneficiary's bank does not know that the name and number refer to different 42 |
---|
4054 | 4059 | | persons, it may rely on the number as the proper identification of the 43 |
---|
4055 | 4060 | | beneficiary of the order. The beneficiary's bank need not determine whether 44 |
---|
4056 | 4061 | | the name and number refer to the same person. 45 |
---|
4057 | 4062 | | (2) If the beneficiary's bank pays the person identified by name or knows that the 46 |
---|
4058 | 4063 | | name and number identify different persons, no person has rights as 47 |
---|
4059 | 4064 | | beneficiary except the person paid by the beneficiary's bank if that person was 48 |
---|
4060 | 4065 | | entitled to receive payment from the originator of the funds transfer. If no 49 |
---|
4061 | 4066 | | person has rights as beneficiary, acceptance of the order cannot occur. 50 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
4063 | 4068 | | (c) If (i) a payment order described in subsection (b) of this section is accepted, (ii) the 1 |
---|
4064 | 4069 | | originator's payment order described the beneficiary inconsistently by name and number, and 2 |
---|
4065 | 4070 | | (iii) the beneficiary's bank pays the person identified by number as permitted by subsection 3 |
---|
4066 | 4071 | | (b)(1), subdivision (b)(1) of this section, the following rules apply: 4 |
---|
4067 | 4072 | | (1) If the originator is a bank, the originator is obliged to pay its order. 5 |
---|
4068 | 4073 | | (2) If the originator is not a bank and proves that the person identified by number 6 |
---|
4069 | 4074 | | was not entitled to receive payment from the originator, the originator is not 7 |
---|
4070 | 4075 | | obliged to pay its order unless the originator's bank proves that the originator, 8 |
---|
4071 | 4076 | | before acceptance of the originator's order, had notice that payment of a 9 |
---|
4072 | 4077 | | payment order issued by the originator might be made by the beneficiary's 10 |
---|
4073 | 4078 | | bank on the basis of an identifying or bank account number even if it identifies 11 |
---|
4074 | 4079 | | a person different from the named beneficiary. Proof of notice may be made 12 |
---|
4075 | 4080 | | by any admissible evidence. The originator's bank satisfies the burden of proof 13 |
---|
4076 | 4081 | | if it proves that the originator, before the payment order was accepted, signed 14 |
---|
4077 | 4082 | | a writing record stating the information to which the notice relates. 15 |
---|
4078 | 4083 | | (d) In a case governed by subsection (b)(1), subdivision (b)(1) of this section, if the 16 |
---|
4079 | 4084 | | beneficiary's bank rightfully pays the person identified by number and that person was not 17 |
---|
4080 | 4085 | | entitled to receive payment from the originator, the amount paid may be recovered from that 18 |
---|
4081 | 4086 | | person to the extent allowed by the law governing mistake and restitution as follows: 19 |
---|
4082 | 4087 | | (1) If the originator is obliged to pay its payment order as stated in subsection (c), 20 |
---|
4083 | 4088 | | (c) of this section, the originator has the right to recover. 21 |
---|
4084 | 4089 | | (2) If the originator is not a bank and is not obliged to pay its payment order, the 22 |
---|
4085 | 4090 | | originator's bank has the right to recover." 23 |
---|
4086 | 4091 | | SECTION 82. G.S. 25-4A-208 reads as rewritten: 24 |
---|
4087 | 4092 | | "§ 25-4A-208. Misdescription of intermediary bank or beneficiary's bank. 25 |
---|
4088 | 4093 | | (a) This subsection applies Both of the following apply to a payment order identifying an 26 |
---|
4089 | 4094 | | intermediary bank or the beneficiary's bank only by an identifying number.number: 27 |
---|
4090 | 4095 | | (1) The receiving bank may rely on the number as the proper identification of the 28 |
---|
4091 | 4096 | | intermediary or beneficiary's bank and need not determine whether the 29 |
---|
4092 | 4097 | | number identifies a bank. 30 |
---|
4093 | 4098 | | (2) The sender is obliged to compensate the receiving bank for any loss and 31 |
---|
4094 | 4099 | | expenses incurred by the receiving bank as a result of its reliance on the 32 |
---|
4095 | 4100 | | number in executing or attempting to execute the order. 33 |
---|
4096 | 4101 | | (b) This subsection applies All of the following apply to a payment order identifying an 34 |
---|
4097 | 4102 | | intermediary bank or the beneficiary's bank both by name and an identifying number if the name 35 |
---|
4098 | 4103 | | and number identify different persons.persons: 36 |
---|
4099 | 4104 | | (1) If the sender is a bank, the receiving bank may rely on the number as the 37 |
---|
4100 | 4105 | | proper identification of the intermediary or beneficiary's bank if the receiving 38 |
---|
4101 | 4106 | | bank, when it executes the sender's order, does not know that the name and 39 |
---|
4102 | 4107 | | number identify different persons. The receiving bank need not determine 40 |
---|
4103 | 4108 | | whether the name and number refer to the same person or whether the number 41 |
---|
4104 | 4109 | | refers to a bank. The sender is obliged to compensate the receiving bank for 42 |
---|
4105 | 4110 | | any loss and expenses incurred by the receiving bank as a result of its reliance 43 |
---|
4106 | 4111 | | on the number in executing or attempting to execute the order. 44 |
---|
4107 | 4112 | | (2) If the sender is not a bank and the receiving bank proves that the sender, before 45 |
---|
4108 | 4113 | | the payment order was accepted, had notice that the receiving bank might rely 46 |
---|
4109 | 4114 | | on the number as the proper identification of the intermediary or beneficiary's 47 |
---|
4110 | 4115 | | bank even if it identifies a person different from the bank identified by name, 48 |
---|
4111 | 4116 | | the rights and obligations of the sender and the receiving bank are governed 49 |
---|
4112 | 4117 | | by subsection (b)(1), subdivision (b)(1) of this section, as though the sender 50 |
---|
4113 | 4118 | | were a bank. Proof of notice may be made by any admissible evidence. The 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
4115 | 4120 | | receiving bank satisfies the burden of proof if it proves that the sender, before 1 |
---|
4116 | 4121 | | the payment order was accepted, signed a writing record stating the 2 |
---|
4117 | 4122 | | information to which the notice relates. 3 |
---|
4118 | 4123 | | (3) Regardless of whether the sender is a bank, the receiving bank may rely on 4 |
---|
4119 | 4124 | | the name as the proper identification of the intermediary or beneficiary's bank 5 |
---|
4120 | 4125 | | if the receiving bank, at the time it executes the sender's order, does not know 6 |
---|
4121 | 4126 | | that the name and number identify different persons. The receiving bank need 7 |
---|
4122 | 4127 | | not determine whether the name and number refer to the same person. 8 |
---|
4123 | 4128 | | (4) If the receiving bank knows that the name and number identify different 9 |
---|
4124 | 4129 | | persons, reliance on either the name or the number in executing the sender's 10 |
---|
4125 | 4130 | | payment order is a breach of the obligation stated in G.S. 25-4A-302(a)(1)." 11 |
---|
4126 | 4131 | | SECTION 83. G.S. 25-4A-210 reads as rewritten: 12 |
---|
4127 | 4132 | | "§ 25-4A-210. Rejection of payment order. 13 |
---|
4128 | 4133 | | (a) A payment order is rejected by the receiving bank by a notice of rejection transmitted 14 |
---|
4129 | 4134 | | to the sender orally, electronically, or in writing. orally or in a record. A notice of rejection need 15 |
---|
4130 | 4135 | | not use any particular words and is sufficient if it indicates that the receiving bank is rejecting 16 |
---|
4131 | 4136 | | the order or will not execute or pay the order. Rejection is effective when the notice is given if 17 |
---|
4132 | 4137 | | transmission is by a means that is reasonable in the circumstances. If notice of rejection is given 18 |
---|
4133 | 4138 | | by a means that is not reasonable, rejection is effective when the notice is received. If an 19 |
---|
4134 | 4139 | | agreement of the sender and receiving bank establishes the means to be used to reject a payment 20 |
---|
4135 | 4140 | | order, (i) any means complying with the agreement is reasonable and (ii) any means not 21 |
---|
4136 | 4141 | | complying is not reasonable unless no significant delay in receipt of the notice resulted from the 22 |
---|
4137 | 4142 | | use of the noncomplying means. 23 |
---|
4138 | 4143 | | …." 24 |
---|
4139 | 4144 | | SECTION 84. G.S. 25-4A-211 reads as rewritten: 25 |
---|
4140 | 4145 | | "§ 25-4A-211. Cancellation and amendment of payment order. 26 |
---|
4141 | 4146 | | (a) A communication of the sender of a payment order cancelling or amending the order 27 |
---|
4142 | 4147 | | may be transmitted to the receiving bank orally, electronically, or in writing. orally or in a record. 28 |
---|
4143 | 4148 | | If a security procedure is in effect between the sender and the receiving bank, the communication 29 |
---|
4144 | 4149 | | is not effective to cancel or amend the order unless the communication is verified pursuant to the 30 |
---|
4145 | 4150 | | security procedure or the bank agrees to the cancellation or amendment. 31 |
---|
4146 | 4151 | | (b) Subject to subsection (a), (a) of this section, a communication by the sender cancelling 32 |
---|
4147 | 4152 | | or amending a payment order is effective to cancel or amend the order if notice of the 33 |
---|
4148 | 4153 | | communication is received at a time and in a manner affording the receiving bank a reasonable 34 |
---|
4149 | 4154 | | opportunity to act on the communication before the bank accepts the payment order. 35 |
---|
4150 | 4155 | | (c) After a payment order has been accepted, cancellation or amendment of the order is 36 |
---|
4151 | 4156 | | not effective unless the receiving bank agrees or a funds-transfer system rule allows cancellation 37 |
---|
4152 | 4157 | | or amendment without agreement of the bank. The following provisions apply: 38 |
---|
4153 | 4158 | | (1) With respect to a payment order accepted by a receiving bank other than the 39 |
---|
4154 | 4159 | | beneficiary's bank, cancellation or amendment is not effective unless a 40 |
---|
4155 | 4160 | | conforming cancellation or amendment of the payment order issued by the 41 |
---|
4156 | 4161 | | receiving bank is also made. 42 |
---|
4157 | 4162 | | (2) With respect to a payment order accepted by the beneficiary's bank, 43 |
---|
4158 | 4163 | | cancellation or amendment is not effective unless the order was issued in 44 |
---|
4159 | 4164 | | execution of an unauthorized payment order, or because of a mistake by a 45 |
---|
4160 | 4165 | | sender in the funds transfer which that resulted in the issuance of a payment 46 |
---|
4161 | 4166 | | order (i) that is a duplicate of a payment order previously issued by the sender, 47 |
---|
4162 | 4167 | | (ii) that orders payment to a beneficiary not entitled to receive payment from 48 |
---|
4163 | 4168 | | the originator, or (iii) that orders payment in an amount greater than the 49 |
---|
4164 | 4169 | | amount the beneficiary was entitled to receive from the originator. If the 50 |
---|
4165 | 4170 | | payment order is cancelled or amended, the beneficiary's bank is entitled to 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
4167 | 4172 | | recover from the beneficiary any amount paid to the beneficiary to the extent 1 |
---|
4168 | 4173 | | allowed by the law governing mistake and restitution. 2 |
---|
4169 | 4174 | | … 3 |
---|
4170 | 4175 | | (h) A funds-transfer system rule is not effective to the extent it conflicts with subsection 4 |
---|
4171 | 4176 | | (c)(2).subdivision (c)(2) of this section." 5 |
---|
4172 | 4177 | | SECTION 85. G.S. 25-4A-305 reads as rewritten: 6 |
---|
4173 | 4178 | | "§ 25-4A-305. Liability for late or improper execution or failure to execute payment order. 7 |
---|
4174 | 4179 | | (a) If a funds transfer is completed but execution of a payment order by the receiving 8 |
---|
4175 | 4180 | | bank in breach of G.S. 25-4A-302 results in delay in payment to the beneficiary, the bank is 9 |
---|
4176 | 4181 | | obliged to pay interest to either the originator or the beneficiary of the funds transfer for the 10 |
---|
4177 | 4182 | | period of delay caused by the improper execution. Except as provided in subsection (c), (c) of 11 |
---|
4178 | 4183 | | this section, additional damages are not recoverable. 12 |
---|
4179 | 4184 | | (b) If execution of a payment order by a receiving bank in breach of G.S. 25-4A-302 13 |
---|
4180 | 4185 | | results in (i) noncompletion of the funds transfer, (ii) failure to use an intermediary bank 14 |
---|
4181 | 4186 | | designated by the originator, or (iii) issuance of a payment order that does not comply with the 15 |
---|
4182 | 4187 | | terms of the payment order of the originator, the bank is liable to the originator for its expenses 16 |
---|
4183 | 4188 | | in the funds transfer and for incidental expenses and interest losses, to the extent not covered by 17 |
---|
4184 | 4189 | | subsection (a), (a) of this section, resulting from the improper execution. Except as provided in 18 |
---|
4185 | 4190 | | subsection (c), (c) of this section, additional damages are not recoverable. 19 |
---|
4186 | 4191 | | (c) In addition to the amounts payable under subsections (a) and (b), (b) of this section, 20 |
---|
4187 | 4192 | | damages, including consequential damages, are recoverable to the extent provided in an express 21 |
---|
4188 | 4193 | | written agreement of the receiving bank.bank, evidenced by a record. 22 |
---|
4189 | 4194 | | (d) If a receiving bank fails to execute a payment order it was obliged by express 23 |
---|
4190 | 4195 | | agreement to execute, the receiving bank is liable to the sender for its expenses in the transaction 24 |
---|
4191 | 4196 | | and for incidental expenses and interest losses resulting from the failure to execute. Additional 25 |
---|
4192 | 4197 | | damages, including consequential damages, are recoverable to the extent provided in an express 26 |
---|
4193 | 4198 | | written agreement of the receiving bank, evidenced by a record, but are not otherwise 27 |
---|
4194 | 4199 | | recoverable. 28 |
---|
4195 | 4200 | | (e) Reasonable attorneys' fees are recoverable if demand for compensation under 29 |
---|
4196 | 4201 | | subsection (a) or (b) of this section is made and refused before an action is brought on the claim. 30 |
---|
4197 | 4202 | | If a claim is made for breach of an agreement under subsection (d) of this section and the 31 |
---|
4198 | 4203 | | agreement does not provide for damages, reasonable attorneys' fees are recoverable if demand 32 |
---|
4199 | 4204 | | for compensation under subsection (d) of this section is made and refused before an action is 33 |
---|
4200 | 4205 | | brought on the claim. 34 |
---|
4201 | 4206 | | (f) Except as stated in this section, the liability of a receiving bank under subsections (a) 35 |
---|
4202 | 4207 | | and (b) may of this section shall not be varied by agreement." 36 |
---|
4203 | 4208 | | SECTION 86. G.S. 25-5-104 reads as rewritten: 37 |
---|
4204 | 4209 | | "§ 25-5-104. Formal requirements. 38 |
---|
4205 | 4210 | | A letter of credit, confirmation, advice, transfer, amendment, or cancellation may be issued 39 |
---|
4206 | 4211 | | in any form that is a record and is authenticated (i) by a signature or (ii) in accordance with the 40 |
---|
4207 | 4212 | | agreement of the parties or the standard practice referred to in G.S. 25-5-108(e).signed record." 41 |
---|
4208 | 4213 | | SECTION 87. G.S. 25-5-116 reads as rewritten: 42 |
---|
4209 | 4214 | | "§ 25-5-116. Choice of law and forum. 43 |
---|
4210 | 4215 | | (a) The liability of an issuer, nominated person, or adviser for action or omission is 44 |
---|
4211 | 4216 | | governed by the law of the jurisdiction chosen by an agreement in the form of a record signed or 45 |
---|
4212 | 4217 | | otherwise authenticated by the affected parties in the manner provided in G.S. 25-5-104 or by a 46 |
---|
4213 | 4218 | | provision in the person's letter of credit, confirmation, or other undertaking. The jurisdiction 47 |
---|
4214 | 4219 | | whose law is chosen need not bear any relation to the transaction. 48 |
---|
4215 | 4220 | | (b) Unless subsection (a) of this section applies, the liability of an issuer, nominated 49 |
---|
4216 | 4221 | | person, or adviser for action or omission is governed by the law of the jurisdiction in which the 50 |
---|
4217 | 4222 | | person is located. The person is considered to be located at the address indicated in the person's 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
4219 | 4224 | | undertaking. If more than one address is indicated, the person is considered to be located at the 1 |
---|
4220 | 4225 | | address from which the person's undertaking was issued. 2 |
---|
4221 | 4226 | | (b1) For the purpose of jurisdiction, choice of law, and recognition of interbranch letters 3 |
---|
4222 | 4227 | | of credit, but not enforcement of a judgment, all branches of a bank are considered separate 4 |
---|
4223 | 4228 | | juridical entities and a bank is considered to be located at the place where its relevant branch is 5 |
---|
4224 | 4229 | | considered to be located under this subsection.subsection (b2) of this section. 6 |
---|
4225 | 4230 | | (b2) A branch of a bank is considered to be located at the address indicated in the branch's 7 |
---|
4226 | 4231 | | undertaking. If more than one address is indicated, the branch is considered to be located at the 8 |
---|
4227 | 4232 | | address from which the undertaking was issued. 9 |
---|
4228 | 4233 | | …." 10 |
---|
4229 | 4234 | | SECTION 88. G.S. 25-7-102 reads as rewritten: 11 |
---|
4230 | 4235 | | "§ 25-7-102. Definitions and index of definitions. 12 |
---|
4231 | 4236 | | (a) In this Article, unless the context otherwise requires:the following definitions apply: 13 |
---|
4232 | 4237 | | (1) "Bailee" means a Bailee. – A person that by a warehouse receipt, bill of lading, 14 |
---|
4233 | 4238 | | or other document of title acknowledges possession of goods and contracts to 15 |
---|
4234 | 4239 | | deliver them. 16 |
---|
4235 | 4240 | | (2) "Carrier" means a Carrier. – A person that issues a bill of lading. 17 |
---|
4236 | 4241 | | (3) "Consignee" means a Consignee. – A person named in a bill of lading to whom 18 |
---|
4237 | 4242 | | which or to whose order the bill promises delivery. 19 |
---|
4238 | 4243 | | (4) "Consignor" means a Consignor. – A person named in a bill of lading as the 20 |
---|
4239 | 4244 | | person from whom which the goods have been received for shipment. 21 |
---|
4240 | 4245 | | (4a) Contract for sale. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-106. 22 |
---|
4241 | 4246 | | (5) "Delivery order" means a Delivery order. – A record that contains an order to 23 |
---|
4242 | 4247 | | deliver goods directed to a warehouse, carrier, or other person that in the 24 |
---|
4243 | 4248 | | ordinary course of business issues warehouse receipts or bills of lading. 25 |
---|
4244 | 4249 | | (6) Reserved for future codification purposes. 26 |
---|
4245 | 4250 | | (7) "Goods" means all Goods. – All things that are treated as movable for the 27 |
---|
4246 | 4251 | | purposes of a contract for storage or transportation. 28 |
---|
4247 | 4252 | | (8) "Issuer" means a Issuer. – A bailee that issues a document of title or, in the 29 |
---|
4248 | 4253 | | case of an unaccepted delivery order, the person that orders the possessor of 30 |
---|
4249 | 4254 | | goods to deliver. The term includes a person for whom which an agent or 31 |
---|
4250 | 4255 | | employee purports to act in issuing a document if the agent or employee has 32 |
---|
4251 | 4256 | | real or apparent authority to issue documents, even if the issuer did not receive 33 |
---|
4252 | 4257 | | any goods, the goods were misdescribed, or in any other respect the agent or 34 |
---|
4253 | 4258 | | employee violated the issuer's instructions. 35 |
---|
4254 | 4259 | | (8a) Lessee in ordinary course of business. – Defined in G.S. 25-2A-103. 36 |
---|
4255 | 4260 | | (9) "Person entitled under the document" means the Person entitled under the 37 |
---|
4256 | 4261 | | document. – The holder, in the case of a negotiable document of title, or the 38 |
---|
4257 | 4262 | | person to whom which delivery of the goods is to be made by the terms of, or 39 |
---|
4258 | 4263 | | pursuant to instructions in a record under, a nonnegotiable document of title. 40 |
---|
4259 | 4264 | | (10) "Receipt" of goods. – Defined in G.S. 25-2-103. 41 |
---|
4260 | 4265 | | (11) "Sign" means, with present intent to authenticate or adopt a record: 42 |
---|
4261 | 4266 | | a. To execute or adopt a tangible symbol; or 43 |
---|
4262 | 4267 | | b. To attach to or logically associate with the record an electronic sound, 44 |
---|
4263 | 4268 | | symbol, or process. 45 |
---|
4264 | 4269 | | (12) "Shipper" means a Shipper. – A person that enters into a contract of 46 |
---|
4265 | 4270 | | transportation with a carrier. 47 |
---|
4266 | 4271 | | (13) "Warehouse" means a Warehouse. – A person engaged in the business of 48 |
---|
4267 | 4272 | | storing goods for hire. 49 |
---|
4268 | 4273 | | (b) Definitions in other Articles applying to this Article and the sections in which they 50 |
---|
4269 | 4274 | | appear are: 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
4271 | 4276 | | (1) "Contract for sale," G.S. 25-2-106. 1 |
---|
4272 | 4277 | | (2) "Lessee in the ordinary course of business," G.S. 25-2A-103. 2 |
---|
4273 | 4278 | | (3) "Receipt" of goods, G.S. 25-2-103. 3 |
---|
4274 | 4279 | | (c) In addition, Article 1 of this Chapter contains general definitions and principles of 4 |
---|
4275 | 4280 | | construction and interpretation applicable throughout this Article." 5 |
---|
4276 | 4281 | | SECTION 89. G.S. 25-7-106 reads as rewritten: 6 |
---|
4277 | 4282 | | "§ 25-7-106. Control of electronic document of title. 7 |
---|
4278 | 4283 | | (a) A person has control of an electronic document of title if a system employed for 8 |
---|
4279 | 4284 | | evidencing the transfer of interests in the electronic document reliably establishes that person as 9 |
---|
4280 | 4285 | | the person to which the electronic document was issued or transferred. 10 |
---|
4281 | 4286 | | (b) A system satisfies subsection (a) of this section, and a person is deemed to have has 11 |
---|
4282 | 4287 | | control of an electronic document of title, if the document is created, stored, and assigned 12 |
---|
4283 | 4288 | | transferred in such a manner that:where all of the following apply: 13 |
---|
4284 | 4289 | | (1) A single authoritative copy of the document exists which that is unique, 14 |
---|
4285 | 4290 | | identifiable, and, except as otherwise provided in subdivisions (4), (5), and (6) 15 |
---|
4286 | 4291 | | of this subsection, unalterable;unalterable. 16 |
---|
4287 | 4292 | | (2) The authoritative copy identifies the person asserting control as:as either of 17 |
---|
4288 | 4293 | | the following: 18 |
---|
4289 | 4294 | | a. The person to whom which the document was issued; orissued. 19 |
---|
4290 | 4295 | | b. If the authoritative copy indicates that the document has been 20 |
---|
4291 | 4296 | | transferred, the person to whom which the document was most 21 |
---|
4292 | 4297 | | recently transferred;transferred. 22 |
---|
4293 | 4298 | | (3) The authoritative copy is communicated to and maintained by the person 23 |
---|
4294 | 4299 | | asserting control or its designated custodian;custodian. 24 |
---|
4295 | 4300 | | (4) Copies or amendments that add or change an identified assignee transferee of 25 |
---|
4296 | 4301 | | the authoritative copy can be made only with the consent of the person 26 |
---|
4297 | 4302 | | asserting control;control. 27 |
---|
4298 | 4303 | | (5) Each copy of the authoritative copy and any copy of a copy is readily 28 |
---|
4299 | 4304 | | identifiable as a copy that is not the authoritative copy; andcopy. 29 |
---|
4300 | 4305 | | (6) Any amendment of the authoritative copy is readily identifiable as authorized 30 |
---|
4301 | 4306 | | or unauthorized. 31 |
---|
4302 | 4307 | | (c) A system satisfies subsection (a) of this section, and a person has control of an 32 |
---|
4303 | 4308 | | electronic document of title, if an authoritative electronic copy of the document, a record attached 33 |
---|
4304 | 4309 | | to or logically associated with the electronic copy, or a system in which the electronic copy is 34 |
---|
4305 | 4310 | | recorded does all of the following: 35 |
---|
4306 | 4311 | | (1) Enables the person readily to identify each electronic copy as either an 36 |
---|
4307 | 4312 | | authoritative copy or a nonauthoritative copy. 37 |
---|
4308 | 4313 | | (2) Enables the person readily to identify itself in any way, including by name, 38 |
---|
4309 | 4314 | | identifying number, cryptographic key, office, or account number, as the 39 |
---|
4310 | 4315 | | person to which each authoritative electronic copy was issued or transferred. 40 |
---|
4311 | 4316 | | (3) Gives the person exclusive power, subject to subsection (d) of this section, to 41 |
---|
4312 | 4317 | | do both of the following: 42 |
---|
4313 | 4318 | | a. Prevent others from adding or changing the person to which each 43 |
---|
4314 | 4319 | | authoritative electronic copy has been issued or transferred. 44 |
---|
4315 | 4320 | | b. Transfer control of each authoritative electronic copy. 45 |
---|
4316 | 4321 | | (d) Subject to subsection (e) of this section, a power is exclusive under subdivision (c)(3) 46 |
---|
4317 | 4322 | | of this section even if either of the following applies: 47 |
---|
4318 | 4323 | | (1) The authoritative electronic copy, a record attached to or logically associated 48 |
---|
4319 | 4324 | | with the authoritative electronic copy, or a system in which the authoritative 49 |
---|
4320 | 4325 | | electronic copy is recorded limits the use of the document of title or has a 50 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
4322 | 4327 | | protocol that is programmed to cause a change, including a transfer or loss of 1 |
---|
4323 | 4328 | | control. 2 |
---|
4324 | 4329 | | (2) The power is shared with another person. 3 |
---|
4325 | 4330 | | (e) A power of a person is not shared with another person under subdivision (d)(2) of this 4 |
---|
4326 | 4331 | | section and the person's power is not exclusive if both of the following apply: 5 |
---|
4327 | 4332 | | (1) The person can exercise the power only if the power also is exercised by the 6 |
---|
4328 | 4333 | | other person. 7 |
---|
4329 | 4334 | | (2) Either of the following applies to the other person: 8 |
---|
4330 | 4335 | | a. The other person can exercise the power without exercise of the power 9 |
---|
4331 | 4336 | | by the person. 10 |
---|
4332 | 4337 | | b. The other person is the transferor to the person of an interest in the 11 |
---|
4333 | 4338 | | document of title. 12 |
---|
4334 | 4339 | | (f) If a person has the powers specified in subdivision (c)(3) of this section, the powers 13 |
---|
4335 | 4340 | | are presumed to be exclusive. 14 |
---|
4336 | 4341 | | (g) A person has control of an electronic document of title if either of the following 15 |
---|
4337 | 4342 | | applies to another person, other than the transferor to the person of an interest in the document: 16 |
---|
4338 | 4343 | | (1) The other person has control of the document and acknowledges that it has 17 |
---|
4339 | 4344 | | control on behalf of the person. 18 |
---|
4340 | 4345 | | (2) The other person obtains control of the document after having acknowledged 19 |
---|
4341 | 4346 | | that it will obtain control of the document on behalf of the person. 20 |
---|
4342 | 4347 | | (h) A person that has control under this section is not required to acknowledge that it has 21 |
---|
4343 | 4348 | | control on behalf of another person. 22 |
---|
4344 | 4349 | | (i) If a person acknowledges that it has or will obtain control on behalf of another person, 23 |
---|
4345 | 4350 | | unless the person otherwise agrees or law other than this Article or Article 9 of this Chapter 24 |
---|
4346 | 4351 | | otherwise provides, the person does not owe any duty to the other person and is not required to 25 |
---|
4347 | 4352 | | confirm the acknowledgment to any other person." 26 |
---|
4348 | 4353 | | SECTION 90. G.S. 25-8-102 reads as rewritten: 27 |
---|
4349 | 4354 | | "§ 25-8-102. Definitions. 28 |
---|
4350 | 4355 | | (a) In this Article:Article, the following definitions apply: 29 |
---|
4351 | 4356 | | (1) "Adverse claim" means a Adverse claim. – A claim that a claimant has a 30 |
---|
4352 | 4357 | | property interest in a financial asset and that it is a violation of the rights of 31 |
---|
4353 | 4358 | | the claimant for another person to hold, transfer, or deal with the financial 32 |
---|
4354 | 4359 | | asset. 33 |
---|
4355 | 4360 | | (1a) Appropriate person. – Defined in G.S. 25-8-107. 34 |
---|
4356 | 4361 | | (2) "Bearer form", as Bearer form. – As applied to a certificated security, means 35 |
---|
4357 | 4362 | | a form in which the security is payable to the bearer of the security certificate 36 |
---|
4358 | 4363 | | according to its terms but not by reason of an indorsement. 37 |
---|
4359 | 4364 | | (3) "Broker" means a Broker. – A person defined as a broker or dealer under the 38 |
---|
4360 | 4365 | | federal securities laws, but without excluding a bank acting in that capacity. 39 |
---|
4361 | 4366 | | (4) "Certificated security" means a Certificated security. – A security that is 40 |
---|
4362 | 4367 | | represented by a certificate. 41 |
---|
4363 | 4368 | | (5) "Clearing corporation" means:Clearing corporation. – Any of the following: 42 |
---|
4364 | 4369 | | (i)a. A person that is registered as a "clearing agency" under the federal 43 |
---|
4365 | 4370 | | securities laws;laws. 44 |
---|
4366 | 4371 | | (ii)b. A federal reserve bank; orbank. 45 |
---|
4367 | 4372 | | (iii)c. Any other person that provides clearance or settlement services with 46 |
---|
4368 | 4373 | | respect to financial assets that would require it to register as a clearing 47 |
---|
4369 | 4374 | | agency under the federal securities laws but for an exclusion or 48 |
---|
4370 | 4375 | | exemption from the registration requirement, if its activities as a 49 |
---|
4371 | 4376 | | clearing corporation, including promulgation of rules, are subject to 50 |
---|
4372 | 4377 | | regulation by a federal or state governmental authority. 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
4374 | 4379 | | (6) "Communicate" means to:Communicate. – Either of the following: 1 |
---|
4375 | 4380 | | (i)a. Send a signed writing; orrecord. 2 |
---|
4376 | 4381 | | (ii)b. Transmit information by any mechanism agreed upon by the persons 3 |
---|
4377 | 4382 | | transmitting and receiving the information. 4 |
---|
4378 | 4383 | | (6a) Control. – Defined in G.S. 25-8-106. 5 |
---|
4379 | 4384 | | (6b) Controllable account. – Defined in G.S. 25-9-102. 6 |
---|
4380 | 4385 | | (6c) Controllable electronic record. – Defined in G.S. 25-12-102. 7 |
---|
4381 | 4386 | | (6d) Controllable payment intangible. – Defined in G.S. 25-9-102. 8 |
---|
4382 | 4387 | | (6e) Delivery. – Defined in G.S. 25-8-301. 9 |
---|
4383 | 4388 | | (7) "Entitlement holder" means a Entitlement holder. – A person identified in the 10 |
---|
4384 | 4389 | | records of a securities intermediary as the person having a security entitlement 11 |
---|
4385 | 4390 | | against the securities intermediary. If a person acquires a security entitlement 12 |
---|
4386 | 4391 | | by virtue of G.S. 25-8-501(b)(2) or (3), that person is the entitlement holder. 13 |
---|
4387 | 4392 | | (8) "Entitlement order" means a Entitlement order. – A notification 14 |
---|
4388 | 4393 | | communicated to a securities intermediary directing transfer or redemption of 15 |
---|
4389 | 4394 | | a financial asset to which the entitlement holder has a security entitlement. 16 |
---|
4390 | 4395 | | (9) "Financial asset", except Financial asset. – Except as otherwise provided in 17 |
---|
4391 | 4396 | | G.S. 25-8-103, means:means any of the following: 18 |
---|
4392 | 4397 | | (i)a. A security;security. 19 |
---|
4393 | 4398 | | (ii)b. An obligation of a person or a share, participation, or other interest in 20 |
---|
4394 | 4399 | | a person or in property or an enterprise of a person, which that is, or is 21 |
---|
4395 | 4400 | | of a type, dealt in or traded on financial markets, or which that is 22 |
---|
4396 | 4401 | | recognized in any area in which it is issued or dealt in as a medium for 23 |
---|
4397 | 4402 | | investment; orinvestment. 24 |
---|
4398 | 4403 | | (iii)c. Any property that is held by a securities intermediary for another 25 |
---|
4399 | 4404 | | person in a securities account if the securities intermediary has 26 |
---|
4400 | 4405 | | expressly agreed with the other person that the property is to be treated 27 |
---|
4401 | 4406 | | as a financial asset under this Article. 28 |
---|
4402 | 4407 | | As context requires, the term means either the interest itself or the means by 29 |
---|
4403 | 4408 | | which a person's claim to it is evidenced, including a certificated or 30 |
---|
4404 | 4409 | | uncertificated security, a security certificate, or a security entitlement. 31 |
---|
4405 | 4410 | | (10) Repealed by Session Laws 2006-112, s. 20, effective October 1, 2006. 32 |
---|
4406 | 4411 | | (11) "Indorsement" means a Indorsement. – A signature that alone or accompanied 33 |
---|
4407 | 4412 | | by other words is made on a security certificate in registered form or on a 34 |
---|
4408 | 4413 | | separate document for the purpose of assigning, transferring, or redeeming the 35 |
---|
4409 | 4414 | | security or granting a power to assign, transfer, or redeem it. 36 |
---|
4410 | 4415 | | (12) "Instruction" means a Instruction. – A notification communicated to the issuer 37 |
---|
4411 | 4416 | | of an uncertificated security which that directs that the transfer of the security 38 |
---|
4412 | 4417 | | be registered or that the security be redeemed. 39 |
---|
4413 | 4418 | | (12a) Investment company security. – Defined in G.S. 25-8-103. 40 |
---|
4414 | 4419 | | (12b) Issuer. – Defined in G.S. 25-8-201. 41 |
---|
4415 | 4420 | | (12c) Overissue. – Defined in G.S. 25-8-210. 42 |
---|
4416 | 4421 | | (12d) Protected purchaser. – Defined in G.S. 25-8-303. 43 |
---|
4417 | 4422 | | (13) "Registered form", as Registered form. – As applied to a certificated security, 44 |
---|
4418 | 4423 | | means a form in which:which both of the following apply: 45 |
---|
4419 | 4424 | | (i)a. The security certificate specifies a person entitled to the security; 46 |
---|
4420 | 4425 | | andsecurity. 47 |
---|
4421 | 4426 | | (ii)b. A transfer of the security may be registered upon books maintained for 48 |
---|
4422 | 4427 | | that purpose by or on behalf of the issuer, or the security certificate so 49 |
---|
4423 | 4428 | | states. 50 |
---|
4424 | 4429 | | (13a) Securities account. – Defined in G.S. 25-8-501. 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
4426 | 4431 | | (14) "Securities intermediary" means:Securities intermediary. – Either of the 1 |
---|
4427 | 4432 | | following: 2 |
---|
4428 | 4433 | | (i)a. A clearing corporation; orcorporation. 3 |
---|
4429 | 4434 | | (ii)b. A person, including a bank or broker, that in the ordinary course of its 4 |
---|
4430 | 4435 | | business maintains securities accounts for others and is acting in that 5 |
---|
4431 | 4436 | | capacity. 6 |
---|
4432 | 4437 | | (15) "Security", except Security. – Except as otherwise provided in G.S. 25-8-103, 7 |
---|
4433 | 4438 | | means an obligation of an issuer or a share, participation, or other interest in 8 |
---|
4434 | 4439 | | an issuer or in property or an enterprise of an issuer:issuer that satisfies all of 9 |
---|
4435 | 4440 | | the following requirements: 10 |
---|
4436 | 4441 | | (i)a. Which It is represented by a security certificate in bearer or registered 11 |
---|
4437 | 4442 | | form, or the its transfer of which may be registered upon books 12 |
---|
4438 | 4443 | | maintained for that purpose by or on behalf of the issuer;issuer. 13 |
---|
4439 | 4444 | | (ii)b. Which It is one of a class or series or by its terms is divisible into a 14 |
---|
4440 | 4445 | | class or series of shares, participations, interests, or obligations; 15 |
---|
4441 | 4446 | | andobligations. 16 |
---|
4442 | 4447 | | (iii)c. Which:It satisfies either of the following: 17 |
---|
4443 | 4448 | | (A)1. Is, It is, or is of a type, dealt in or traded on securities exchanges 18 |
---|
4444 | 4449 | | or securities markets; ormarkets. 19 |
---|
4445 | 4450 | | (B)2. Is It is a medium for investment and by its terms expressly 20 |
---|
4446 | 4451 | | provides that it is a security governed by this Article. 21 |
---|
4447 | 4452 | | (16) "Security certificate" means a Security certificate. – A certificate representing 22 |
---|
4448 | 4453 | | a security. 23 |
---|
4449 | 4454 | | (17) "Security entitlement" means the Security entitlement. – The rights and 24 |
---|
4450 | 4455 | | property interest of an entitlement holder with respect to a financial asset 25 |
---|
4451 | 4456 | | specified in Part 5 of this Article. 26 |
---|
4452 | 4457 | | (18) "Uncertificated security" means a Uncertificated security. – A security that is 27 |
---|
4453 | 4458 | | not represented by a certificate. 28 |
---|
4454 | 4459 | | (b) Other definitions applying to this Article and the sections in which they appear are: 29 |
---|
4455 | 4460 | | "Appropriate person" G.S. 25-8-107. 30 |
---|
4456 | 4461 | | "Control" G.S. 25-8-106. 31 |
---|
4457 | 4462 | | "Delivery" G.S. 25-8-301. 32 |
---|
4458 | 4463 | | "Investment company security" G.S. 25-8-103. 33 |
---|
4459 | 4464 | | "Issuer" G.S. 25-8-201. 34 |
---|
4460 | 4465 | | "Overissue" G.S. 25-8-210. 35 |
---|
4461 | 4466 | | "Protected purchaser" G.S. 25-8-303. 36 |
---|
4462 | 4467 | | "Securities account" G.S. 25-8-501. 37 |
---|
4463 | 4468 | | (c) In addition, Article 1 of this Chapter contains general definitions and principles of 38 |
---|
4464 | 4469 | | construction and interpretation applicable throughout this Article. 39 |
---|
4465 | 4470 | | (d) The characterization of a person, business, or transaction for purposes of this Article 40 |
---|
4466 | 4471 | | does not determine the characterization of the person, business, or transaction for purposes of 41 |
---|
4467 | 4472 | | any other law, regulation, or rule.law." 42 |
---|
4468 | 4473 | | SECTION 91. G.S. 25-8-103 reads as rewritten: 43 |
---|
4469 | 4474 | | "§ 25-8-103. Rules for determining whether certain obligations and interests are securities 44 |
---|
4470 | 4475 | | or financial assets. 45 |
---|
4471 | 4476 | | … 46 |
---|
4472 | 4477 | | (d) A writing that is a security certificate is governed by this Article and not by Article 3 47 |
---|
4473 | 4478 | | of this Chapter, even though it also meets the requirements of that Article. However, a negotiable 48 |
---|
4474 | 4479 | | instrument governed by Article 3 of this Chapter is a financial asset if it is held in a securities 49 |
---|
4475 | 4480 | | account. 50 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
4477 | 4482 | | (e) An option or similar obligation issued by a clearing corporation to its participants is 1 |
---|
4478 | 4483 | | not a security, security but is a financial asset. 2 |
---|
4479 | 4484 | | (f) A commodity contract, as defined in G.S. 25-9-102(a)(15), G.S. 25-9-102, is not a 3 |
---|
4480 | 4485 | | security or financial asset. 4 |
---|
4481 | 4486 | | (g) A document of title is not a financial asset unless G.S. 25-8-102(a)(9)(iii) 5 |
---|
4482 | 4487 | | G.S. 25-8-102(a)(9)c. applies. 6 |
---|
4483 | 4488 | | (h) A controllable account, controllable electronic record, or controllable payment 7 |
---|
4484 | 4489 | | intangible is not a financial asset unless G.S. 25-8-102(a)(9)c. applies." 8 |
---|
4485 | 4490 | | SECTION 92. G.S. 25-8-106 reads as rewritten: 9 |
---|
4486 | 4491 | | "§ 25-8-106. Control. 10 |
---|
4487 | 4492 | | (a) A purchaser has "control" of a certificated security in bearer form if the certificated 11 |
---|
4488 | 4493 | | security is delivered to the purchaser. 12 |
---|
4489 | 4494 | | (b) A purchaser has "control" of a certificated security in registered form if the 13 |
---|
4490 | 4495 | | certificated security is delivered to the purchaser, and:and either of the following applies: 14 |
---|
4491 | 4496 | | (1) The certificate is endorsed indorsed to the purchaser or in blank by an effective 15 |
---|
4492 | 4497 | | endorsement; orindorsement. 16 |
---|
4493 | 4498 | | (2) The certificate is registered in the name of the purchaser, upon original issue 17 |
---|
4494 | 4499 | | or registration of transfer by the issuer. 18 |
---|
4495 | 4500 | | (c) A purchaser has "control" of an uncertificated security if:if either of the following 19 |
---|
4496 | 4501 | | applies: 20 |
---|
4497 | 4502 | | (1) The uncertificated security is delivered to the purchaser; orpurchaser. 21 |
---|
4498 | 4503 | | (2) The issuer has agreed that it will comply with instructions originated by the 22 |
---|
4499 | 4504 | | purchaser without further consent by the registered owner. 23 |
---|
4500 | 4505 | | (d) A purchaser has "control" of a security entitlement if:if any of the following applies: 24 |
---|
4501 | 4506 | | (1) The purchaser becomes the entitlement holder;holder. 25 |
---|
4502 | 4507 | | (2) The securities intermediary has agreed that it will comply with entitlement 26 |
---|
4503 | 4508 | | orders originated by the purchaser without further consent by the entitlement 27 |
---|
4504 | 4509 | | holder; orholder. 28 |
---|
4505 | 4510 | | (3) Another person has control of the security entitlement on behalf of the 29 |
---|
4506 | 4511 | | purchaser or, having previously acquired control of the security entitlement, 30 |
---|
4507 | 4512 | | acknowledges that it has control on behalf of the purchaser.Either of the 31 |
---|
4508 | 4513 | | following applies to another person, other than the transferor to the purchaser 32 |
---|
4509 | 4514 | | of an interest in the security entitlement: 33 |
---|
4510 | 4515 | | a. The other person has control of the security entitlement and 34 |
---|
4511 | 4516 | | acknowledges that it has control on behalf of the purchaser. 35 |
---|
4512 | 4517 | | b. The other person obtains control of the security entitlement after 36 |
---|
4513 | 4518 | | having acknowledged that it will obtain control of the security 37 |
---|
4514 | 4519 | | entitlement on behalf of the purchaser. 38 |
---|
4515 | 4520 | | (e) If an interest in a security entitlement is granted by the entitlement holder to the 39 |
---|
4516 | 4521 | | entitlement holder's own securities intermediary, the securities intermediary has control. 40 |
---|
4517 | 4522 | | (f) A purchaser who that has satisfied the requirements of subsection (c) or (d) of this 41 |
---|
4518 | 4523 | | section has control, even if the registered owner in the case of subsection (c) of this section or 42 |
---|
4519 | 4524 | | the entitlement holder in the case of subsection (d) of this section retains the right to make 43 |
---|
4520 | 4525 | | substitutions for the uncertificated security or security entitlement, to originate instructions or 44 |
---|
4521 | 4526 | | entitlement orders to the issuer or securities intermediary, or otherwise to deal with the 45 |
---|
4522 | 4527 | | uncertificated security or security entitlement. 46 |
---|
4523 | 4528 | | (g) An issuer or a securities intermediary may shall not enter into an agreement of the 47 |
---|
4524 | 4529 | | kind described in subdivision (c)(2) or (d)(2) of this section without the consent of the registered 48 |
---|
4525 | 4530 | | owner or entitlement holder, but an issuer or a securities intermediary is not required to enter into 49 |
---|
4526 | 4531 | | such an this kind of agreement even though the registered owner or entitlement holder so directs. 50 |
---|
4527 | 4532 | | An issuer or securities intermediary that has entered into such an this kind of agreement is not 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
4529 | 4534 | | required to confirm the existence of the agreement to another party unless requested to do so by 1 |
---|
4530 | 4535 | | the registered owner or entitlement holder. 2 |
---|
4531 | 4536 | | (h) A person that has control under this section is not required to acknowledge that it has 3 |
---|
4532 | 4537 | | control on behalf of a purchaser. 4 |
---|
4533 | 4538 | | (i) If a person acknowledges that it has or will obtain control on behalf of a purchaser, 5 |
---|
4534 | 4539 | | unless the person otherwise agrees or law other than this Article or Article 9 of this Chapter 6 |
---|
4535 | 4540 | | otherwise provides, the person does not owe any duty to the purchaser and is not required to 7 |
---|
4536 | 4541 | | confirm the acknowledgment to any other person." 8 |
---|
4537 | 4542 | | SECTION 93. G.S. 25-8-110 reads as rewritten: 9 |
---|
4538 | 4543 | | "§ 25-8-110. Applicability; choice of law. 10 |
---|
4539 | 4544 | | (a) The local law of the issuer's jurisdiction, as specified in subsection (d) of this section, 11 |
---|
4540 | 4545 | | governs:governs all of the following: 12 |
---|
4541 | 4546 | | (1) The validity of a security;security. 13 |
---|
4542 | 4547 | | (2) The rights and duties of the issuer with respect to registration of 14 |
---|
4543 | 4548 | | transfer;transfer. 15 |
---|
4544 | 4549 | | (3) The effectiveness of registration of transfer by the issuer;issuer. 16 |
---|
4545 | 4550 | | (4) Whether the issuer owes any duties to an adverse claimant to a security; 17 |
---|
4546 | 4551 | | andsecurity. 18 |
---|
4547 | 4552 | | (5) Whether an adverse claim can be asserted against a person to whom which 19 |
---|
4548 | 4553 | | transfer of a certificated or uncertificated security is registered or a person 20 |
---|
4549 | 4554 | | who that obtains control of an uncertificated security. 21 |
---|
4550 | 4555 | | (b) The local law of the securities intermediary's jurisdiction, as specified in subsection 22 |
---|
4551 | 4556 | | (e) of this section, governs:governs all of the following: 23 |
---|
4552 | 4557 | | (1) Acquisition of a security entitlement from the securities 24 |
---|
4553 | 4558 | | intermediary;intermediary. 25 |
---|
4554 | 4559 | | (2) The rights and duties of the securities intermediary and entitlement holder 26 |
---|
4555 | 4560 | | arising out of a security entitlement;entitlement. 27 |
---|
4556 | 4561 | | (3) Whether the securities intermediary owes any duties to an adverse claimant to 28 |
---|
4557 | 4562 | | a security entitlement; andentitlement. 29 |
---|
4558 | 4563 | | (4) Whether an adverse claim can be asserted against a person who that acquires 30 |
---|
4559 | 4564 | | a security entitlement from the securities intermediary or a person who that 31 |
---|
4560 | 4565 | | purchases a security entitlement or interest therein from an entitlement holder. 32 |
---|
4561 | 4566 | | (c) The local law of the jurisdiction in which a security certificate is located at the time 33 |
---|
4562 | 4567 | | of delivery governs whether an adverse claim can be asserted against a person to whom which 34 |
---|
4563 | 4568 | | the security certificate is delivered. 35 |
---|
4564 | 4569 | | (d) "Issuer's jurisdiction" means the jurisdiction under which the issuer of the security is 36 |
---|
4565 | 4570 | | organized or, if permitted by the law of that jurisdiction, the law of another jurisdiction specified 37 |
---|
4566 | 4571 | | by the issuer. An issuer organized under the law of this State may specify the law of another 38 |
---|
4567 | 4572 | | jurisdiction as the law governing the matters specified in subdivisions (a)(2) through (5) of this 39 |
---|
4568 | 4573 | | section. 40 |
---|
4569 | 4574 | | (e) The following rules determine a "securities intermediary's jurisdiction" for purposes 41 |
---|
4570 | 4575 | | of this section: 42 |
---|
4571 | 4576 | | (1) If an agreement between the securities intermediary and its entitlement holder 43 |
---|
4572 | 4577 | | governing the securities account expressly provides that a particular 44 |
---|
4573 | 4578 | | jurisdiction is the securities intermediary's jurisdiction for purposes of this 45 |
---|
4574 | 4579 | | Part, this Article, or this Chapter, that jurisdiction is the securities 46 |
---|
4575 | 4580 | | intermediary's jurisdiction. 47 |
---|
4576 | 4581 | | (2) If subdivision (1) of this subsection does not apply and an agreement between 48 |
---|
4577 | 4582 | | the securities intermediary and its entitlement holder governing the securities 49 |
---|
4578 | 4583 | | account expressly provides that the agreement is governed by the law of a 50 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
4580 | 4585 | | particular jurisdiction, that jurisdiction is the securities intermediary's 1 |
---|
4581 | 4586 | | jurisdiction. 2 |
---|
4582 | 4587 | | (3) If neither subdivision (1) nor subdivision (2) of this section subsection applies 3 |
---|
4583 | 4588 | | and an agreement between the securities intermediary and its entitlement 4 |
---|
4584 | 4589 | | holder governing the securities account expressly provides that the securities 5 |
---|
4585 | 4590 | | account is maintained at an office in a particular jurisdiction, that jurisdiction 6 |
---|
4586 | 4591 | | is the securities intermediary's jurisdiction. 7 |
---|
4587 | 4592 | | (4) If none of the preceding subdivisions of this subsection applies, the securities 8 |
---|
4588 | 4593 | | intermediary's jurisdiction is the jurisdiction in which the office identified in 9 |
---|
4589 | 4594 | | an account statement as the office serving the entitlement holder's account is 10 |
---|
4590 | 4595 | | located. 11 |
---|
4591 | 4596 | | (5) If none of the preceding subdivisions of this subsection applies, the securities 12 |
---|
4592 | 4597 | | intermediary's jurisdiction is the jurisdiction in which the chief executive 13 |
---|
4593 | 4598 | | office of the securities intermediary is located. 14 |
---|
4594 | 4599 | | (f) A securities intermediary's jurisdiction is not determined by the physical location of 15 |
---|
4595 | 4600 | | certificates representing financial assets, or by the jurisdiction in which is organized the issuer of 16 |
---|
4596 | 4601 | | the financial asset with respect to which an entitlement holder has a security entitlement, or by 17 |
---|
4597 | 4602 | | the location of facilities for data processing or other record keeping concerning the account. 18 |
---|
4598 | 4603 | | (g) The local law of the issuer's jurisdiction or the securities intermediary's jurisdiction 19 |
---|
4599 | 4604 | | governs a matter or transaction specified in subsection (a) or (b) of this section even if the matter 20 |
---|
4600 | 4605 | | or transaction does not bear any relation to the jurisdiction." 21 |
---|
4601 | 4606 | | SECTION 94. G.S. 25-8-303 reads as rewritten: 22 |
---|
4602 | 4607 | | "§ 25-8-303. Protected purchaser. 23 |
---|
4603 | 4608 | | (a) "Protected purchaser" means a purchaser of a certificated or uncertificated security, 24 |
---|
4604 | 4609 | | or of an interest therein, who:to which all of the following apply: 25 |
---|
4605 | 4610 | | (1) Gives value;The purchaser gives value. 26 |
---|
4606 | 4611 | | (2) Does The purchaser does not have notice of any adverse claim to the security; 27 |
---|
4607 | 4612 | | andsecurity. 28 |
---|
4608 | 4613 | | (3) Obtains The purchaser obtains control of the certificated or uncertificated 29 |
---|
4609 | 4614 | | security. 30 |
---|
4610 | 4615 | | (b) In addition to acquiring the rights of a purchaser, a A protected purchaser also 31 |
---|
4611 | 4616 | | acquires its interest in the security free of any adverse claim." 32 |
---|
4612 | 4617 | | 33 |
---|
4613 | 4618 | | PART IV. OTHER CONFORMING CHANGES 34 |
---|
4614 | 4619 | | SECTION 95. G.S. 44A-40 reads as rewritten: 35 |
---|
4615 | 4620 | | "§ 44A-40. Definitions. 36 |
---|
4616 | 4621 | | As used in this Article, unless the context clearly requires otherwise:the following definitions 37 |
---|
4617 | 4622 | | apply: 38 |
---|
4618 | 4623 | | (1) "E-mail" or "electronic mail" means an Email or electronic mail. – An 39 |
---|
4619 | 4624 | | electronic message or an executable program or computer file that contains an 40 |
---|
4620 | 4625 | | image of a message that is transmitted between two or more computers or 41 |
---|
4621 | 4626 | | electronic terminals. The term includes electronic messages that are 42 |
---|
4622 | 4627 | | transmitted within or between computer networks. 43 |
---|
4623 | 4628 | | (1a) "Independent bidder" means a Independent bidder. – A person who that is not 44 |
---|
4624 | 4629 | | related to the lienor, within the meaning of G.S. 25-9-102(62), in the case of 45 |
---|
4625 | 4630 | | a lienor who is an individual, or G.S. 25-9-102(63), in the case of a lienor that 46 |
---|
4626 | 4631 | | is an organization.G.S. 25-9-102(a)(62). 47 |
---|
4627 | 4632 | | (1b) "Last known address" means that Last known address. – The mailing address 48 |
---|
4628 | 4633 | | or e-mail email address provided by the occupant in the latest rental agreement 49 |
---|
4629 | 4634 | | or the address provided by the occupant in a subsequent written notice of a 50 |
---|
4630 | 4635 | | change of address. 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
4632 | 4637 | | (2) "Lienor" means any Lienor. – A person entitled to a lien under this Article. 1 |
---|
4633 | 4638 | | (3) "Occupant" means a Occupant. – A person, his or a person's sublessee, 2 |
---|
4634 | 4639 | | successor, or assign, entitled to the use of the storage space at a self-service 3 |
---|
4635 | 4640 | | storage facility under a rental agreement, to the exclusion of others. 4 |
---|
4636 | 4641 | | (4) "Owner" means the Owner. – Consists of the following: 5 |
---|
4637 | 4642 | | a. The owner, operator, lessor, or sublessor of a self-service storage 6 |
---|
4638 | 4643 | | facility,facility. 7 |
---|
4639 | 4644 | | b. his agent, or The agent of a person described in sub-subdivision a. of 8 |
---|
4640 | 4645 | | this subdivision. 9 |
---|
4641 | 4646 | | c. any other person authorized by him A person authorized by a person 10 |
---|
4642 | 4647 | | described in sub-subdivision a. of this subdivision to manage the 11 |
---|
4643 | 4648 | | facility or to receive rent from an occupant under a rental agreement. 12 |
---|
4644 | 4649 | | (5) "Personal property" means movable Personal property. – Movable property 13 |
---|
4645 | 4650 | | not affixed to land and land. The term includes, but is not limited to, goods, 14 |
---|
4646 | 4651 | | merchandise, household items, and watercraft. 15 |
---|
4647 | 4652 | | (6) "Rental agreement" means any Rental agreement. – An agreement or lease, 16 |
---|
4648 | 4653 | | written or oral, that establishes or modifies the terms, conditions, rules rules, 17 |
---|
4649 | 4654 | | or any other provisions concerning the use and occupancy of a self-service 18 |
---|
4650 | 4655 | | storage facility. 19 |
---|
4651 | 4656 | | (7) "Self-service storage facility" means any real Self-service storage facility. – 20 |
---|
4652 | 4657 | | Real property designed and used for the purpose of renting or leasing 21 |
---|
4653 | 4658 | | individual storage space to occupants who that are to have access to such for 22 |
---|
4654 | 4659 | | the purpose of storing and removing personal property. No occupant shall use 23 |
---|
4655 | 4660 | | a self-service storage facility for residential purposes. A self-service storage 24 |
---|
4656 | 4661 | | facility is not subject to the provisions of Article 7 of General Statutes Chapter 25 |
---|
4657 | 4662 | | 25. Provided, however, if Article 7 of Chapter 25 of the General Statutes. If, 26 |
---|
4658 | 4663 | | however, an owner issues any warehouse receipt, bill of lading, or other 27 |
---|
4659 | 4664 | | document of title for the personal property stored, the owner and the occupant 28 |
---|
4660 | 4665 | | are subject to the provisions of Article 7 of General Statutes Chapter 25 and 29 |
---|
4661 | 4666 | | the provisions of this Article do not apply.Article 7 of Chapter 25 of the 30 |
---|
4662 | 4667 | | General Statutes and this Article does not apply. 31 |
---|
4663 | 4668 | | (8) "Verified electronic mail" means electronic Verified electronic mail. – 32 |
---|
4664 | 4669 | | Electronic mail that is transmitted to an e-mail email address that the sender 33 |
---|
4665 | 4670 | | has verified by any reasonable means as being a working electronic mail 34 |
---|
4666 | 4671 | | address." 35 |
---|
4667 | 4672 | | 36 |
---|
4668 | 4673 | | PART V. TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS 37 |
---|
4669 | 4674 | | 38 |
---|
4670 | 4675 | | GENERAL PROVISIONS AND DEFINITIONS 39 |
---|
4671 | 4676 | | SECTION 96. Title. – This Part may be cited as Transitional Provisions for Uniform 40 |
---|
4672 | 4677 | | Commercial Code Amendments (2022). 41 |
---|
4673 | 4678 | | SECTION 97.(a) Part Definitions. – In this Part, the following definitions apply: 42 |
---|
4674 | 4679 | | (1) Adjustment date. – The date that is one year after the effective date of this act. 43 |
---|
4675 | 4680 | | (2) Amended Article 9. – Article 9 of Chapter 25 of the General Statutes, as 44 |
---|
4676 | 4681 | | amended by this act. 45 |
---|
4677 | 4682 | | (3) Article 12. – Article 12 of Chapter 25 of the General Statutes. 46 |
---|
4678 | 4683 | | (4) Article 12 property. – A controllable account, controllable electronic record, 47 |
---|
4679 | 4684 | | or controllable payment intangible. 48 |
---|
4680 | 4685 | | (5) Controllable account. – Defined in G.S. 25-9-102. 49 |
---|
4681 | 4686 | | (6) Controllable electronic record. – Defined in G.S. 25-12-102. 50 |
---|
4682 | 4687 | | (7) Controllable payment intangible. – Defined in G.S. 25-9-102. 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
4684 | 4689 | | (8) Electronic money. – Defined in G.S. 25-9-102. 1 |
---|
4685 | 4690 | | (9) Financing statement. – Defined in G.S. 25-9-102. 2 |
---|
4686 | 4691 | | SECTION 97.(b) Article 1 Definitions and Principles. – Article 1 of Chapter 25 of 3 |
---|
4687 | 4692 | | the General Statutes contains general definitions and principles of construction and interpretation 4 |
---|
4688 | 4693 | | applicable throughout this Part. 5 |
---|
4689 | 4694 | | 6 |
---|
4690 | 4695 | | GENERAL TRANSITIONAL PROVISION 7 |
---|
4691 | 4696 | | SECTION 98. General Applicability; Saving Clause. – This act applies to a 8 |
---|
4692 | 4697 | | transaction, lien, or other interest in property that is entered into, created, or acquired on or after 9 |
---|
4693 | 4698 | | the effective date of this act. Except as otherwise provided in this Part, a transaction validly 10 |
---|
4694 | 4699 | | entered into before the effective date of this act and the rights, duties, and interests flowing from 11 |
---|
4695 | 4700 | | the transaction remain valid thereafter and may be terminated, completed, consummated, or 12 |
---|
4696 | 4701 | | enforced as required or permitted by law other than Chapter 25 of the General Statutes or, if 13 |
---|
4697 | 4702 | | applicable, Chapter 25 of the General Statutes, as though this act had not taken effect. 14 |
---|
4698 | 4703 | | 15 |
---|
4699 | 4704 | | TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS FOR ARTICLES 9 AND 12 16 |
---|
4700 | 4705 | | SECTION 99.(a) Pre-Effective-Date Transaction, Lien, or Interest. – Except as 17 |
---|
4701 | 4706 | | provided in this section, amended Article 9 and Article 12 apply to a transaction, lien, or other 18 |
---|
4702 | 4707 | | interest in property, even if the transaction, lien, or interest was entered into, created, or acquired 19 |
---|
4703 | 4708 | | before the effective date of this act. 20 |
---|
4704 | 4709 | | SECTION 99.(b) Continuing Validity. – Except as provided in subsections (c) 21 |
---|
4705 | 4710 | | through (j) of this section, both of the following apply: 22 |
---|
4706 | 4711 | | (1) A transaction, lien, or interest in property that was validly entered into, 23 |
---|
4707 | 4712 | | created, or transferred before the effective date of this act and was not 24 |
---|
4708 | 4713 | | governed by Chapter 25 of the General Statutes, but would be subject to 25 |
---|
4709 | 4714 | | amended Article 9 or Article 12 if it had been entered into, created, or 26 |
---|
4710 | 4715 | | transferred on or after the effective date of this act, including the rights, duties, 27 |
---|
4711 | 4716 | | and interests flowing from the transaction, lien, or interest, remains valid on 28 |
---|
4712 | 4717 | | and after the effective date of this act. 29 |
---|
4713 | 4718 | | (2) A transaction, lien, or interest described in subdivision (1) of this subsection 30 |
---|
4714 | 4719 | | may be terminated, completed, consummated, and enforced as required or 31 |
---|
4715 | 4720 | | permitted by this act or by the law that would apply if this act had not taken 32 |
---|
4716 | 4721 | | effect. 33 |
---|
4717 | 4722 | | SECTION 99.(c) Pre-Effective-Date Proceeding. – This act does not affect an action, 34 |
---|
4718 | 4723 | | case, or proceeding commenced before the effective date of this act. 35 |
---|
4719 | 4724 | | SECTION 99.(d) Security Interest Perfected Before Effective Date. – Both of the 36 |
---|
4720 | 4725 | | following apply to a security interest perfected before the effective date of this act: 37 |
---|
4721 | 4726 | | (1) A security interest that is enforceable and perfected immediately before the 38 |
---|
4722 | 4727 | | effective date of this act is a perfected security interest under this act if, on the 39 |
---|
4723 | 4728 | | effective date of this act, the requirements for enforceability and perfection 40 |
---|
4724 | 4729 | | under this act are satisfied without further action. 41 |
---|
4725 | 4730 | | (2) If a security interest is enforceable and perfected immediately before the 42 |
---|
4726 | 4731 | | effective date of this act, but the requirements for enforceability or perfection 43 |
---|
4727 | 4732 | | under this act are not satisfied on the effective date of this act, all of the 44 |
---|
4728 | 4733 | | following apply to the security interest: 45 |
---|
4729 | 4734 | | a. The security interest is a perfected security interest until the earlier of 46 |
---|
4730 | 4735 | | the time perfection would have ceased under the law in effect 47 |
---|
4731 | 4736 | | immediately before the effective date of this act or the adjustment date. 48 |
---|
4732 | 4737 | | b. The security interest remains enforceable thereafter only if the security 49 |
---|
4733 | 4738 | | interest satisfies the requirements for enforceability under 50 |
---|
4734 | 4739 | | G.S. 25-9-203, as amended by this act, before the adjustment date. 51 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|
4736 | 4741 | | c. The security interest remains perfected thereafter only if the 1 |
---|
4737 | 4742 | | requirements for perfection under this act are satisfied before the time 2 |
---|
4738 | 4743 | | specified in sub-subdivision a. of this subdivision. 3 |
---|
4739 | 4744 | | SECTION 99.(e) Security Interest Unperfected Before Effective Date. – All of the 4 |
---|
4740 | 4745 | | following apply to a security interest that is enforceable immediately before the effective date of 5 |
---|
4741 | 4746 | | this act but is unperfected at that time: 6 |
---|
4742 | 4747 | | (1) The security interest remains an enforceable security interest until the 7 |
---|
4743 | 4748 | | adjustment date. 8 |
---|
4744 | 4749 | | (2) The security interest remains enforceable thereafter if the security interest 9 |
---|
4745 | 4750 | | becomes enforceable under G.S. 25-9-203, as amended by this act, on the 10 |
---|
4746 | 4751 | | effective date of this act or before the adjustment date. 11 |
---|
4747 | 4752 | | (3) The security interest becomes perfected at either of the following times: 12 |
---|
4748 | 4753 | | a. Without further action, on the effective date of this act if the 13 |
---|
4749 | 4754 | | requirements for perfection under this act are satisfied before or at that 14 |
---|
4750 | 4755 | | time. 15 |
---|
4751 | 4756 | | b. When the requirements for perfection are satisfied if the requirements 16 |
---|
4752 | 4757 | | are satisfied after the effective date of this act. 17 |
---|
4753 | 4758 | | SECTION 99.(f) Pre-Effective-Date Action; Attachment and Perfection Before 18 |
---|
4754 | 4759 | | Adjustment Date. – If action, other than the filing of a financing statement, is taken before the 19 |
---|
4755 | 4760 | | effective date of this act and the action would have resulted in perfection of the security interest 20 |
---|
4756 | 4761 | | had the security interest become enforceable before the effective date of this act, the action is 21 |
---|
4757 | 4762 | | effective to perfect a security interest that attaches under this act before the adjustment date. An 22 |
---|
4758 | 4763 | | attached security interest becomes unperfected on the adjustment date unless the security interest 23 |
---|
4759 | 4764 | | becomes a perfected security interest under this act before the adjustment date. 24 |
---|
4760 | 4765 | | SECTION 99.(g) Pre-Effective-Date Filing. – The filing of a financing statement 25 |
---|
4761 | 4766 | | before the effective date of this act is effective to perfect a security interest on the effective date 26 |
---|
4762 | 4767 | | of this act to the extent the filing would satisfy the requirements for perfection under this act. 27 |
---|
4763 | 4768 | | SECTION 99.(h) Pre-Effective-Date Enforceability Action. – The taking of an 28 |
---|
4764 | 4769 | | action before the effective date of this act is sufficient for the enforceability of a security interest 29 |
---|
4765 | 4770 | | on the effective date of this act if the action would satisfy the requirements for enforceability 30 |
---|
4766 | 4771 | | under this act. 31 |
---|
4767 | 4772 | | SECTION 99.(i) Priority. – 32 |
---|
4768 | 4773 | | (1) Determination of priority. – Subject to subdivisions (2) and (3) of this 33 |
---|
4769 | 4774 | | subsection, this act determines the priority of conflicting claims to collateral. 34 |
---|
4770 | 4775 | | (2) Established priorities. – Subject to subdivision (3) of this subsection, if the 35 |
---|
4771 | 4776 | | priorities of claims to collateral were established before the effective date of 36 |
---|
4772 | 4777 | | this act, Article 9 of Chapter 25 of the General Statutes as in effect before the 37 |
---|
4773 | 4778 | | effective date of this act determines priority. 38 |
---|
4774 | 4779 | | (3) Determination of certain priorities on adjustment date. – On the adjustment 39 |
---|
4775 | 4780 | | date, to the extent the priorities determined by amended Article 9 modify the 40 |
---|
4776 | 4781 | | priorities established before the effective date of this act, the priorities of 41 |
---|
4777 | 4782 | | claims to Article 12 property and electronic money established before the 42 |
---|
4778 | 4783 | | effective date of this act cease to apply. 43 |
---|
4779 | 4784 | | SECTION 99.(j) Priority of Claims When Priority Rules of Article 9 Do Not Apply. 44 |
---|
4780 | 4785 | | – 45 |
---|
4781 | 4786 | | (1) Determination of priority. – Subject to subdivisions (1) and (2) of this 46 |
---|
4782 | 4787 | | subsection, Article 12 determines the priority of conflicting claims to Article 47 |
---|
4783 | 4788 | | 12 property when the priority rules of amended Article 9 do not apply. 48 |
---|
4784 | 4789 | | (2) Established priorities. – Subject to subdivision (3) of this subsection, when the 49 |
---|
4785 | 4790 | | priority rules of amended Article 9 do not apply and the priorities of claims to 50 General Assembly Of North Carolina Session 2025 |
---|